Skip to main content

AI assistant

Sign in to chat with this filing

The assistant answers questions, extracts KPIs, and summarises risk factors directly from the filing text.

RM PLC Annual Report 2025

Mar 26, 2026

5284_10-k_2026-03-26_a3c89086-fc91-4b24-ab4c-70049c6eb8b9.html

Annual Report

Open in viewer

Opens in your device viewer

RM PLC

2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2025-11-30 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2024-11-30 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2023-12-01 2024-11-30 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2024-12-01 2025-11-30 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2023-11-30 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2023-12-01 2024-11-30 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2023-12-01 2024-11-30 rm:OwnSharesMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2023-12-01 2024-11-30 ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2023-12-01 2024-11-30 ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2023-12-01 2024-11-30 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2023-12-01 2024-11-30 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2023-12-01 2024-11-30 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2023-12-01 2024-11-30 rm:AdjustedMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2023-12-01 2024-11-30 rm:AdjustmentsMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2024-12-01 2025-11-30 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2024-12-01 2025-11-30 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2024-12-01 2025-11-30 rm:OwnSharesMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2024-12-01 2025-11-30 ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2024-12-01 2025-11-30 ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2024-12-01 2025-11-30 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2024-12-01 2025-11-30 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2024-12-01 2025-11-30 rm:AdjustedMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2024-12-01 2025-11-30 rm:AdjustmentsMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2023-11-30 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2023-11-30 rm:OwnSharesMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2023-11-30 ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2023-11-30 ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2023-11-30 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2023-11-30 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2023-11-30 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2024-11-30 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2024-11-30 rm:OwnSharesMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2024-11-30 ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2024-11-30 ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2024-11-30 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2024-11-30 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2024-11-30 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2025-11-30 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2025-11-30 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2025-11-30 rm:OwnSharesMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2025-11-30 ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2025-11-30 ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2025-11-30 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 2138005RKUCIEKLXWM61 2025-11-30 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember iso4217:GBP iso4217:GBP xbrli:shares

Building

momentum

Annual report and financial statements

for the year ended 30 November 2025

Overview

Overview

Highlights of the year

02

RM at a glance

04

Building Momentum

06

Spotlight on Assessment

08

Our purpose, vision and work

12

A strong culture in action

13

Strategic Report

Chair’s statement

16

Chief Executive’s statement

18

Our strategy

22

Market overview

24

Our business model

26

Key performance indicators

28

Investment case

32

Chief Financial Officer’s statement

34

Managing the Company’s risks

40

Emerging risks

41

Principal risks and uncertainties

42

Financial viability statement

46

Sustainability Report

49

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures

54

Environmental metrics

60

Our people

66

Workforce

67

Governance

68

Non-financial and sustainability information

72

Section 172 statement

73

Corporate governance

Board of Directors

78

Governance at a glance

80

Corporate Governance Report

81

Nomination Committee Report

90

Audit and Risk Committee Report

94

Remuneration Committee Report

102

ESG Committee Report

114

Directors’ Report

116

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

120

Directors’ duties statement

121

Financial statements

Independent Auditor’s Report

124

Consolidated financial statements

132

Company financial statements

137

Notes to the financial statements

139

Shareholder information

186

Company information

187

Inside this report

RM is building

momentum

Read more on pages 04 to 05

Our performance demonstrates

the strategic momentum building

across the Company

*

.

We have continued to invest in the development of

RM Ava, our adaptive virtual accreditation platform.

This year’s examination sessions were our most

successful yet, evidencing our ability to take advantage

of the huge opportunity in the global education

technology (EdTech) market.

Our talented and dedicated people have driven

operational efficiencies and process improvements

in key areas such as customer delivery, project

management, and financial controls. Securing £13.5m

gross cash from supportive shareholders through an

equity raise is allowing us to accelerate our strategy

execution, setting us up for success while continuing

to allows us to improve the lives of learners.

About us

RM plc (RM) is a global

EdTech, digital learning, and

assessment solution provider.

We are globally recognised as an EdTech

leader, supporting the full learning

lifecycle, from early years through to higher

education and professional qualifications.

*Company refers to RM plc and all subsidiaries

throughout the report.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

01

dw

Highlights

of the year

Transformation

• Adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, tax,

depreciation and amortisation, and excluding share

based payments) has increased by 19.9% to £16.5m.

A higher proportion of total revenue is attributable to our

higher margin core Assessment division.

Strategy

• The substantial contracted order book of Assessment is

maintained at £95.5m at end of FY25 (FY24: £95.7m).

99% of Assessment’s revenue up for renewal during FY25

has been successfully renewed, demonstrating strong

ability to maintain strategic customers.

The introduction of our AI marking tool was well received

with a number of proof of Concepts having been secured.

Assessment contracted order book

Adjusted EBITDA

2

Our vision is to enable the improvement of educational outcomes around the

world, and our strategy is building momentum.

By developing RM Ava (previously known as the Global Accreditation Platform), strengthening our go-to-market

capabilities, and focusing on providing a brilliant experience for accreditors, educators, and learners, we are making

great strides towards that vision.

This year has seen us build

real momentum in executing

our strategy as we continue

to grow our core Assessment

platform revenue and drive

a meaningful increase in

our profitability year on year.

This is underpinned by our

relentless focus on providing a

brilliant experience for learners

globally and the positive

impact from the cost saving

initiatives we put in place.

Mark Cook,

Chief Executive

2025

2024

2023

£16.5m

£13.7m

£6.6m

2025

2024

2023

£95.5m

£95.7m

£40.8m

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

02

Profit

Profit before tax is £3.2m marking the first reported

statutory profit since FY21, reinforcing RM’s upward

trajectory in generating profitability.

Platform revenue

Invested a further £6m during the year in the

development of our strategic RM Ava platform, which

will drive future growth.

• RM’s higher margin core Assessment division has

achieved 19.9% revenue growth with digital platform

revenue up by 17.3% versus FY24.

Statutory profit before tax

Financial performance

£m

FY25

FY24

Variance

Revenue from continuing operations

162.1

166.1

(2.5)%

Profit/(loss) before tax from continuing operations

3.2

(12.1)

126.5%

Loss from discontinued operations

1

-

(0.9)

n/a

Statutory profit/(loss) after tax

2.2

(4.7)

146.3%

Diluted EPS from continuing operations

2.5p

(4.6)p

154.3%

Adjusted performance measures

2

:

Divisional contribution excluding corporate costs

32.3

32.8

(1.5)%

Divisional contribution margin

20.0%

19.8%

0.2%

Adjusted operating profit from continuing operations

11.5

8.6

33.2%

Adjusted operating profit margin

7.1%

5.2%

1.9%

Adjusted EBITDA

16.5

13.7

19.9%

Adjusted profit before tax from continuing operations

5.5

2.4

126.0%

Adjusted diluted EPS from continuing operations

4.9p

11.7p

(58.1)%

Adjusted net debt

3

50.6

51.7

2.1%

1

Discontinued operations in FY24 related to RM Consortium.

2

Throughout this statement, adjusted operating profit, adjusted EBITDA, adjusted profit before tax and adjusted diluted EPS are Alternative Performance Measures, stated after

adjusting items (see Note 6) which are identified by virtue of their size, nature and incidence. Their treatment is applied consistently year-on-year, with the exception of adjusted

EBITDA which has been redefined to exclude share-based payment charges (on the basis it is a non-cash item) and comparatives have been restated.

3

Adjusted net debt is defined as the total of borrowings less capitalised fees, cash and cash equivalents and overdrafts (see Note 6). Lease liabilities of £15.4m (2024: £15.0m)

are excluded from this measure as they are not included in the measurement of adjusted net debt for the purpose of covenant calculations (see Note 25).

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

2025

2024

2023

£3.2m

-£12.1m

-£41.2m

2025

2024

17.3%

12.0%

Digital Platform revenue

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

03

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

... and where they are located

USA

South America

Canada

UK

Caribbean

Nigeria

Sweden

Italy

Slovenia

Poland

Lithuania

South Africa

Israel

Middle East

Pakistan

India

China

Singapore

Australia

New Zealand

Ireland

France

Spain

Ghana

Customer locations

Global EdTech

market growth

projections

Source: Technavio EdTech

Market Report

Our customers ...

Learners

We help learners

globally through their

entire education

journey from early

years through to

higher education

and professional

qualifications.

Educators

Our managed services

and solutions help

schools, multi-

academy trusts, and

global departments

of education provide

better learning

outcomes.

Accreditors

We help accreditors

provide unbiased and

secure assessment,

marking, and results

by utilising our RM Ava

platform and AI driven

solutions.

$170.8bn USD

Incremental Growth

between 2024 - 2029

We partner with educators, exam boards, professional organisations, and governments

globally, transforming education for the digital age.

From our early days of building computers and providing internet for schools, today RM is a globally recognised EdTech company

that designs, builds, and delivers a large proportion of our own unique intellectual property (IP) to a global customer base through our

assessment and marking platform, curriculum-based resources, and technologies for school computing, networking, and security filtering.

Together with our customers, we are enriching the lives of learners worldwide.

RM at

a glance

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

04

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Our operating

divisions

Our operations span three divisions

supported by a corporate services function.

This year we highlighted our intention to deliver the

legal and operational separation of divisions that will

help facilitate disposals and unlock future savings. This

work is progressing. RM Assessment, which develops

and owns RM Ava and other assessment solutions,

continues to be core to our strategy and growth.

RM Technology provides technology and supporting

services to learning institutions across the UK. RM TTS

(Technical Teaching Solutions) designs and owns our

proprietary products for schools.

Assessment

A global partner in platform delivery

of digital assessment and exam

marking solutions for accreditors,

educators, and learners.

TTS

A developer and supplier of award-

winning innovative curriculum

aligned learning resources.

Technology

A provider of IT managed services

and value-added IT reseller

solutions to schools, authorities,

and trusts.

Revenue

£47.6m

(2024: £39.7m)

Adjusted operating profit margin

22.9%

(2024: 17.5%)

Revenue

£67.3m

(2024: £72.4m)

Adjusted operating profit margin

6.2%

(2024: 7.4%)

Revenue

£47.2m

(2024: £54.0m)

Adjusted operating profit margin

7.5%

(2024: 6.6%)

Adjusted EBITDA 2025: £16.5m

(2024: £13.7m)

Our competitive

advantage

A deep understanding of the curriculum and how to

assess it;

• A proven versatile platform with ability to support

assessments from paper to hybrid or fully digital exams;

An agile operating model that can adapt to meet the needs

of our customers as technology and our market evolves;

• Longstanding relationships with major global accreditors

and associated recurring revenues; and

• RM intellectual property, products, services, and solutions

that are needed and valued by accreditors, educators, and

learners at all stages of the education life cycle.

Adjusted EBITDA is an alternative performance measure and

is defined in Note 6 to the financial statements. Adjusted

EBITDA has been redefined to exclude share-based payment

charges on the basis it is a non-cash item and comparatives

have been restated.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

05

RM Assessment

Helping to deliver a brilliant candidate experience is at the

heart of everything we do. Another strong year of contract

renewals, with a 99% contract renewal rate (FY24: 99%),

shows we are getting this right. We were pleased to sign a

new 5-year e-marking contract with ACCA, building on our

18-year partnership.

Further evidence of our brilliant candidate experience and

partnership building is our contracted order book, which is

now sitting at £95.5m.

The division’s operational performance reinforces that

picture. More than 113 million images were scanned

(FY24: 107 million), and over 20 million exams marked on

our platforms in FY25. At peak, 4300 exam markers were

working on our platform in a single day.

We were delighted to sign an initial three-year contract

with a new client, Trinity College London (Trinity). Our

digital e-marking platform will be used to assess thousands

of Trinity’s music and drama performance exams entirely

online. Examiners will securely view and mark candidate

performance videos through our platform – a major step

forward in transforming how these qualifications are

assessed. Read more on page 11.

RM Technology

RM Technology secured a 7-year managed services

contract extension with South Lanarkshire Council (SLC).

This contract builds on a 25-year partnership, ensuring

SLC’s schools have reliable, cost-effective, and future-proof

technology infrastructure to support excellent teaching and

learning.

We were proud to confirm the extension of our strategic

partnership with Education Scotland to deliver GLOW,

Scotland’s national digital learning platform. The extension

continues two decades of successful collaboration,

supports over 500,000 users, and reflects the platform’s

central role in Scottish Education. In addition, we’re

delighted to continue our relationship with Brooke Weston

Trust who renewed their contract with us for 5 years.

RM Ava

The most exciting milestone achieved in FY25 was the

launch of RM Ava, our adaptive virtual accreditation

platform. RM Ava marks a major step forward in our

Assessment focused growth strategy. It brings our existing

assessment tools together on a single-sign-on, cloud-based

platform that supports the full assessment lifecycle, from

content creation and secure online learner testing, through

to optional AI-driven marking and feedback. This addresses

a key customer need, as a single platform that spans the full

assessment lifecycle is key to adoption for many customers.

Read more on pages 8 to 11.

Learning Resources

RM TTS launched the parental special educational needs

and disabilities (SEND) range this year. Our resources make

a clear impact in schools, so we created a line for families

to use at home, and it is gaining early traction.

Also new this year, Eggcellent Maths was shortlisted for

BETT’s Primary Digital Learning Product of the Year for

numeracy and maths. BETT is a leading, global EdTech

event, and the nomination recognises the strength of our

resources in enriching teaching and improving learning

outcomes.

Building

momentum

We are positioning ourselves to capture the major market opportunity in digital assessment

and marking, strengthening our financial position and setting our business up for sustainable

long-term growth. That growth will help us keep improving educational outcomes around

the world.

We are entering our next chapter with clear intent. We will build on what we do well; pursue

the opportunity in front of us; and make our organisation simpler and faster. The progress

made in FY25 has created momentum that will carry the transformation into this next chapter.

We are proud of the fact that every product we launch,

every classroom we equip, and every assessment we enable

has real impact. RM is a long-established EdTech business,

with a strong social purpose - to enrich the lives of learners -

and we are transforming the business for what comes next.

Moving our products, solutions, and

services forward

Developing trusted partnerships with

customers

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

06

Equity raise

An equity raise in Q4 2025 brought £13.5m gross cash

into the business to support the transformation. The raise

was significantly oversubscribed, with all major existing

shareholders participating signalling confidence in the

strategy. This puts us in a strong position to accelerate

our strategy as we move into FY26.

International growth

We have seen continued progress in our international

expansion and growth strategy in the Middle East -

supported by our new office in Dubai, which is proving

to be a platform for growth in the region.

Improved revenue mix

A greater proportion of our revenue is now coming from

the assessment platform in line with our strategy. Our

platform revenue growth was 17.3% (FY24: 12.0%).

Divestment of non-core assets

We are progressing the divestment of non-core assets,

supported by the programme to separate our divisions.

Driving strategy execution across

our business

Continuing refinement of our

operations, capabilities, and culture

Powering

digital education.

Improving

learning outcomes.

Changing

futures.

Operations

Throughout the year we strengthened our senior

leadership team by reshaping roles and responsibilities, and

maximising the benefit of the broad range of strengths,

experience, and expertise within the team. We continued

to refine our organisation structure and reporting lines to

drive operational improvements. At the same time, we

strengthened our go-to-market teams.

The work around the separation of our divisions has

commenced with the discovery phase and planning in

progress. In parallel we have maintained a focus on cost

saving activities, achieving further savings with more

identified as part of the separation and simplification of the

Company.

Employee engagement survey

We are delighted to see our people support these initiatives

and our strategy. While all change has the potential to

destabilise, we have seen a 4% increase in our people

engagement score, now at 69%, and our natural attrition

has fallen 2% at 13% (FY24: 15%).

Read more on pages 22 to 23

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

07

The beginning

RM’s journey into digital assessment began more than twenty years ago with

the launch of our first on-screen marking capability. Since then, we have

continuously evolved, building our capabilities across e-marking and e-testing

and becoming a global partner for accreditors and educators.

Everything we build is anchored in one idea: that the assessment experience should work better for more candidates.

So, our focus is on making assessment more relevant and more adaptable, giving every learner the chance to show

what they can do.

Our aim is clear. We want to become the world-class platform for learner assessment, helping customers move

confidently from paper to hybrid or fully digital assessment while improving the candidate experience.

A new era in assessment

In FY25, we launched RM Ava, our adaptive virtual

accreditation platform, the next major step towards that

aim. RM Ava brings our suite of existing assessment tools

together, alongside new modules we are developing, into

a single sign-on platform. That platform will support the full

assessment cycle, from content creation and secure online

testing, through to AI-driven marking and feedback.

It will support all types of qualifications, from high-stakes school exams such as GCSEs and A Levels to professional certifications

including accounting and technical assessments. Whatever is being assessed and however many candidates are involved, RM Ava will

make the process accessible, secure and reliable.

Having everything in one platform matters. Customers moving to digital assessment at scale need a solution that can grow with them.

RM Ava is being built to scale rapidly and to reach learners wherever they are in the world. It is also being designed for continuous

innovation so new features can be added more easily as new customer needs and technology evolve.

Most importantly, it will lay the foundation for a brilliant candidate experience, enabling a more seamless and personalised assessment

process that helps each learner perform at their best.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

08

Spotlight

on Assessment

Building RM Ava

Building RM Ava involves bringing our existing tools and

new modules together into one platform. Several new

modules are already live and in use by our customers,

and the full build will complete in 2027. By then, all

current tools and customers will have migrated onto RM

Ava, giving them access to an end-to-end assessment

solution, new features and a stream of innovation as new

technologies emerge.

Every feature we deliver is shaped by five development

priorities that matter most to us, to customers and to

learners:

Candidate

Experience

Reliability

Security

Accessibility

Scalability

Behind all of this are our product design and

development teams, whose empathy and education

knowledge are shaping assessment experiences that

really resonate with learners.

Launched this year

Learner portal

New in FY25 is the Learner portal module within RM Ava. The

Learner portal is where candidates will be able to log in to see

upcoming exams, access content relevant to their assessments, sit

tests and view their results and feedback. It becomes their simple

entry point for everything connected to their assessment.

Also launched in 2025 was RM Echo, our malpractice module

which helps assessors verify the originality of written work. The

new module uses data science techniques, including natural

language processing, to support checks on authenticity. It also has

wider applications, from assessing how accurately learners have

quoted from source texts, to evaluating the accuracy of translated

materials.

AI marking Proof of Concepts (PoC)

Another area of development is our AI marking PoCs, which gives

customers the opportunity to run pilots to explore how AI marking

compares with human markers. We are working with customers

to test AI marking across a broad range of subjects in any

combination they want to review. This includes double marking,

where the same script is marked by AI and a human to compare

outcomes, double marking only at the grade boundaries, to AI

marking alone. The platform allows customers to choose the level

of AI involvement they are most comfortable with.

The ultimate candidate experience

With RM Ava, we are giving customers a world-leading route from

paper to hybrid or fully digital assessment. It is making assessment

more relevant, adaptable and accessible so every learner can be

recognised for what they can do. And the promise behind it all: a

truly brilliant candidate experience.

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

09

Spotlight

on Assessment

continued

The RM Ava experience

Everything in one place:

create, deliver and feedback on all types of

assessments within a single platform.

Flexible by design:

supports digital, paper and blended assessment,

to match where our customers are on their

journey to digital.

Modular and scalable:

works for small pilots through to global

assessment rollouts, with a choice of features

and functionality.

Built for better outcomes:

enables fairer, more accurate and personalised

assessment that gives learners the chance to

show what they can do.

The brilliant candidate experience:

from richer more authentic content to

meaningful, timely feedback, RM Ava puts the

learner experience first.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

10

For over 150 years, Trinity College London has strived to

transform lives through communication and performance,

and our portfolio of innovative qualifications sets the

standard in assessment excellence. The spirit of quality and

integrity drives our ambition to continue modernising and

enhancing the assessment experience of our candidates

and examiners, offering greater flexibility and choice while

maintaining the rigorous and trusted standards that define

Trinity. This collaboration with RM reflects our commitment to

combining technology with educational integrity - ensuring

every candidate enjoys a secure, seamless, and world-class

assessment and qualification journey.

Erez Tocker,

Chief Executive Officer, Trinity College London

A new kind of assessment

We are collaborating with a new client, Trinity College

London, to deliver a digital assessment experience

that needs a different kind of approach.

Trinity College London is an internationally

recognised awarding organisation for music, drama

and English language qualifications. They started

working with us in 2025 to assess their music and

drama exams, enabling examiners to mark thousands

of video performances online from candidates in

more than 70 countries. These subjects need a

more nuanced assessment approach than structured

subjects such as maths or geography, showing

our platform’s ability to support a wide range of

qualifications and formats. We are honoured to help

Trinity shape a modern and seamless assessment

experience for their creative candidates.

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

11

RM partners with educators and accrediting

bodies globally, transforming education

for the digital age. We are empowering

customers to embrace digital learning,

assessment and marking, ensuring impactful

teaching, accurate assessment and fair

accreditation.

Fairness

Access and opportunity for

all learners, regardless of

background or age.

Effectiveness

Learning that is engaging

and relevant - whether you

are at school or getting a

qualification as an adult.

Recognition

Assessments that are more

relevant and adaptable -

so every learner can be

recognised for what they

can do.

From our early days of building computers and providing internet

for schools, today RM is a globally recognised EdTech company

that designs, builds and delivers a suite of products, most of which

are our own unique IP, to a global customer base through our

curriculum-based resources, marking and assessment platforms

and technologies for computing, networking and security filtering.

Together with our customers, we are enriching the lives of

learners worldwide and shaping the future of education.

Our purpose

Enriching the lives of learners.

Our purpose is our reason for being.

Learning should be a right, not a privilege. We’re helping

education evolve by supporting the shift from traditional

approaches to smarter digital solutions, and by providing

learning resources that inspire a lifelong love of learning.

We believe education should be accessible, inclusive and

fair for everyone. Because when education works for more

people, the future gets better for all of us.

Our vision

To enable the improvement of

educational outcomes around

the world.

Our work focuses on two priorities:

• Improving learning – through

world-leading assessment

solutions, high-quality resources,

and education-focused IT.

• Reducing inequality – by widening

access to better learning and

digitising outdated systems, which

can be unfair or exclusionary.

Our work

We’ve become a trusted long-term partner to world-

leading customers, recognised for reliable delivery, deep

education expertise, and forward-looking innovative

solutions that deliver better learning outcomes.

While our three divisions offer different products and

services, everything is focused on one purpose: to enrich

the lives of learners.

Assessment

We give customers the confidence to move from paper to

hybrid or fully digital assessment and marking on a world-

leading platform. It makes assessment more relevant and

adaptable, so every learner can be recognised for what

they can do. That is how we stand out and change lives.

TTS

We work side-by-side with trusted educational experts

to ensure our resources are suitable for the modern

classroom. With 40 years of experience and a reputation of

supporting teachers to get better results, we are proud of

the role we play in inspiring a life-long love of learning.

Technology

We know the education sector inside out and provide

IT products and services that really meet the needs of

schools. That sector insight makes us a trusted partner

for education and helps us create dynamic, inclusive, and

secure learning environments where learners can thrive.

Our purpose,

vision, and work

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

12

A strong

culture in action

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Since 2021, RM’s culture has been underpinned by a set of five behaviours, which

have inspired our choices and performance.

Consider it done

We hold ourselves accountable, as individuals and as a

company, for delivering on our promises. We can be relied

upon to get the job done for our customers.

Make it simple

We make complex issues easy to understand and we strive

for the simplest solutions that deliver the most significant

results for our customers and ourselves.

Win together

We excel when working with our customers and with our

colleagues – motivated by the belief that diverse teams

working together are much greater than the sum of

their parts.

Be brave

We are ambitious, and we push the boundaries to deliver

great results for our customers and for our business. We do

not settle for less than great, or shy away from the difficult.

Be curious

We have an intense desire to understand our customers

and to imagine new possibilities for our business and theirs.

We are hungry to learn and seek out new ideas to expand

our networks and to develop our understanding.

Back by popular demand, colleagues have delivered the 2025

special educational needs and disabilities (SEND) volunteering

programme. People from across the business nominated

a local primary school and spent time in the classroom

demonstrating how our most in-demand SEND resources

from TTS work in practice.

TTS creates educational resources that make learning

more engaging, inclusive and hands-on for school

children everywhere. Hearing how schools responded

to the programme has been brilliant. Teachers and SEND

coordinators told us they really valued the live demonstrations

and the chance to trial new resources tailored to their

learners. Many have already started using the products gifted

in their teaching.

It is great to see our people bringing our commitment to life

to make learning more accessible, inclusive, and fair for every

learner, everywhere.

These behaviours ensure we work together for the benefit of our

customers, shareholders and people. They are supported by our

‘High Five’ peer-to-peer recognition scheme for employees who

have demonstrated these behaviours while fulfilling their role.

The Board receives regular reports and updates from the Chief

Executive, Chief Financial Officer, Chief People Officer, other

members of the Executive and Senior Leadership Team and the

Workforce Engagement Group. These reports and updates cover a

wide range of matters to ensure that policy, practices and behaviour

in RM are aligned with the Company’s purpose and strategy, and

that any issues that may give rise to concerns are brought to the

attention of the Board.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

13

I just wanted to take

a moment to reach

out with my thanks

for the recent visit to

our organisation. As a

mainstream school that

has neurodiverse children,

these products have

made a huge impact for

all students. Thank you!

Our young people will

benefit so much from

the opportunities and

enrichment.

Liz Nightingale

Head Teacher, Green Park School

1

2

3

4

5

For more information on how the Board is kept up to date, please see the Corporate Governance Report on pages 81 to 89.

RM in focus

Strategic

Report

In this section

Chair’s statement

16

Chief Executive’s statement

18

Our strategy

22

Market overview

24

Our business model

26

Key performance indicators

28

Investment case

32

Chief Financial Officers statement

34

Managing the Company’s risks

40

Emerging risks

41

Principal risks and uncertainties

42

Financial viability report

46

Sustainability Report

49

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures

54

Environmental metrics

60

Our people

66

Workforce

67

Governance

68

Non-financial and sustainability information

72

Section 172 statement

73

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

14

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

14

RM in focus

There is no denying the rapid advancement of AI is

opening up new aspirations for the education and

assessment sectors. As AI becomes more prevalent,

the question is whether it is just a buzzword, or if it

can truly kick-start change and usher in a new era of

learning and assessment.

Currently the expectations for AI

are high. It could improve learner

outcomes, increase productivity,

and support educators. However,

we recognise that both educators

and learners have valid concerns

about how this technology can be

used. Before the sector adopts AI

widely, we must show that it can

safely augment human activity. This

requires thorough, transparent testing

to ensure the technology is reliable

and fair.

At RM, we set out to do just that. We

are running Proof of Concepts with

our accreditor customers to evaluate

how AI can enhance marking

and improve feedback across

various subjects and professional

qualifications.

Some key findings to date include:

• English language skills: in testing

essay marking, we found our AI

was more consistent than human

markers and improved feedback

quality. A paper that took a human

marker 40 minutes was completed

by AI in 5 seconds.

• Professional business and

finance: when marking criteria

and rubrics are explicit, our AI

applies those rules consistently

and transparently. This allows for

accurate marking at a massive

scale.

A responsible approach

To address concerns, we must

balance the benefits of AI with clear

safeguards. Currently, a major benefit

could be in the formative or practice

exam setting. Using AI for marking

mock exams and other in-class tests

will help reduce teacher workloads

and give learners instant, detailed

feedback so they can identify areas

for improvement more quickly.

We are committed to working

with our customers to tailor AI

solutions to their specific needs

without introducing risk. Our Proof

of Concepts show there is a strong

rationale to responsibly harness AI.

The key is to test it rigorously, deploy

it with care, and ensure it serves

accreditors, educators and learner

alike.

Transforming assessment with a

responsible AI approach

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

15

For RM to prosper

and have a long-term

sustainable future, it

is essential that we

provide solutions that

meet the needs of our

customers, many of

whom have worked

with us for decades.

Two years ago, we unveiled our strategy to

focus on creating a leading global digital

assessment solution provider. We have

continued to make significant progress this

year with the execution of this strategy.

Our core Assessment division has become

our main growth driver, showing strategic

platform growth of 17.3% and fuelling

the increase in overall profitability of RM.

Last June, we officially launched our new

adaptive virtual accreditation platform, RM

Ava, which will support the full assessment

lifecycle. Its development remains on track,

ahead of the major shift towards digital

assessments in the coming years.

We completed a very successful equity

raise in October, generating £13.5m

cash before fees. The orderbook was

significantly oversubscribed, meaning we

had to scale back the excess demand

from investors. I am grateful to our existing

shareholders for their strong support and

belief in our management team to fulfil

our strategic ambitions and welcome

new shareholders on board. This support

is never taken for granted as we actively

work on the strategic actions laid out in

the 10 October placing announcement.

Our commitment to materially reduce the

debt we inherited is unwavering and we

are focused on the disposal of non-core

assets to enable us to do so. In tandem,

management have been progressing the

separation activities to facilitate disposals

and unlock further cost savings. Further

details can be found in Mark Cook’s Chief

Executive statement on page 18.

Focus on customers

For RM to prosper and have a long-term

sustainable future, it is essential that we

provide solutions that meet the needs

of our customers, many of whom have

worked with us for decades. I attended

our AI marking proof of concept summit

last October where we discussed the

use of AI to mark exams and how this

compares with human marking (see page

15 for further details) and was delighted to

see how many customer representatives

attended. These forums are invaluable as

we continue to partner with our customers

and many have expressed an interest in

running pilots to further explore how AI

marking compares.

The growth in our core assessment

platform revenue for a second consecutive

year is very pleasing and as part of the

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

16

Chair’s

statement

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

equity raise we pledged to use a portion

of the proceeds to invest in sales capability

so that we can attract more UK and global

customers.

Focus on people

The progress made this year in delivering

our strategy is ultimately down to the

commendable efforts of our people.

This necessitated more restructuring

during FY25 as we continue to reshape

our business to align with our strategic

direction, our customers’ needs and the

evolving market.

Our Board discusses people related

matters at each meeting and considered

feedback from the latest engagement

survey last Autumn. It was pleasing to see

our engagement score improve for a third

time in a row to 69%, reflecting an upward

trend in how our people, as a whole, feel

about working at RM. On behalf of the

Board, I would like to thank everyone at

RM for their drive, dedication and ongoing

commitment.

I am happy to add that the gender diversity

of our Executive Committee is now 50%

women. This, along with each of our

operating subsidiaries showing a gender

pay gap in favour of women, demonstrates

our commitment towards equity, diversity

and inclusion.

Governance and change

There were no board changes during FY25.

The result of the Board and Committees

effectiveness review is summarised

on page 86. As part of the Board’s

continued focus to reduce central costs

and overheads in the business, Jamie

Murray Wells, Non-Executive Director,

will be stepping down from the Board at

the forthcoming AGM on 7 May and will

therefore not stand for re-election. Jamie

has played an important role on the Board

during RM’s transformation over the last

two and a half years and I am very grateful

for his contribution. As Chair of the ESG

Committee, he has overseen a marked

improvement in this space, helping to

ensure that ESG risks and opportunities are

integrated into RM’s business strategy. On

behalf of the Board, I express my thanks to

Jamie and wish him well for the future.

Other updates from a governance

perspective include the approval of the

latest delegated authorities schedule and

the embedding of the financial controls

that were implemented across all key

cycles in the prior year. A complete

transformation of the controls and

processes was undertaken and the

embedding of these controls, with ongoing

assurance from internal audit, represents a

sizeable achievement.

All four sub-committees of the Board have

been active during the period:

• The Audit and Risk Committee

welcomed our new external auditor,

RSM UK Audit LLP, agreeing the

FY25 audit plan and considering the

accounting treatment of major contracts

and judgemental areas;

• The Remuneration Committee assessed

the outcome of the FY24 bonus targets

and set the performance targets for the

FY25 bonus and LTIP, ensuring alignment

with our strategy and shareholders;

• The Nomination Committee considered

succession planning for the Executive

Directors and other senior management

roles, focusing on both emergency

cover and longer-term successors; and

• The ESG Committee set the FY26

environmental, social and governance

KPIs, including the transition pathway to

net zero by 2035 for scopes 1 & 2, and

2050 for scope 3 emissions.

Dividend

As previously stated, a condition of the

extended and amended banking facility

agreement has been to restrict dividend

distribution until the Company has

reduced its net debt. Therefore, we are not

recommending the payment of a dividend

and are unlikely to in the short-term since

our focus is to continue investing in RM’s

growth. See page 37 for further information

on banking covenants and conditions.

Looking forward

There remains more to be done to fully

complete RM’s transformation, but we

have made significant progress under

this management team. What we have

delivered to date positions us well for the

future. I am confident that we will continue

to grow our core Assessment business and

deliver further benefits to our customers,

our shareholders, and society as a whole.

Helen Stevenson

Non-Executive Chair

4 March 2026

We have a relatively young board

in terms of tenure but, significantly,

all members have been part of our

transformation journey from the

outset.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

17

Building momentum

2025 in review

I am very proud of our achievements this year as we

continue to build momentum in growing and expanding our

global digital assessment offering.

1

Digital platform revenue relates to assessments

marked using RM’s accreditation platforms,

e.g. RM Ava. This plus third-party revenue (e.g.

scanning) makes up 76.3% of total Assessment

revenue and excludes one-off project work.

We delivered a significant

increase of 33.2% in

adjusted operating profit,

now £11.5m, and a 19.9%

increase in adjusted

EBITDA to £16.5m.

The official launch last June of RM Ava,

our adaptive virtual accreditation platform,

was a prominent moment in our history

and this internally developed platform will

be the engine for our future growth. We

delivered a significant increase of 33.2%

in adjusted operating profit, now £11.5m,

and a 19.9% increase in adjusted EBITDA

(excluding share-based payments) to

£16.5m. Revenue in our higher margin,

core Assessment division grew 19.9% with

digital platform revenue¹ up by 17.3%, in a

year which saw a record number of exams

marked in multiple countries around the

world, using our platform. Equally pleasing

is that this strong growth is underpinned by

a significant number of strategic customer

renewals, with 99% of Assessment’s

revenue up for renewal during FY25

having been successfully renewed. This

demonstrates our ability to retain strategic

customers and the stickiness of recurring

revenue associated with our assessment

offering. Our new wins in FY25 include

Trinity College London on an initial 3-year

contract which will see their mostly digital

assessments moved to our platform.

Overall revenue from continuing

operations is marginally lower than FY24

by 2.5%. As previously announced, this

is due to the ongoing challenging UK

schools’ market and other macroeconomic

headwinds in H1 impacting the Technology

and TTS divisions. The impact of this, along

with Assessment’s growth, is that our core

Assessment division now represents 29.4%

of total revenue compared to 23.9% in

FY24. This, along with cost saving measures

now being realised, has helped to drive

overall margin improvement in RM.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

18

Chief Executive’s

statement

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

As reported at the half year, we successfully

renewed our banking facility until July

2027, and our lenders remain highly

supportive of our strategy. We continued

to operate within our banking covenants

throughout the year. The Board and

Executive Committee are highly focused

on reducing net debt and we are actively

working on simplifying our business which

includes disposing of non-core assets.

At the half year, we also reported that

the triennial valuations for RM’s closed

defined benefits pension schemes showed

a combined technical provisions surplus

of £10.5m. Since then, I am pleased to

add that we successfully agreed with the

trustees to cease further contributions to

those schemes 18 months earlier than had

originally been agreed.

We made a couple of changes to our

Executive Committee which has seen

Ian MacKinnon join as Chief Executive

of Technology and TTS, combining two

roles into one, and Claire Matthews

as Communications Director. Ian has

extensive experience in business and

corporate development, and Claire has

taken on a role covering both internal

and external communications. I would

like to extend my thanks and appreciation

to all our people for their hard work and

commitment during this transformational

period. These achievements could not

have been realised without their efforts.

Accelerate

The equity raise has helped

accelerate our strategy

Having consulted with major shareholders,

we undertook an equity placing last

Assessment Contracted

Order Book

£95.5m

Adjusted EBITDA

£16.5m

(19.9% up versus

prior year)

October to help accelerate future growth.

This generated £13.5m cash before fees.

The interest we received was overwhelming

with the order book well oversubscribed,

and I am grateful for the support and shared

vision from our major shareholders and

new investors. We stated that the proceeds

would be used to do four things:

• Complete the separation work required

to facilitate disposals of non-core assets;

• Strengthen RM Ava and accelerate its

development;

• Invest in RM Assessment’s sales and

marketing capability; and

• Manage general working capital

purposes.

Separation involves the untangling of legacy

systems that are either costly, inefficient,

or inflexible for our current needs. The

removal and replacement of such systems

will provide further operational efficiency

and, crucially, will allow us to separate

the divisions to help facilitate the disposal

of non-core assets. We have made good

progress to date, including selecting a new

ERP system to provide greater flexibility and

simplicity.

Build

RM Ava development remains

on track

Our RM Ava platform is unique. It is a

single sign-on, cloud-based platform that

brings our existing tools and new modules

together into one platform, capable of

supporting the full assessment lifecycle,

from content creation and online learner

testing, through to digital marking and

feedback. Several new modules and

features were launched in 2025. This

includes the learner portal which will be a

simple entry point for everything connected

to a learner’s assessment, such as sitting

the tests. Our AI marking proof of Concepts

are giving customers the opportunity to run

pilots on how AI marking compares with

human markers. Once completed, we will

build an optional AI driven marking module

into RM Ava, giving customers the choice of

how much AI involvement they wish to use.

I am excited about the prospects

over the coming years as we look to

extend our global assessment offering,

setting our business up for long-term

sustainable growth.

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

To date, we have committed £20m to RM

Ava’s development and expect it to be fully

completed by end of FY27. We are excited

by the growth opportunities as the platform

accommodates a diverse range of customer

types and sizes with no limit on the number

we can onboard. Further details on RM Ava

are included on pages 8 to 10.

Divisional performance

Assessment: core platform

revenue grows

We have been clear that our Assessment

division is where we see the significant

future growth of our business and I am

delighted to report further growth with

revenue up 19.9% to £47.6m and, after

removing one-off projects, our core digital

platform revenue grew 17.3%. Even with this

significant revenue growth our Assessment

contracted orderbook has been maintained

at £95.5m (FY24: £95.7m) and our orderbook

for recurring core platform revenues is 11.4%

higher at the end of FY25 compared to FY24.

We had our most successful summer peak

exam period with a record number of papers

marked on our platform in Europe and APAC

with over 20 million papers in total. At peak,

4,300 exam markers were working on the

platform in a single day.

We successfully renewed all our material

contracts with strategic customers including

Singapore Examinations and Assessment

Board, South Australian Certificate of

Education, and ACCA, some with expanded

scopes of work, and won Trinity College

London on an initial three-year contract, as

highlighted above.

Adjusted operating profit for Assessment

has increased by 56.8% to £10.9m. With

recent Assessment wins and renewals

being predominantly high margin platform

revenue, along with the benefit of savings

within corporate overheads now transpiring,

the division’s adjusted operating margin has

increased from 17.5% to 22.9%. We expect

this trend to continue as our customers pivot

further towards fully digital exams, enabled by

RM Ava deployment.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

19

Operationally our Chief Operating Officer,

Dr Gráinne Watson, now leads the

Assessment division in its entirety which

has facilitated a more aligned approach

with the market and our customers’ needs

coupled with providing greater visibility of

key milestones and system development.

Gráinne also oversees the development of

RM Ava.

TTS: International growth

opportunities

TTS revenue of £67.3m was down 7.2%

primarily due to the tough UK schools’

market involving budget constraints as

reported in H1. TTS International started

the year well before sales to the US

were impacted by the higher trade tariffs

imposed on products manufactured in

China, and a delay to European orders

which are now expected to land in FY26.

That said, TTS revenue in the Middle East

grew 20.1% to £3.7m in FY25. We are

confident the division will return to growth;

further investment has been made in Dubai

and TTS is ready to capitalise on growing

market opportunities overseas.

We developed 467 exciting new products

during the year with 131 using our own IP,

further strengthening our portfolio. Since

our learning resources have a clear impact

in schools, we have introduced a new

range into the parental market for home

use, which is gaining early traction.

Technology: performing in a

tough market

Technology has performed admirably in

a tough UK schools’ market which has

seen key initiatives such as Connect the

Classroom funding delayed by several

months more than originally expected and

a general slowness due to schools’ budget

constraints. Revenue declined 12.5% to

£47.2m with the hardware and installation

services most affected.

Despite these external challenges, the

division secured key contract renewals with

South Lanarkshire Council, Brook Weston

Trust and HFL Education, and won the

First Federation Trust Managed Service,

Connectivity and Filtering contract. Adjusted

operating profit margin has improved by

0.9% to 7.5% following cost saving initiatives

such as with our data centre, which has led

to greater footprint efficiency and associated

savings. Looking ahead, there’s a growing

need from schools around security and

data protection. We understand these

Chief Executive’s

statement

continued

requirements well, and will be building that

expertise into our plans.

Growth strategy

The global EdTech market is forecast

to increase by $170.8 billion at a CAGR

of 15.9% between 2024 and 2029². The

market shift to digital education and

assessment, is driving a material growth

phase. We are already leaders in this space,

through longstanding relationships with

global accreditors and a unique offering

that supports both paper and fully digital

assessments or an integrated hybrid model.

RM Ava, which unites core solutions into

one world-leading accreditation platform,

provides significant opportunities for further

growth. It supports the entire lifecycle from

exam content creation and secure online

testing, through to AI driven marking and

feedback. There are no restrictions to the

number of users we can bring onto the

platform as we unlock new customers and

markets and continue to scale globally.

As we explained to investors when we

undertook an equity placing, we are

investing in sales and marketing in a

targeted way to help drive growth and

capture this opportunity. Increasing

Assessment income, coupled with the

disposal of non-core assets, will continue

our trajectory towards a business model

substantially underpinned by assured and

recurring revenues. I am excited about

the prospects over the coming years as

we look to extend our global assessment

offering, setting our business up for long-

term sustainable growth.

Mark Cook

Chief Executive Officer

4 March 2026

2

Please see footnote 1 on page 3 for details of

alternative performance measures

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

20

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

20

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

21

During FY25 we have built real momentum in executing our strategy to

become a leading global digital assessment solution provider.

We again grew our core Assessment platform revenue and have further developed of our adaptive virtual

accreditation platform, RM Ava, which officially launched in June 2025.

Build an organisation

for success

We continue to evolve our target operating model in line

with our strategic intent to deliver a brilliant customer

and learner experience, develop RM Ava to drive growth

in Assessment, achieve further cost optimisation, and

progress the operational and legal separation of our

divisions.

Progress in FY25

• We further strengthened our leadership team by

appointing Ian MacKinnon as Chief Executive of

the TTS and Technology Divisions and realigning

the Assessment Division to report into Dr. Gráinne

Watson, Chief Operating Officer.

We formulated a plan to execute the separation of

our divisions, including the replacement of costly

legacy systems.

• We completed a successful equity placing,

generating additional funds to enable us to

accelerate our transformation and growth plans.

Priorities for FY26

• Undertake the operational and legal separation of our

divisions.

• Embed our simplified business model, including the

strengthening of capabilities, fit for purpose tooling, and

continuous improvement of key processes.

• Customer focus and experience excellence throughout

the customer journey.

Link to risk

1

4

3

5

7

8

Create a clear line of

sight to three customer

groups – accreditors,

educators, and learners

By continuing to simplify our organisation structure while

strengthening operations, and engaging with our target

customer groups in a meaningful way, we have a clear

view of our customers’ needs and how to best serve them.

Progress in FY25

• Further operational changes that align with

customer needs in our core Assessment division

have strengthened our customer focused teams.

• Ongoing strategic partnerships with key

accreditation customers enable us to design and

build our assessment solutions in line with the needs

of educators and learners.

• We hosted flagship events for our customer

groups, including the successful ‘Bridging AI and

Assessment’ events in February and October 2025.

Priorities for FY26

• Continue to work with key accreditation customers to

scope out our solutions for educators and learners.

Support customers with the shift towards hybrid or fully

digital assessments.

Continue to explore the use of responsible AI in

assessments.

• Host further flagship events for our customer groups.

Link to risk

1

3

5

2

4

7

8

01

02

Our

strategy

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

22

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Develop products,

services, and solutions

to drive revenue

We are using our deep understanding of curricula, how

to assess the curricula, and how to enhance learning

outcomes, to develop a market-leading product, services

and solutions portfolio.

Our innovative solutions are scalable and present strong

growth opportunities.

Progress in FY25

Over 20 million exams were digitally marked on our

platforms.

• We launched 467 new TTS products, including 131

own IP resources, in key strategic areas of early

years, special education needs and disabilities, and

robotics.

• We delivered managed services and ICT solutions to

UK schools and trusts.

Priorities for FY26

Continue to develop RM Ava in line with the

Development Roadmap.

• Deliver our Portfolio Roadmap.

Link to risk

1

3

5

2

4

6

7

Seize the global

opportunity

With the strategic expansion of our global footprint in

progress, we expect to increase our global customer base

further over the next 12 months.

We are capitalising on the growing global EdTech market

through our strengthened go-to-market teams and strategy,

the ongoing development of RM Ava, the strategic use of AI,

and our market-leading learning resources.

Progress in FY25

• We enabled the delivery of assessments in 115

countries.

• We sold our learning resources in

83 countries.

We established a presence in the Middle East through

our new office in Dubai, and our existing relationship

with partner Al Gurg.

Priorities for FY26

• Explore expansion of solutions into Asia.

• Continue to deliver on our International Growth Plan.

Link to risk

1

3

5

2

4

6

7

8

9

03

04

Key to Risk

1

Delivering the growth strategy

2

Liquidity risk

3

Risk of cyber attack

4

Maintaining technical and delivery expertise

5

Delivering at pace in a fast moving market

6

Supply chain dependencies

7

People retention and recruiting

8

Monitoring and compliance

9

Health and safety

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

23

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

24

We operate in a high-growth global market, fuelled by the need to

modernise learning experiences for a rapidly changing world. RM is

well positioned to capitalise on this growth.

Digital delivery

in assessment

• Accreditors are driving the

shift to digital assessment

solutions for examinations

and throughout the

learning journey.

• Emerging technologies,

including AI, are

challenging the nature of

education and assessment.

• Technological solutions

are having an increasing

role to play throughout the

learning journey.

Continued focus on

developing IP resources

• Opportunities for RM-owned and

developed educational resources,

particularly within early years and special

educational needs and disabilities

(SEND), highlighting the importance of

childcare education with learning and

development from birth.

• Clear focus and drive for existing and

new markets in computer science,

programming, STEM (science,

technology, engineering and maths) and

21st-century learning that aligns to our

unique programming journey of robotics

propositions.

The EdTech market is growing!

15.9% CAGR

Expected growth rate of the global EdTech market

2024–2029

Source: Technavio

Key market drivers

Use of technology in

education

• Accelerating as schools progress on a long-

term digital maturity journey, with many

having a digital strategy but not yet meeting

the standard set out by the Department for

Education.

77%

Of UK schools

have a digital

strategy in

place or in

progress

20%

Of UK schools

are aware of and

meet all digital

and technology

infrastructure

standards

Source: DfE Technology in Schools Survey 24-25

Market

overview

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

How our business is responding

We are responding to the evolution within our fast-moving markets through the ongoing

development of our solutions and products.

Assessment

Market opportunities

• The global shift toward digitising high-stakes assessment is

gaining momentum, with growing demand for flexible, SaaS-

based solutions. Assessment organisations are also realising the

complexity inherent in this approach and are increasingly looking

for a single trusted partner, like RM, to guide them from paper-

based examinations to a hybrid or fully digital approach.

• Many governments are reshaping curricula including New

Zealand, parts of Australia and the refreshed England curriculum

(2027-28). This in turn will need a new kind of assessment. One

that covers the full range of what students can do - from core

academic skills, to oracy, to creative portfolios and practical

work - and offers a more flexible and personalised candidate

experience. We look forward to working with the assessment

community to explore how we can best assess the reformed

national curricula and give every learner the chance to show

what they can do.

While challenges may arise, the rapid emergence of AI is

opening up new opportunities to enhance and streamline

assessment tooling, processes, and reporting while also creating

a clear need to evolve assessment practices for the future from

an educational lifecycle view.

Headwinds

Digital assessment is still an emerging and fast-moving market,

prompting customers to take longer over procurement as they

understand the complexity of the move and the necessity to

achieve parity with paper marking without recreating it. This will

take time to explore the different approaches available to them.

New competitors emerging across the globe offering parts of an

ecosystem through bespoke and low-cost solutions within the

professional qualification environment that is adding complexity

to the traditional market.

TTS

Market Opportunities

Significant new product ideas are coming to fruition and will be

launched in the next 18 months. These are focused on language

and communications skills, programming and Early Years.

The strategy of deepening our involvement in the Middle East

is proving successful and we now plan to use this template to

increase our business in South-East Asia.

• The growing market for SEND support has provided

opportunities for us to broaden our channels to include the

parent market.

Headwinds

The US tariffs and recent changes, while more stable than during

the early part of 2025, have disrupted our US business and is

making this market more challenging.

Recent UK budget changes have not, in the main, provided

additional money to schools for resources. We expect the

headwinds of budget constraints and dropping pupil numbers to

continue but are finding ways to offset these.

Technology

Market opportunities

Leveraging the clear knowledge and experience we have gained

over 52 years to win new opportunities in the education sector.

We are employing more targeted marketing strategies and taking

advantage of the cost opportunities provided by our India based

resources.

• The education market has increasing requirements around

security and data protection. We have a deep understanding

of these requirements and will leverage that knowledge in our

growth plans.

• Recent organisation changes have redefined our sales and

account management structures to concentrate more of our

resources on hunting for new opportunities.

Headwinds

Ongoing changes in procurement rules and increased levels of

bureaucracy means we need to work harder and smarter for

Multi Academy Trust engagements.

• Budget constraints and decreasing pupil numbers are an

ongoing challenge. By specific targeting of markets and

channels together with improving efficiency levels, we plan to

combat this.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

25

We are a global leader in platform delivery of digital assessment and

exam marking solutions to world-leading exam awarding bodies.

The RM Ava platform is at the heart of our strategic growth plans as

customer demand moves from paper to digital.

It will provide a complete end-to-end accreditation solution.

From exam creation and delivery to marking, grading and

appeals, it expands online learning access, ensures

fair testing, and enhances the experience for

accreditors, educators and learners. Long-term

contracts and ongoing engagement lead to

retention and customer advocacy.

We support formative (in-course) and

summative (such as GCSE and A-level)

assessments and professional qualifications

globally.

(RECURRING)

Our shift towards a platform-based business model offers a scalable

and recurring revenue stream that aligns with the ongoing digital

transformation in the education sector.

Enriching the lives of learners globally throughout the education cycle

Early Years

<5 years

Our early years resources encourage children to use their

imagination, build on key skills and explore.

Primary

5–11 years

Our primary learning resources are curriculum aligned, and

include our flagship programming journey range.

We provide IT managed services and connectivity packages.

Key strengths

Long-term, recurring customer

relationships

Deep understanding of the

curriculum and how to assess it

Talented and dedicated people

Strong partnerships with leading

educational establishments

Proprietary portfolio

How we engage and

retain customers

Consultative engagement with

customers

Our consultative go-to-market approach ensures

that we understand our customers’ needs and work

with them to implement the best solution for their

digital journey.

Customer-centric solutions and service

With a focus on strengthening our supply chain,

project delivery and portfolio roadmap, we keep

our customers are at the heart of what we do.

Innovative solutions

Having centres of excellence that enable us to

respond quickly to customer needs in a fast-

moving market with innovative solutions.

Renew long-term partnerships

Long-term partnerships have been built through

decades of delivering for customers and

building trust.

A scalable business generating

long-term relationships

RM Technology

Cutting through complexity and bringing innovation and new ways

of working, we help educators harness technology to improve the

learning environment.

Direct sales to educators generating fees.

(RECURRING)

RM TTS

Delivers innovative educational tools and

curriculum-aligned products that support

educators in enhancing learning outcomes globally.

Direct sales of educational resources to schools, trusts,

and government bodies.

(HISTORICALLY REPEATABLE)

Our

business model

RM Assessment

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

26

1

2

3

4

5

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Secondary

11–16 years

In addition to our IT managed services and connectivity

packages, our Assessment platforms enable successful

summative assessments and accreditation.

Further/professional

>16 years

Our Assessment platforms deliver summative, general,

and professional assessments, and accreditation for the

remainder of the learning life cycle.

Deep pedagogical expertise

With more than 52 years in EdTech, we are experts in how

children and adults learn. Our products are grounded in

research and aligned with global pedagogical approaches

and skill development. We work closely with educators,

schools, accreditors, and policymakers to tackle real

classroom challenges and stay responsive to evolving

policy requirements.

Long-term, trusted customer relationships

With customer relationships spanning decades, our

consultative approach and pedagogical expertise ensures

we work alongside them to meet their evolving needs,

the needs of learners, and the demands of changing

technology.

RM Ava

Bringing our assessment tools and new modules

together in a single sign-on platform that supports the full

assessment cycle, from creating content and delivering

secure online tests to AI-driven marking and feedback. Built

to scale and designed for ongoing innovation, it provides

an accessible, secure and adaptable solution that lays the

foundation for a more seamless, personalised candidate

experience. We want RM Ava to become a world-class

platform for learner assessment, helping customers

move confidently from paper to hybrid or fully digital

assessment, while improving the candidate experience.

Propriety curriculum aligned resources

Our IP owned resources align with curriculum concepts

while also developing 21st-century skills such as critical

thinking, creativity, communication, and collaboration. By

strengthening these skills, students build problem-solving

and computational thinking abilities, making learning more

engaging and relevant across all subjects. This holistic

approach helps prepare learners for the challenges and

opportunities of the future.

What differentiates us

How we create value

Customers

Creating value for our customers by providing innovative

solutions that meet their evolving needs is central to

what we do. We strive to do this by developing strong

partnerships built on trust and credibility.

Colleagues

Our people are fundamental in offering our customers a

wealth of knowledge, creativity and expertise to support

their needs. We value our colleagues and strive to create

an environment for them to flourish and benefit from

opportunities to develop.

Suppliers and Partners

Our suppliers and partners provide goods, services

and expertise that support our requirements, in-house

capabilities and, in turn, our growth ambitions. We aim to

be aligned on quality, delivery, and ethics.

Community and Environment

As we enrich the lives of learners across the world, we are

also dedicated to enriching our communities along with

considering our impact on the wider environment. Our

priorities include sustainability, energy efficiency, support

for local communities, and inclusive recruitment.

Investors

Our investors are interested in the stable financial

performance of RM and its growth prospects as it executes

its strategy along with our ESG focus. Enabling transparency

through communications and being responsive is

fundamental in getting our story across.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

27

1

2

3

4

Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)

and strategic objectives

RM has five strategic objectives which are

critical to delivering our strategy. Our key

performance indicators are aligned with

these five overarching strategic objectives

and are designed to track progress across a

balanced set of metrics.

Changes to KPIs going forward

As highlighted in last year’s Annual Report

we have made some minor changes to our

FY25 KPIs.

In line with our strategy (read more in our

Chief Executive’s statement on pages 18 to

20) we anticipate further changes to our

KPIs which will be reported on in the 2026

Annual Report.

Reach more

customers

Operational

excellence

Improve share of

customer spend

Attract and

retain talent

Strong financial

discipline

Revenue

Definition

• Revenue from continuing operations.

1

2023 has been restated to exclude the revenues of RM Consortium.

Commentary on performance

Revenue from continuing operations was down 2.5% in the year to

£162.1m (FY24: £166.1m).

Decline in RM TTS and RM Technology revenues due to market

pressures.

In RM Assessment we saw growth in core platform and total

recurring revenues as well as a significant increase in non-recurring

project revenue.

Read more in the Chief Financial Officer’s statement on pages

34 to 39.

Adjusted EBITDA

Definition

EBITDA, stated before adjusting items and excluding share based

payments as they are a non-cash item.

2025

2024

2

2023

1,2

£16.5m

£13.7m

£6.6m

1

2023 is shown as originally reported and includes the results of RM Consortium,

which is now presented within discontinued operations.

2

2024 and 2023 have been restated to exclude share-based payments.

Commentary on performance

• Adjusted EBITDA has increased by 19.9%.

This reflects margin improvements and the benefit of cost saving

measures now being realised.

Read more in the Chief Financial Officer’s statement on pages

34 to 39.

Note: Adjusted EBITDA is an Alternative Performance Measure, stated after adjusting

items (see Note 6) which are identified by virtue of their size, nature and incidence. The

Company reports adjusting items, which are used by the Board to monitor and manage

the performance of the Company, in order to ensure that decisions taken align with the

Company’s long-term interests.

Strong financial discipline

Key performance

indicators

2025

2024

2023

1

£162.1m

£166.1m

£175.9m

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

28

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Platform revenue growth

Definition

The percentage increase in digital platform revenue in our core

Assessment division.

Commentary on performance

Platform revenue in FY25 was driven by customer renewals

and wins and more assessments being processed through the

platform.

Going forward we expect the proportion of revenue on our

platform delivered from fully digital exams will increase as our

customers migrate from the e-marking of paper exams.

2024 was the first year this KPI was measured.

Adjusted diluted EPS

Definition

• Earnings per share from continuing operations, stated after

adjusting items, diluted by the number of share options

outstanding.

1

2023 has been restated to exclude the operating loss of RM Consortium,

which is now presented within discontinued operations.

Commentary on performance

EPS in FY24 benefited from a £7.4m tax credit due to

recognising, for the first time, tax losses carried forward as a

deferred tax asset.

Read more in the Chief Financial Officer’s statement on pages

34 to 39.

Note: Adjusted diluted EPS is an Alternative Performance Measure, stated after

adjusting items (see Note 6) which are identified by virtue of their size, nature and

incidence. The Company reports adjusting items, which are used by the Board to

monitor and manage the performance of the Company, in order to ensure that

decisions taken align with the Company’s long-term interests.

Why it is important / link to strategy

Need to invest while balancing risk and stakeholder needs. Restore confidence in financial management and reduce debt levels.

Adjusted net debt

Definition

Total of borrowings, cash and cash equivalents and overdrafts,

less capitalised fees, adjusted to exclude lease liabilities.

Commentary on performance

• Adjusted net debt decreased by £1.1m.

Operating cash generated plus the £12.7m net proceeds from

the equity raise are offset by interest payments (£5.5m), lease

payments (£2.9m), and £9.7m of capital investment, primarily in

RM Ava.

Read more in the Chief Financial Officer’s statement on pages

34 to 39.

Note: Adjusted net debt is an Alternative Performance Measure, stated after

adjusting items (see Note 6) which are identified by virtue of their size, nature and

incidence. The Company reports adjusting items, which are used by the Board to

monitor and manage the performance of the Company, in order to ensure that

decisions taken align with the Company’s long-term interests.

2025

2024

2023

£50.6m

£51.7m

£45.6m

2025

2024

2023

1

4.9p

11.7p

2025

2024

17.3%

12.0%

(4.9)p

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

29

Improve share of

customer spend

Why it is important / link to strategy

• Improve ROI from new customer acquisition

• Focus on customer expansion opportunity within each

division

Definition

• Average revenue per customer is calculated as divisional

revenue divided by the average number of customers in

the year

RM Assessment

Average revenue per customer

RM TTS

Average revenue per customer

2025

2024

2023

£43,851

£1,115

£1,052

£1,012

£42,276

£45,663

UK

International

RM Technology

Average revenue per customer

2025

2024

2023

£15,623

£13,142

£14,056

Commentary on performance

• RM Assessment growth driven by increases in recurring

platform revenues and projects.

RM TTS growth in spite of the UK market decreasing,

tough price competition, reduced government funding,

and US tariffs in International markets.

• More RM Technology customers are choosing to

buy more products from the portfolio, increasing

basket spend.

Reach more customers

Why it is important / link to strategy

• Defined target customers

• Critical to grow market share

• Build channel and scale advantage

Definition

• Number of new contracts won (RM Assessment)

Number of trading customers (RM TTS & RM Technology)

RM Assessment

Number of new contracts won

2025

2024

2023

24

50

48

RM TTS

Number of trading customers

2025

2024

2023

410

44,192

49,529

49,491

473

543

UK

International

RM Technology

Number of trading customers

2025

2024

2023

3,019

4,109

4,105

Commentary on performance

• RM Assessment saw very high customer retention rates

and new customer wins across different sectors.

Large number of trading customers in RM TTS, although

a reduction on prior year due to budget constraints

experienced by schools in the UK in FY25.

RM Technology saw an overall reduction in the number of

trading customers due to delays in government funding of

key initiatives and school budget constraints.

Key performance

indicators

continued

2025

2024

2023

£865,921

£704,339

£658,918

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

30

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Operational excellence

Why it is important / link to strategy

• Meeting customer requirements drives revenue and profit

• Create ability to invest

Definition

• Adjusted operating margin is calculated as adjusted

operating profit as a percentage of revenue (see Note 4)

RM Assessment

Adjusted operating margin

RM TTS

Adjusted operating margin

RM Technology

Adjusted operating margin

Commentary on performance

Following the closure of Consortium in FY24, more of

the corporate overhead (see Note 4 of the Financial

Statements) is allocated to the remaining divisions.

The total corporate costs have reduced by £3.3m between

FY24 and FY25.

Read more in the Chief Financial Officer’s statement on

pages 34 to 39.

Attract and retain talent

Why it is important / link to strategy

• People are critical for service delivery

• Substantial functional and sector expertise, which we want

to retain

• Customer empathy and connection to purpose

Definition

Employee natural attrition – number of employees as a

percentage of total employees who resigned and left within

the year

• Employee engagement score – score based on a

combination of three scores for questions linked to

employee engagement, retention and loyalty

Employee natural attrition

Employee engagement score

69%

65%

2025

2024

2023

57%

Commentary on performance

• The results of our 2025 engagement survey accurately

reflected where we were as a business - a long-

established EdTech leader, with a strong social purpose

- to enrich the lives of learners, that is also working

through a major transformation. Change feels tough.

However, the transformation is starting to deliver, and

we saw that reflected in improving engagement, which

increased by 4%.

Colleagues said they felt clearer about our vision and

positive about the impact of our work. Flexible working

and colleague wellbeing came through as standout

strengths.

• Increased engagement is also reflected in falling natural

attrition rate, which sits at 13% for FY25.

2025

2024

2023

22.9%

17.5%

24.2%

2025

2024

2023

6.2%

7.4%

7.8%

2025

2024

2023

7.5%

6.6%

1.3%

2025

2024

13%

15%

2023

22%

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

31

Moving from separate solutions to a streamlined model.

52 year successful history as a

leader in EdTech, with established

world leading customers and

resilient contracts

• Customers in 115 countries.

Assessment platform revenue up 17% in 2025 and 99%

of assessment revenue up for renewal successfully

renewed.

• Groundbreaking wins with foundation customers to

deliver their transition to fully digital assessment (TCV

£110m).

Positioned to capitalise on a high

growth opportunity

• Global EdTech market forecast to increase by

$170.8 billion at a CAGR of 15.9% between 2024 and 2029.

The market shift to hybrid and digital learning, assessment

and marking is driving this material growth phase.

• RM’s margins are significantly higher for digital

assessments compared to paper.

Proven traction with major customers

and a clear development plan to

unlock new customers & markets

A single platform makes it easier to cross-sell services,

increasing the potential revenue from every customer.

• Long-term contracts already secured with flagship

customers whose exams are collectively taken in over

15,600 schools globally.

• Building on our pedigree in high stakes general

qualifications, expanding into mock and in-class

assessments and professional qualifications.

A unified model built for scale

and efficiency

• Maintaining one platform instead of two

reduces technical overhead and focuses

development spend.

• A single system supports higher candidate

volumes and enables onboarding of a wider

range of customer sizes and types.

• New features and further innovations easier

to roll out as technology and customer needs

evolve.

Investment

case

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

32

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

33

The clearest indication of the momentum

that has been building in RM over the past 3

years is that FY25 sees the Company return

to posting a Profit Before Tax (£3.2m), for the

first time since FY21.

The standout performance in FY25 came

from the Assessment Division, with a

19.9% growth in total revenues and a

56.8% increase in adjusted operating profit.

Unfortunately, RMs’ two other divisions fared

less well this year, with TTS and Technology

both being impacted by a very challenging

UK schools’ market. TTS’s international

sales were further impacted by global

factors, such as higher US tariffs, and delays

to decisions on awarding key tenders by

Governments across Europe – now expected

to benefit FY26.

As a result, total revenue from continuing

operations in FY25 declined by 2.5% to

£162.1m.

Despite the in-year revenue decline, the

business delivered an adjusted operating

profit of £11.5m (adjusted EBITDA (excluding

share-based payments) £16.5m) compared to

£8.6m (adjusted EBITDA (excluding share-

based payments) £13.7m) reported in FY24;

a total increase of 33.2% (EBITDA +19.9%).

Adjusted EBITDA (excluding share-based

payments) is now at 10.2% of revenues,

up from 8.3% last year. This significant

increase in profitability has been achieved

both by, the higher proportion of revenue

that RM Assessment now delivers within

the Company; and the increasing impact

of material cost savings delivered in recent

years. Corporate overheads alone reduced by

13.8% in FY25 and are now only 12.9% of total

revenue, down from 14.6% in FY24.

RM Assessment renewed 99% of its long-

term contracted revenue in the year, saw

volumes increase across most customers

and won a new contract with Trinity

College London. As a result of these

contract renewals, new wins, and the

strong revenue growth, the value of the

contracted orderbook in RM Assessment

has held steady at £95.5m giving the division

FY25 was a ‘Year of

Building Momentum’ for

RM with the benefits of

previous activity starting

to show through in the

financial results.

Chief Financial Officer’s

statement

strong visibility of future revenues. Our

contracted orderbook includes significant

future platform revenue from our two

biggest digital assessment contracts, with

International Baccalaureate and Cambridge

University Press & Assessment. Both

contracts remain on track, but the significant

increase in digital assessment volumes will

come through later in the contract period.

Cost control remains a major focus of

the business, and we are conscious that

our corporate overheads, while reducing

significantly, remain too high. £20m+ of

annualised savings were previously achieved

in FY23 & FY24 and the annualised impact of

those actions has materially benefited FY25.

While FY25 itself didn’t see the same high

level of new cost savings being identified

as previous years, we have still delivered

significant further reductions in most areas.

During this year we completed the project

to right-size the senior management team

and made further efficiencies across the

organisation. Material new savings have

been achieved via renegotiating, right-sizing

and replacing various third party supplier

contracts, especially across IT. Towards the

end of the year, we announced our plans

for ‘Separation’. This project will result in

both separating our operating divisions

into individual legal entities, and also the

replacement of our legacy IT systems into

separate solutions for each division. The

Separation project is now well underway

and is anticipated to unlock the next wave

of cost savings and efficiency improvements

over the coming two to three years.

In order to support our longer-term growth,

and to deliver higher revenue and margin

from new and existing contracts, we have

made £9.7m in total capital expenditure in

year, primarily in our continued investment in

building the RM Ava platform. The business

remains highly leveraged but net debt slightly

reduced during the year by £1.1m to £50.6m,

with operating cash generation plus the

£12.7m net proceeds from our equity raise,

being offset by interest payments (£5.5m)

and the capital expenditure noted above.

Throughout FY25, RM operated within its

EBITDA and hard liquidity covenants, and

we remain extremely grateful for the very

collaborative way in which our lenders

HSBC and Barclays continue to support the

business. We have already started constructive

discussions with our lenders around revised

agreements to replace our existing facilities

which run until July 2027. We remain highly

focused on improving the operating cash

conversion of the business, while we have

made significant improvements in that

regard, there remains more to do, especially

as RM is committed in the immediate

term to reinvesting operating cash into the

development of RM Ava. During FY25 we

successfully concluded an agreement with

the trustees of our defined benefit pension

schemes to cease the deficit recovery

contributions to those schemes 18 months

earlier than had originally been agreed.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

34

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Financial performance

£m

FY25

FY24

Variance

Revenue from continuing operations

162.1

166.1

(2.5)%

Profit/(loss) before tax from continuing operations

3.2

(12.1)

126.5%

Loss from discontinued operations

1

-

(0.9)

n/a

Statutory profit/(loss) after tax

2.2

(4.7)

146.3%

Diluted EPS from continuing operations

2.5p

(4.6)p

154.3%

Adjusted performance measures

2

:

Divisional contribution excluding corporate costs

32.3

32.8

(1.5)%

Divisional contribution margin

20.0%

19.8%

0.2%

Adjusted operating profit from continuing operations

11.5

8.6

33.2%

Adjusted operating profit margin

7.1%

5.2%

1.9%

Adjusted EBITDA

16.5

13.7

19.9%

Adjusted profit before tax from continuing operations

5.5

2.4

126.0%

Adjusted diluted EPS from continuing operations

4.9p

11.7p

(58.1)%

Adjusted net debt

3

50.6

51.7

2.1%

1

Discontinued operations in FY24 related to RM Consortium.

2

Throughout this statement, adjusted operating profit, adjusted EBITDA excluding share-based payments, adjusted profit/(loss) before tax and adjusted diluted EPS are

Alternative Performance Measures, stated after adjusting items (see Note 6) which are identified by virtue of their size, nature and incidence. Their treatment is applied

consistently year-on-year, with the exception of adjusted EBITDA which has been redefined to exclude share-based payment charges (on the basis they are a non-cash item) and

comparatives have been restated.

3

Adjusted net debt is defined as the total of borrowings less capitalised fees, cash and cash equivalents and overdrafts (see Note 6). Lease liabilities of £15.4m (2024: £15.0m)

are excluded from this measure as they are not included in the measurement of adjusted net debt for the purpose of covenant calculations (see Note 25).

£m

FY25

FY24

Variance

RM TTS:

Total revenue

67.3

72.4

(7.2)%

UK revenue

50.5

53.7

(6.1)%

International revenue

16.8

18.7

(10.5)%

Divisional contribution

7.4

8.9

(16.7)%

Divisional contribution margin

11.0%

12.2%

(1.2)%

Adjusted operating profit

4.2

5.4

(21.8)%

Adjusted operating profit margin

6.2%

7.4%

(1.2)%

RM Assessment:

Revenue

47.6

39.7

19.9%

Divisional contribution

16.6

14.4

14.9%

Divisional contribution margin

34.8%

36.4%

(1.6)%

Adjusted operating profit

10.9

6.9

56.8%

Adjusted operating profit margin

22.9%

17.5%

5.4%

RM Technology:

Revenue:

47.2

54.0

(12.5)%

Divisional contribution

8.3

9.5

(12.3)%

Divisional contribution margin

17.5%

17.6%

(0.1)%

Adjusted operating profit

3.5

3.6

(0.3)%

Adjusted operating profit margin

7.5%

6.6%

0.9%

Divisional performance

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

35

RM TTS revenues decreased by 7.2% to £67.3m (FY24: £72.4m).

Continuing budgetary pressures and significant uncertainty for

UK schools, especially in the first half of the year, resulted in UK

revenues falling by 6.1% across the year, with a more encouraging

2nd half year performance. Increased discounting across the

industry, especially in the UK, resulted in Divisional Contribution

Margin declining by 1.2% in the year. Following a strong start

to the year, especially in the Middle East, TTS International was

significantly impacted by the introduction of US tariffs on to the

predominantly Chinese manufactured, higher margin, own IP

products. Delayed decisions on several European tenders also

saw significant orders slip out of FY25 into the following year.

As a result, international revenues declined by 10.5% in the year.

International sales still account for 25% of total TTS revenues and

remain a strong focus for growth in the coming year. Continued

operating efficiencies within TTS partially mitigated the revenue

and gross margin reductions with divisional contribution margin

reduced to £7.4m (FY24: £8.9m) but remaining above 10% of

revenues. Adjusted operating profit decreased to £4.2m (FY24:

£5.4m) and adjusted operating margin decreased to 6.2%

(FY24: 7.4%).

RM Assessment revenues increased by 19.9% to £47.6m (FY24:

£39.7m) made up of 17.3% growth in core platform revenues and

15.5% growth in total recurring revenues, as well as a significant

increase in non-recurring project revenue which primarily related

to one-off revenues in a single non-core contract. Divisional

contribution increased to £16.6m (FY24: £14.4m), a slight reduction

in relation to revenue at 34.8% (FY24: 36.4%) as the division saw

increases in hosting charges and further increases in Sales &

Marketing Overhead towards the end of the year – funded by the

Equity Raise. Adjusted operating profit increased significantly to

£10.9m (FY24: £6.9m) and adjusted operating margin increased to

22.9% (FY24: 17.5%) as the division benefited from the significant

reductions in corporate overheads coming through in the central

allocation (£5.7m in FY25, £7.5m in FY24).

RM Technology revenues decreased by 12.5% to £47.2m (FY24:

£54.0m) with the biggest reductions coming in the transactional

Chief Financial Officer’s

statement

continued

revenue streams of hardware and associated installation services.

These lines of business were the most impacted by the delays to

the Connect the Classroom Government funding, which was only

eventually confirmed late in H1. Due to the nature of the roll-out by

the UK Department of Education, funding did not ramp up fully as

expected in H2. Services revenue was further impacted by scope

reductions for a significant customer. This important customer

has now been secured for a further seven years minimum and

will continue to provide a strong bedrock of both recurring and

transactional revenues. Divisional contribution decreased to

£8.3m (FY24: £9.5m) on the back of the lower revenue, however

contribution as a percentage of revenue was stable at 17.5%,

because of further operational efficiencies. Adjusted operating

profit decreased fractionally to £3.5m (FY24: £3.6m) and adjusted

operating margin increased to 7.5% (FY24: 6.6%). RM Technology

remains a stable and consistently profitable business; considerable

focus has been made towards the end of the year to ensure

that the division is well positioned to take full advantage of its

prominence within the UK Schools market in the years to come.

Overall Company adjusted profit before tax was £5.5m versus

£2.4m in FY24, an increase of £3.1m or 126.0%. Statutory profit

after tax was £2.2m (FY24: loss of £4.7m), both metrics driven by

the increase in adjusted operating profit, as well as a significant

reduction in adjusting items.

Adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

was 4.9p (FY24: 11.7p), the reduction being a function of reduced

adjusted profit after tax (principally due to the £9.2m deferred

tax credit in FY24) and the increased number of shares following

the equity raise, and statutory diluted earnings per share from

continuing operations was 2.5p (FY24: loss of 4.6p).

Adjusting items

To provide an understanding of business performance including

the comparability of results year-on-year, we exclude the effect of

adjustments that are identified by virtue of their size, nature and

incidence, as set out below.

Adjusting items (total operations) £m

FY25

FY24

Amortisation of acquisition-related intangible assets

0.2

0.4

Impairment of RM TTS goodwill

1

-

9.3

Reversal of impairment of RM Consortium assets

2

-

(0.5)

Restructuring costs

3

1.8

4.6

Cost of GMP conversion

-

0.3

Consortium pension costs

4

0.3

-

Total adjustments

2.3

14.1

Tax impact

(0.3)

(0.8)

Total adjustments after tax

2.0

13.3

1

A £9.3m impairment of TTS goodwill was booked during FY24. This impairment arose both as a result of the significant proportion of goodwill allocated to TTS following

the closure of Consortium, and reductions in estimated future cashflows caused by increasing uncertainty in UK and international school budgets.

2

Following the announcement of the closure of the Consortium business and the subsequent termination of the ERP replacement programme in FY23, management

performed an impairment review resulting in the Company recognising a total impairment charge of £38.9m, including £2.8m for inventory write-downs to expected net

realisable value. During FY24, the Company wrote back £0.5m of inventory provisions previously recognised in FY23.

3

Restructuring costs of £1.8m (2024: £4.6m) relating to the implementation of the Company’s new Target Operating Model announced in 2023, and the legal and

operational separation of the divisions announced in the HY25 interim results. These include £0.9m of redundancy costs (of which £0.9m were paid during the year),

£0.8m of professional fees and contractor costs, and £0.5m of staff costs, offset by a £0.1m reversal of impairments and provisions for properties exited in FY24 following

termination of leases, and a £0.3m reversal of other costs.

4

Ongoing costs for the CARE pension scheme (see Note 24) are presented as an adjusting item within continuing operations as they are not related to the underlying

trading operations of the Company, following the discontinuation of the Consortium business.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

36

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Inventory

Inventories decreased by 14.5% to £13.0m (FY24: £15.2m), as close

control of working capital remains a key area of focus in TTS. Year-

end inventory also includes relatively significant stockholding in

anticipation of several delayed international tenders.

Corporate costs

Corporate costs in the period were £7.2m, down from £7.3m in

FY24, reflecting the allocation of the significant reduction in total

Corporate Overheads.

Taxation

There was a £1.0m tax charge on continuing operations for the

year (FY24: £8.3m tax credit). The prior year credit was principally

due to the recognition of an £8.5m deferred tax asset.

Cash flow, net debt and lender agreement

On a statutory basis, net cash inflow from operating activities

was £7.5m (FY24: inflow of £8.4m), which includes £1.4m (FY24:

£4.3m) of deficit recovery payments made to the Company’s

defined benefit pension schemes during the year. During the

year the triennial funding valuations for all three schemes were

agreed, which resulted in no further contributions required, and

an agreement was reached during the year with the trustee of the

CARE scheme to cease contributions agreed under the previous

valuation, which were due to continue until 31 December 2026.

Adjusted net debt closed the year at £50.6m (FY24: £51.7m) as the

£7.5m net cash inflow from operating activities (see above) and

£12.7m of net proceeds from an equity raise in October 2025 was

offset by £9.7m of capitalised expenditure (FY24: £4.8m) primarily

relating to the continued investment in RM Ava, £5.5m of interest

paid (FY24: £5.6m) and £2.9m of lease repayments (FY24: £3.4m).

In June 2025 RM secured an agreement with its lenders, which

extended the existing £70.0m facility to July 2027. The fixed charge

over the shares of each of the obligor companies (except for

RM plc), and the fixed and floating charge over all assets of the

obligor companies granted previously to lenders remains in place.

Covenants that are effective between 30 November 2025 and the

end of the facility are as follows:

• A quarterly LTM EBITDA (excluding discontinued operations)

covenant test to November 2026, which is then replaced by

a quarterly EBITDA leverage test and interest cover, which

are required to be below 4.5x and above 4x respectively from

February 2027; and

A ‘hard’ liquidity covenant test requiring the Company to have

liquidity greater than £7.5m on the last business day of the

month, and liquidity not be below £7.5m at the end of two

consecutive weeks within a month. This liquidity limit is the

minimum amount the Company must have available under the

facility, taking into account cash and the amount left to draw.

While the current banking facilities end in July 2027, and any period

beyond this would likely be subject to negotiation and agreement

of a further facility, the Directors note that this is an uncertainty

but not a material one and consider it likely that negotiation would

be successful. Please see the financial viability report on pages

46 to 48.

Balance sheet

The Company had net assets of £30.9m at 30 November 2025

(FY24: £17.1m). The balance sheet includes non-current assets

of £97.1m (FY24: £90.1m), of which £29.0m (FY24: £29.2m) is

goodwill and £20.1m (FY24: £20.5m) relates to the Company’s

defined benefit pension schemes, which is discussed further below.

Operating property, plant and equipment, intangible and

right-of-use assets total £33.6m (FY24: £26.1m), primarily due to

additions to intangible assets relating to the development of the

RM Ava platform. Internet Protocol (IP) address assets utilised as

part of the Connectivity business are included at £nil cost.

Net current assets of £5.0m (FY24: £0.2m) are increased, as

operating cash generated by the Company and proceeds from the

equity raise have been partly used to normalise working capital,

invest in RM Ava, pay debt interest, and make contributions to the

defined benefit pension schemes.

Non-current liabilities of £71.1m (FY24: £73.2m) include borrowings

of £56.7m (FY24: £55.5m), and lease liabilities of £13.4m (FY24:

£12.8m) which are predominately associated with the Company

utilisation of properties.

Dividend

The banking facility covenants restrict dividend distribution until

the Company has reduced its net debt to LTM EBITDA leverage

to less than 1x for two consecutive quarters, and therefore we are

not currently able to recommend the payment of a final dividend

and are unlikely to in the short term since our focus is to continue

investing in RM’s growth.

RM plc (the Parent Company) is a non-trading investment

holding company and derives its profits from dividends paid by

subsidiary companies. The Parent Company has £nil (FY24: £nil)

distributable reserves as at 30 November 2025. The Directors

regularly review the Company’s capital structure and dividend

policy, ahead of announcing results and during the annual

budgeting process, looking at longer-term sustainability. The

Directors do so in the context of the Company’s ability to execute

the strategy and to invest in opportunities to grow the business

and enhance shareholder value. Plans to resolve RM plc’s negative

distributable reserves position in advance of reinstating dividends

to shareholders, which include distributions from subsidiaries,

continue to be under review.

The dividend policy is influenced by a number of the principal

risks identified in the table of ‘Principal and Emerging Risks and

Uncertainties’ detailed within this Annual Report, which could have

a negative impact on the performance of the Company or its ability

to distribute profits.

Pension

The Company operates two defined benefit pension schemes

(RM Scheme and CARE Scheme) and participates in a third, multi-

employer, defined benefit pension scheme (the Platinum Scheme).

Additionally, the Company has TUPE employees who retain

membership of Local Government Pension Schemes.

As set out in Note 24 to the Financial Statements, the overall

pension surplus on an IAS 19 basis reduced slightly to a surplus of

£20.1m (30 November 2024: £20.5m). All three schemes remain in

surplus, with increases in the CARE and Platinum schemes.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

37

The 31 May 2024 triennial valuation for the RM and CARE schemes

was approved in March 2025 and the 31 December 2024 triennial

valuation for the Platinum scheme was approved in November

2025. All three schemes are now in technical surplus and

accordingly no additional contributions are required. The deficit

recovery payments set by the 31 May 2021 valuations of the CARE

scheme, as noted above, were ceased during the year with the

agreement of the trustee, and the RM scheme payments ceased

after December 2024.

Internal controls

During the year, the Company has continued to embed financial

and governance controls, following the rollout in FY24 in the key

business processes of purchase-to-pay, order-to-cash, forecast-

to-fulfil and record-to-report. Each end-to-end workstream is

documented in a dedicated portal which also facilitates the

collation of evidence that the operation of these controls is

appropriate. Additional controls across the areas of capital

expenditure, payroll and treasury, identified via internal audits

carried out as part of planned activity during the year, will become

operational during FY26.

The Internal Audit & Internal Controls team have continued, during

the year, to undertake regular walkthroughs of the processes,

validate that controls are operating as designed, and check that the

evidence of these controls is appropriate. Further work is required

to embed controls fully and reduce the level of control failures

identified by this testing. The Audit and Risk Committee has been

updated regularly on the progress of the project, and the ongoing

improvements to the control environment. Where controls are

currently not designed, implemented, or operating as effectively

as they should, management has provided the Committee with

assurance that appropriate mitigating actions are in place to

conclude that these Financial Statements do not contain material

errors.

During FY26, management will continue ensure that controls are

properly embedded through a programme of self-certification and

testing by the Internal Audit & Internal Controls team, reducing the

level of failures.

Going concern

The Financial Statements have been prepared on a going concern

basis. In reaching the conclusion that the going concern basis

of accounting was appropriate the Directors made significant

judgements which are set out below.

The Directors have prepared cash flow forecasts for the period to

the end of March 2027 which indicate that, taking into account

reasonably plausible downsides and associated mitigations as

discussed below, the Company is expected to comply with all

debt covenants in place and will have sufficient funds to meet its

liabilities as they fall due for at least 12 months from the date of this

report.

In assessing the going concern position the Directors have

considered the balance sheet position as included on page 134,

the headroom to the hard liquidity covenant within the banking

agreement, and compliance with the quarterly rolling last twelve

months Adjusted EBITDA (“LTM EBITDA”) covenant. Exceeding the

hard liquidity or LTM EBITDA covenants would constitute a material

breach of the agreement and consequently the facility would be

repayable on demand.

At 30 November 2025, the Company had net debt of £50.6m

(30 November 2024: £51.7m) and drawn facilities of £58.0m

(30 November 2024: £57.0m). Average Company net debt

over the year to 30 November 2025 was £57.8m (year to

30 November 2024: £53.8m) with a maximum borrowings position

of £63.3m (year to 30 November 2024: £60.7m). The drawn

facilities are expected to fluctuate over the period considered

for going concern, but remain within the covenants, and are not

anticipated to be fully repaid in this period.

As set out in Note 25 of the Financial Statements for the year

ended 30 November 2025, the Company has a £70.0m (2024:

£70.0m) committed bank facility (the facility). The facility is due to

mature on 5 July 2027. The Directors have assessed the liquidity

risk associated with the facility maturing within the Principal Risks

and Uncertainties on page 42 and the Financial Viability report

on pages 46 to 48, and have concluded that the uncertainties

associated with refinancing are not material to the going concern

assessment and therefore it remains appropriate to assess going

concern over a period of 12 months to March 2027. The facility

provides lenders a fixed and floating charge over the shares of

all obligor companies (except for RM plc), and it also reset the

covenants under the facility. For going concern purposes the Board

has assessed the Company’s forecast performance against the

following covenants:

• A quarterly LTM EBITDA (excluding discontinued operations)

covenant test to November 2026, which is then replaced by a

quarterly EBITDA leverage test and interest cover test, which

are required to be below 4.5x and above 4x respectively from

February 2027; and

A ‘hard’ liquidity covenant test requiring the Company to have

liquidity greater than £7.5m on the last business day of the

month, and liquidity not be below £7.5m at the end of two

consecutive weeks within a month. This liquidity limit is the

minimum amount the Company must have available under the

facility, taking into account cash and the amount left to draw.

In addition to the financial covenants, the facility also contains

non-financial covenants including the achievement of milestones

relating to the strategy for disposal of certain non-core assets

within the going concern assessment period.

For going concern purposes, the Company has assessed a

base case scenario that assumes no significant downturn in UK

or international markets from that experienced in the year to

30 November 2025 and assumes a broadly similar macroeconomic

environment to that currently being experienced.

The Company is assuming revenue growth across all businesses in

the base case, driven from the following key areas:

Growth from existing customers and new customer wins in the

RM Assessment Division;

• Increased revenues principally derived from hardware and

software sales in the RM Technology Division; and

Growth from UK and international sales in the RM TTS Division

Operating profit margin growth in the base case includes

annualised savings from restructuring programmes undertaken in

the period.

Net debt is not expected to materially reduce organically within the

assessment period, as the conversion of operating profits will be

offset by further capital investment and debt interest payments.

Chief Financial Officer’s

statement

continued

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

38

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

As part of the Company’s business planning process, the Board

has closely monitored the Company’s financial forecasts, key

uncertainties, and sensitivities. As part of this exercise, the Board

reviewed a number of scenarios, including the base case and

reasonable worst-case downside scenarios.

The aggregate impact of reasonably plausible downsides has been

taken together to form a reasonable worst-case scenario that

removes a number of the growth assumptions from the base case

including:

In the RM Assessment Division, reduced new and existing

customer growth;

In the RM Technology Division, reductions in revenue growth

and operating margin improvement targets; and

In the RM TTS Division, reductions in growth in markets, and of

market share.

The reasonable worst-case scenario has the following impact on

the base case forecast for the Company:

FY26: A revenue reduction of £12.2m, an EBITDA reduction of

£7.0m, and cash reduction of £8.2m.

FY27: A revenue reduction of £15.3m, an EBITDA reduction of

£8.4m, and cash reduction of £8.7m.

While the Board believes that all reasonable worst-case downside

scenarios occurring together is highly unlikely, the Company

would continue to comply with covenants under the facility

until November 2026 when the EBITDA covenant would be

breached, December 2026 when the hard liquidity covenant

would be breached, and February 2027 when the adjusted

leverage and interest cover tests would be breached. The Board’s

assessment of the likelihood of a further downside scenario is

remote. Management have undertaken reverse stress testing that

demonstrates that sales could reduce in RM TTS by £13.1m in April

2026 or RM Technology by £23.3m in June 2026 in isolation, and

the covenants would still be complied with for that quarter if none

of the other downside scenarios were to occur. The timing of this

reverse stress test is aligned with the greatest seasonality for those

businesses and tightest headroom.

The Board has also considered a number of mitigating actions

which could be enacted, if necessary, to ensure that reasonable

headroom against the facility and associated covenants is

maintained in all cases. These are actions the Company has taken

before and therefore the Board are confident of their ability to

deliver these mitigating actions if required. Modelling indicates that

the enactment of these mitigations against the reasonable worst-

case downside scenario would avoid a breach of all covenants

during the going concern review period.

Management have also met all milestones relating to disposal

strategy to the date of signature of this report, and expect to

continue to meet these through the remainder of the going

concern period.

Therefore, the Board has a reasonable expectation that the

Company has adequate resources to continue in operational

existence and meet its liabilities as they fall due for a period of not

less than 12 months from the date of approval of these Financial

Statements, having considered both the availability of financial

facilities and the forecast liquidity and expected future covenant

compliance. For this reason, the Company continues to adopt

the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual

Financial Statements.

Principal risks and uncertainties

Pursuant to the requirements of the Disclosure and Transparency

Rules, the Company provides the following information on its

principal risks and uncertainties. The Company considers strategic,

operational and financial risks and identifies actions to mitigate

those risks. Risk management systems are monitored on an

ongoing basis. The principal risks and uncertainties are set out on

pages 42 to 45.

Directors’ responsibility statement

The 2025 Annual Report and Financial Statements, which will

be issued in March 2026, contains a responsibility statement in

compliance with DTR 4.1.12 of the Listing Rules which sets out that

as at the date of approval of the Annual Report on 4 March 2026,

the Directors confirm to the best of their knowledge:

• the Group and unconsolidated Parent Company Financial

Statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable set of

accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets,

liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Group

and Parent Company, and the undertakings included in the

consolidation taken as a whole; and

the performance review contained in the Annual Report and

Financial Statements includes a fair review of the development

and performance of the business and the position of the Group

and the undertakings including the consolidation taken as a

whole, together with a description of the principal risks and

uncertainties they face.

Simon Goodwin

Chief Financial Officer

4 March 2026

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

39

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

39

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

40

The management of the business and the execution of the Company’s strategy are subject

to a wide range of risks.

Risk management framework

RM has a defined and documented risk management framework

which is aligned to best practice and subject to continual

improvement.

The framework is overseen by the Board and reviewed by the

Audit and Risk Committee at least once a year and when there are

significant changes affecting RM’s risk profile. A key objective is to

ensure a level of consistency and rigour appropriate to its business

strategy and operations.

In addition, RM has procedures in place to ensure that principal

risks and emerging threats that may impact the business in

the longer term are identified, evaluated, and managed at the

appropriate level within the organisation.

Risk registers are produced by each division and line function as

shown in the diagram below and key risks from these are compiled

in the Company Risk Register. Risks are identified and scored

in terms of impact and likelihood, after taking into account the

current mitigations. For those risks that are not accepted, a risk

action plan is completed with a target planned net risk score. Risk

owners are nominated who have authority and responsibility for

assessing and managing these risks. While RM’s risk management

framework is designed to reduce risk as far as possible, RM cannot

eliminate all risks.

Risks are categorised under the following categories: financial,

infrastructure and technology, legal, operational, political,

reputational, security, strategic, and emerging.

Executive / Board

Company risk register

Divisional boards

• Chaired by Chief Financial Officer;

• Sets strategy, risk appetite,

etc.; and

• Review of Company risk register.

Quarterly risk reviews

New risks, updates on mitigation, etc.;

Updates Company risk register; and

Risk report.

Company Risk Management Framework

Board Audit and Risk Committee

Assessment

TTS

Finance

Health & Safety

People

Legal / Data

Protection

IT

Technology

RM India

Managing

the Company’s risks

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

40

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

41

A systematic risk review is conducted at least quarterly. Each new

version of the Company Risk Register is evaluated by the Executive

Directors and Company Secretary, as well as the divisional boards.

The Board reviews the principal and emerging risks faced by the

Company and approves the Company Risk Register at least twice

a year. The Board considers trends, opportunities, and challenges

facing the business along with its emerging risks. Additionally, the

Board continues to focus on key areas that are closely linked to the

Company’s strategic priorities, including RM’s proposition to meet

and exceed customers’ expectations and support its people.

Risk appetite

RM has zero tolerance for risks that:

harm its employees, customers, learners, or the general public;

• create significant, unmanaged, adverse, reputational damage;

lead to the loss of any application or IT service deemed critical

for RM customers or internal users or the loss of any service

beyond the ascertained maximum acceptable outage; or

would cause any failure to comply with legal and regulatory

requirements.

In other aspects, such as revenue growth initiatives, the Board

may have a greater risk appetite and sets the level of mitigation

accordingly.

The Board confirms that it has carried out a robust assessment

of the principal and emerging risks faced by the Company and

appropriate processes have been put in place to monitor and

mitigate them. Further details are also set out in the Corporate

Governance Report.

Emerging risks

In addition to identifying, evaluating, and mitigating the

principal risks that might impact the range of Company

activities, the risk management programme also

identifies emerging risks. These are potential new risks

that cannot (yet) be scored, because currently there is

insufficient information available about their likelihood

and/or impact.

Emerging risks that might affect RM during 2026 can be

summarised as follows:

Artificial intelligence (AI)

This was included last year and is still considered an

emerging risk as the use of AI technologies continue

to evolve. It is likely to have a significant impact on

education and assessment markets in the years to

come, bringing opportunities to RM as well as possible

challenges. RM is closely monitoring market and

industry trends to identify both risks and opportunities

and has already developed tools with AI capabilities

within Assessment (see AI proof of concept on page 9),

TTS, and Technology. AI is also likely to have an impact

on internal functions such as Finance, Legal, and People.

Data

New data and access regulations may restrict usage of

data on EdTech platforms which could, in turn, impact

our operations. But this also offers opportunities for RM,

given our relationship with accreditors.

Macroeconomic and geopolitical

environment

• An uncertain macroeconomic environment or

continued geopolitical tensions could disrupt our

services in certain jurisdictions, impacting revenues.

All emerging risks are kept under review by the Executive

and the Board. As further information and analysis

becomes available, it may become possible to evaluate

and score risks using the Company Risk Framework, with

the result that some may become principal risks, or in

some cases, an emerging risk may diminish in significance.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

41

Potential

impacts

Current mitigation

Planned mitigation

Trend

1

A range of factors such as adverse market conditions, operational failures, not winning new business,

or a lack of investment in our digital capability, could cause a failure to deliver our growth strategy

(see page 22 to 23).

Inability to grow

earnings could

put pressure on

the Company’s

ability to

stay within

its banking

covenants

• Senior management team with transformation experience;

• Creating a simplified and more streamlined operating model;

• Focus on high growth opportunities within the strategic

Assessment Division;

• Securing long-term customer contracts; and

• Agreement with lenders to support our strategy.

• Continuing journey towards

a more customer-centric

company;

• Continued substantial focus

and investment in RM Ava

and owned IP;

• Further cost saving initiatives

from separation work and

material reduction in net

debt; and

• Investment in sales and

marketing capability.

2

The Company may be exposed to treasury risks including managing liquidity within the agreed facility

arrangements and covenants.

Lack of funding

required to

meet short

and long-term

obligations and

aspirations

The Company amended and extended its £70m bank facility

during the year with revised covenants to better reflect the

outlook and liquidity needs;

£13.5m (gross) proceeds raised from an equity placing during

the year;

Weekly cash forecasts prepared by Finance and monitoring of

headroom against the banking covenants;

Monthly working capital reviews by each of the divisions; and

• The Company continues to regularly monitor treasury risks

such as fluctuating exchange rates by creating natural currency

hedges through matching of foreign currency receipt and

payment phasing, with hedging via derivative instruments

utilised for material imbalances that remain.

• The strategic plan of the

business continues to

include significant deleverage

in the short to medium-term,

including disposals.

Link to strategic objectives

Year-on-year trend

Growth

Customer experience excellence

RM Ava development

People investment

Financial discipline

Increasing risk

Decreasing risk

Unchanged from previous year

Principal risks

and uncertainties

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

42

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Potential

impacts

Current mitigation

Planned mitigation

Trend

3

If RM’s security controls are inadequate it could be vulnerable to a cyber-attack or major security breach on

internal or customer-facing systems.

Disruption

to services;

personal data

breach; legal

and contractual

non-compliance

• Wide range of industry-standard technical defences and

controls;

Security monitoring and risk assessment of key systems and

suppliers;

• Dedicated security team;

• Dedicated data protection function;

• Incident response function, supported by third-party specialist

services;

• Online security training and phishing simulation programme for

all staff;

• ISO 27001 and ISO 22301 certifications;

• Oversight by Group Security and Business Continuity

Committee, which reports into the Company Executive;

• External audit of systems, processes, compliance, etc.; and

• Cyber insurance and property and business interruption

insurance cover.

• Continued expansion

of controls testing

across key systems and

applications; and

• Cyber security road map

for FY26.

4

If RM fails to maintain the required levels of technical and delivery expertise, then the delivery of

sophisticated and complex solutions to customers, or large-scale business transformation projects,

could be threatened.

Each division

could be

impacted by:

operation

disruption;

reputational

damage;

contractual

non-compliance

which could

have financial

implications

Investment in people with technical expertise (see Risk 7 on

page 44);

• Internal management control processes, e.g. programme

steering committees, change boards, etc.; and

• Strengthened the operational and delivery capability through

our changed operating model which includes our Chief

Operating Officer overseeing operational performance, RM Ava

development, and customer delivery aspect in Assessment.

• Further investment in RM

Ava, as required, including

technical experts as we

continue to strengthen our

onshore delivery capabilities.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

43

Principal risks

and uncertainties

continued

Potential

impacts

Current mitigation

Planned mitigation

Trend

5

The pace of change in assessment technology is such that providers need to adapt and respond to the

fast moving market in order to prosper.

Revenue

and growth

opportunities

could be lost

impacting

financial

performance

• Changes are addressed by the respective product and

development teams through an iterative process;

Investment in maintaining a high level of technical and

non-technical expertise and in building effective working

relationships with its customers;

• Product and service innovation programmes;

• Centres of excellence focused on architecture, software

engineering, and quality assurance;

• Recruitment of specialist roles to support large new

contracts; and

• Enhancing UK teams to better support delivery model.

• Five-year plan of investment,

totaling £20 million, in

Assessment solutions,

including for learners, as

well as awarding bodies, and

professional organisations.

6

Due to the TTS Division’s dependency on an extensive supply chain, including overseas providers,

delivery of products and services could be affected by political, economic, and global factors beyond its control.

Increased costs;

disruption of

services

Changes that have evolved since Brexit have been managed

through the adoption of new processes to meet new

requirements and regulations; and

The Head of Procurement is focusing on streamlining the

supplier database in order to minimise risk and exposure.

• The growth ambitions of

RM TTS’s international

business means there will be

continued focus in ensuring

compliance with regulations

relating to import and export

of goods in new regions.

7

A failure to recruit, retain, and protect highly skilled employees could have a range of negative

operational impacts.

High levels

of workforce

attrition;

increased

recruitment

and retention

costs; financial

penalties

• Identification of critical resources;

• Knowledge management capture project;

• Regular monitoring of employee engagement;

• Equality, Diversity, and Inclusion network;

• Recruitment strategy to target problem areas;

• Annual benchmarking of remuneration to ensure we remain

market competitive;

• Training programmes to assist staff development; and

• Succession planning.

• Talent management and

career planning processes;

• Learning and development

strategy and plan for

FY26; and

• Employee health, safety and

wellbeing plan for FY26.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

44

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Potential

impacts

Current mitigation

Planned mitigation

Trend

8

If the Company does not have adequate monitoring and compliance processes in place, there is a risk that we

could become non-compliant with one or more of the many legal and regulatory obligations to which we are

subject.

Regulatory

fines;

reputational

damage

• Legal team evaluates and communicates legal requirements to

relevant teams;

• Access to third-party expertise, e.g. non-UK legal requirements;

• Dedicated resource monitoring compliance; and

• Internal and external audit.

• Additional and updated

policies and procedures

continue to be rolled out.

9

Failure to manage health and safety increases the risk of injury or death to workers or others, and increases the risk

of prosecution and unlimited fines.

Reputational

damage along

with fines and/

or prosecutions

A new Health & Safety Manager appointed in FY24;

• Updated Health & Safety Policy launched;

• Health & Safety Committee established;

• Critical employee cohort training undertaken (e.g. engineers,

operatives in warehouse);

Accident management – stress test for fatal incident scenario,

process and workflow identified;

• Incident reporting framework is in place;

• Risk assessments conducted; and

• All-employee training initiatives.

• Gap analysis of current health

and safety management

across the organisation.

Impact

Likelihood

2

9

1

8

4

3

7

5

6

Principal risks at a glance

The grid to the right depicts the severity levels of each

principal risk, taking into account impact and likelihood.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

45

The Directors’ assessment of the Company’s

current financial position is set out in the

Chief Financial Officer’s statement on pages

34 to 39.

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, in

addition to an assessment of going concern, the Directors have

also considered the prospects of the Company over a longer

period.

The principal operating subsidiaries of the Company are RM

Educational Resources Limited (the primary subsidiary through

which the TTS Division operates) and RM Education Limited (the

primary subsidiary through which the Technology and Assessment

Divisions operate). The current performance of these Divisions is

set out in Note 4 of the Financial Statements.

Our debt facilities are set out in Note 25 and comprise a

£70m committed bank facility due to mature in July 2027. At

30 November 2025, the Company had net debt of £50.6m

(30 November 2024: £51.7m) and drawn facilities of £58.0m

(30 November 2024: £57.0m). Average Company net debt

over the year to 30 November 2025 was £57.8m (year to

30 November 2024: £53.8m) with a maximum borrowings position

of £63.3m (year to 30 November 2024: £60.7m). The Treasury

team actively manage the cash flow and funding requirements of

the Company, and will continue to do so over the financial viability

timeframe.

We have an established process to assess the Company’s

prospects. The Board undertakes a detailed assessment of the

Company’s strategy on a regular basis (usually annually) and the

output from this assessment forms the framework for our medium-

term plan which we update annually. Our medium-term plan

comprises cash flows, income statements, and balance sheets.

Our medium-term plan reflects our prospects and considers the

potential impacts of the principal risks and uncertainties set out

on pages 42 to 45. We perform stress tests to assess the potential

impact of combinations of those risks and uncertainties. The plan

also considers mitigating actions that we may take to reduce the

impact of such risks and uncertainties, and the likely effectiveness

of those mitigating actions.

Period of assessment

The Directors have considered that a period of three years is an

appropriate timeframe to consider the financial viability of the

Company for a number of reasons. The Company operates in the

education sector, providing a range of technological solutions and

services to our customers both in the UK and internationally. While

in the longer term the changing nature of technology, government

policies, and digitalisation will impact the market in which the

Company operates, changes in the shorter three-year timespan are

likely to be less severe. A three-year period is also consistent with

the time period over which the Company’s medium-term financial

budgets are prepared.

This three-year period extends beyond the period to the end of the

current banking facilities in July 2027. Any period beyond this date

would likely be subject to negotiation and agreement of a further

facility which is not within the Company’s direct control. The

Directors consider that the previous successful renegotiations of

the facility, support from the lenders as evidenced through waivers

or amendments of covenants, and the medium-term forecasts

indicating an organic reduction of net debt and a normalisation

of adjusted leverage ratios, should all act as positive indicators

towards a successful future outcome.

A longer period of assessment introduces greater market

uncertainty and hence uncertainty in the viability assessment

because the variability of potential outcomes increases as the

periods considered extends.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

46

Financial viability

statement

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Viability assessment

The Company has considered the following scenarios for financial viability:

The impact of the above scenarios was considered individually and

in combination. Where the timing is unknown, the scenario was

assumed to have occurred in FY26 when the Company sensitivity is

greatest.

As referenced in the going concern statement, while the Board

believes that all risks noted above occurring together is highly unlikely,

under these combined scenarios and if management took no

mitigating action in response the Company would breach the EBITDA

covenant for the quarter ended 30 November 2026, the hard liquidity

covenant in December 2026 and January 2027, the adjusted leverage

test for the quarter ended 28 February 2027, and the interest cover

test for the quarters ended 28 February and 31 May 2027.

The Board has also considered a number of mitigating actions

which could be enacted, if necessary, to ensure that reasonable

headroom against the facility is maintained in all cases and the

Company complies with all covenants. Implementation of certain

of these mitigations would potentially impact the timing of the

Company’s return to its originally forecast financial position. These

mitigating actions include:

cost mitigations (such as reduced uncommitted spend);

non-payment of discretionary bonuses, and reduced

commissions (in line with reduced revenues);

delay or removal of certain capital expenditures; and

reduction of headcount.

On the basis that all of the mitigating actions were implemented

when forecast, the stress tests indicated that none of these

scenarios, including the combined scenario, would result in an

impact to the Company’s expected liquidity, solvency or debt

covenants that could not be addressed by these mitigating actions,

and are therefore not considered threats to the Company’s viability.

Principal risk

Scenario considered

Inability to grow earnings - failure to

deliver strategic programmes, and

failure to maintain required levels of

technical and delivery expertise

In all three divisions scenarios were considered where new income streams or market growth

was not delivered or delayed. Macroeconomic risks were also considered for RM TTS, with

scenarios decreasing UK market share growth, and where the US and European markets

continue to decline.

Treasury risks

The Directors assessed the risk associated with not securing lending facilities beyond the

maturity date of the current banking arrangements, which are described in more detail below

this table.

Cyber attack

Scenarios considering disruption to the various platforms used by the Company were

considered. It was concluded that the latest available tools used by the IT security team,

use of external experts to test and improve security posture, cloud-based platforms, and an

independent ISAE3402 report in respect of the Company’s primary accounting software provide

adequate mitigation to the risk.

Failure to deliver new and changed

solutions

The impacts of a material reduction in the medium-term growth rates were modelled as follows:

RM Technology – reduction in Connect The Classroom and client hardware targets; and

RM Assessment – risks related to delays and options not taken for significant products and

contracts.

Dependency on extensive supply

chain

In RM TTS, scenarios were considered where unforeseen increases in product cost were

absorbed.

Failure to recruit, retain, and protect

highly skilled employees

Scenarios were considered in all three divisions where headcount was reduced, either through

removal of roles or not backfilling attrition.

Non-compliance with legal or

regulatory obligations

Scenarios involving a potential GDPR breach, and non-compliance with foreign taxation regimes

through import and export activity in RM TTS were considered.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

47

Refinancing risk

While all of the risks outlined could have an impact on the

Company’s performance, when considering the viability of the

Company the Directors have specifically focused on the risk

associated with refinancing.

The Company’s existing debt facility is due to expire on 5 July 2027.

The Company’s debt facility includes an underlying assumption

that the Company would be able to materially deleverage during

the term of the facility. However, in the absence of any divestment

activity having completed by that time, it is highly likely that RM

will need to agree an extension of the current facility with existing

banking partners, or be able to refinance with alternative partners.

Adjusted net debt at the date of this report is £50.6m, and the

Company is not forecasting to materially deleverage during FY26

through organic means as a result of its continuing investment in

its strategy and, in particular, RM Ava. The Company’s medium-

range financial forecasts indicate that, should its strategy and

business plan continue to be successful, it would be able to

materially deleverage via organic means during the latter part of

FY27, and through FY28.

The Directors are confident that the Company will be able to

successfully refinance or extend its debt facility with the following

being key judgements within that conclusion:

• extremely strong relationships with existing lenders who are

demonstrably supportive of RM, its current management team

and the strategic direction of the Company, as evidenced by the

high levels of cooperation and support received by RM’s lenders

during the periods of highest leverage and uncertainty;

• significant progress made to stabilise and strengthen the

business, resulting in delivered reductions in leverage multiples

from 6.5x to 4.0x at the end of FY24, which has been maintained

for FY25; this material reduction in leverage, and the projected

further reduction in leverage helps to position RM as a less risky

proposition for lenders to continue to partner with;

the increasing level of liquid assets (such as trade receivables

and property, plant and equipment) provides increasing levels of

security to cover against the debt;

significant structural cash outflows are now in the past, reducing,

or under direct management control (such as defined benefit

pension contributions and restructuring costs). These reductions

in structural cash outflows mean that the level of RM’s future free

cashflow generation are more certain. In addition, a far greater

proportion of future free cashflow is available to be used to

reduce debt;

• an achievable business plan demonstrating further organic

deleverage over the next 3 year period, combined with an

executable strategy that allows for further over-achievement –

which existing Lenders are actively engaged with. Supporting

the achievability includes significant contract renewals in the

RM Assessment business, with a maintaining of the c.£100m

contracted order book for a second year, with a transition from

paper to digital examinations delivering higher revenues and

margins; and

• the Company has credible ‘inorganic’ initiatives available which

would significantly deleverage the business to aid a refinancing,

including disposal of non-core assets.

Based on the factors above the Directors have concluded that

the requirement to refinance in July 2027 is not a material risk to

the viability of the Company, as the Directors believe a successful

outcome to be likely, and therefore does not need to be reflected

when assessing the going concern position of the Company,

which as set out on pages 38 and 39

therefore represents a

12-month period from the date of signature of the Annual Report

and Financial Statements.

Governance and assurance

The Board reviews and approves the medium-term plan on which

this financial viability statement is based. The Board also considers

the period of which it should make its assessment of prospects

and the financial viability statement. The Audit & Risk Committee

supports the Board in performing this review. Details of the Audit

& Risk Committee’s activity in relation to the financial viability

statement are set out in the Audit & Risk Committee Report on

page 98.

Assessment of viability

The Board has assessed the viability of the Company and, based

on that assessment, the Directors have a reasonable expectation

that the Company will be able to continue in operation and meet

its liabilities as they fall due over the period to November 2028,

and that the risks assessed have adequate mitigations in place.

While the current banking facilities end in July 2027, and any period

beyond this would likely be subject to negotiation and agreement

of a further facility, the Directors note that this is an uncertainty but

not a material one, and consider it likely that negotiation would be

successful.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

48

Financial viability

statement

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

At RM, we believe that being a responsible business is synonymous with being the

purpose-led business we are, and sustainability is essential to our customers, employees,

and our business. Our sustainability objectives are aligned to the UN sustainable

development goals and the Paris Agreement.

During FY25 RM has continued to focus on delivering its environmental commitments, and is proud to have achieved a further reduction in

scope 1 and 2 emissions of 18% and all emissions scopes by 37%. RM has reduced its scope 1 and 2 emissions by 68 tons and is significantly

ahead of our projection to achieve net zero emissions on scope 1 and 2 targets. Scope 3 emissions have reduced by 37% year-on-year, with

further detail on page 60. RM continues to refine its scope 3 reporting to enable accurate tracking against its goal of net zero on all scopes

before 2050. FY26 will see RM launch its first comprehensive Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) strategy, enabling the business

to deliver for both people and the planet. The strategy creates a new set of objectives aligned to the wider focus of ESG, which has been

possible through the completion of the previous environmental focused objectives as set in FY22.

Sustainability Report on

pages 50 to 54.

Workforce on

page 70

.

Social Value on

page 67

.

Environment and climate

Reducing our

carbon emissions

Waste and the

circular economy

Employees

Employee health,

safety and

wellbeing

Building a diverse,

inclusive and

equal workplace

Social value

Enriching the lives

of learners

Supporting our

communities

Table 1: RM sustainable business priorities

Below we set out:

• the governance of sustainability (page 50);

• our sustainability strategy and environmental improvement

programme (page 52);

• Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

reporting, including environment metrics (pages 54-61);

• climate related financial disclosures (CFD) (pages 62-64); and

• social impact (pages 66-67).

Governance of sustainability and climate-related

matters

Governance is an important aspect of making sure RM is focusing

on material risks and opportunities and is delivering against its

sustainability and climate related matters action plan. It also ensures

that our sustainability and climate priorities align with RM’s strategy and

reflect the needs of all our stakeholders. RM set eight environmentally

focused, far reaching, impactful targets in FY21. Since 2021, significant

progress has been made against these (see section Environmental

Improvement Programme on page 52).

Since 2022, RM has expanded

its focus from exclusively environmental to incorporate the wider

social and governance matters (ESG), the actions in these areas are

outlined in our social value section on pages 66-67 and our approach

to governance is outlined on page 50.

During FY26, RM will implement its 2026- 2038 sustainability strategy

which will set out RM’s approach to ensuring we deliver best in

class environmental, social and governance risk and opportunity

management for RM, our customers, colleagues and the wider

community in which we operate.

RM’s Head of Sustainability is primarily responsible for all matters

relating to ESG, and leads on Environment, having over 15 years of

experience in energy/carbon management and reporting for UK

PLCs. Social is led by the Communications Director, with 20 years

of experience in marketing and communications. Governance is led

by our Company Secretary, who has 20 years of experience. Jamie

Murray Wells, the ESG Committee Chair, was the founder of Glasses

Direct and has extensive business and supply chain management

experience.

RM continues to ensure strong governance of sustainability and

climate change through:

biannual meetings of the Board ESG Committee, consisting of

all Non-Executive Directors, responsible for strategic oversight,

monitoring and reporting. Overall responsibility for ESG continues

to sit with the Board;

ESG Committee has reviewed FY25 progress and approved

priorities for FY26;

RM Executive and ESG committee has approved the new ESG

strategy;

Jamie Murray Wells (ESG committee Chair), meets with the Head

of Sustainability, Communications Director, and Chief People

Officer monthly to discuss ESG matters and overall progress

against targets;

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

49

Sustainability

report

Table 2: Approach to governance of sustainability and climate

RM plc Board

Responsible for approval of ESG strategy and overarching decision making. Receives reports on ESG from the

Board Committee.

Board Audit and Risk Committee

Climate related risks are added to the Company

risk register and reviewed by the Audit and Risk

Committee alongside the wider risk landscape.

Climate change is included in the Company

risk register.

Board ESG Committee

Meets twice per annum for strategic oversight

of ESG topics, including TCFD, measures and

integration across other Board priorities. Includes

alignment with Audit and Risk Committee and

broader strategic alignment with the Board.

Responsible for monitoring progress and making

recommendations to the Board where it believes

action or improvement is required.

Executive Committee

Executive level sponsorship and biannual Executive Committee review of ESG plans, TCFD, metrics, progress,

and strategy alignment across RM plc. Review of risks across the Company. RM carbon emissions are reported

to the Executive Committee at least annually, but quarterly or monthly where the data source supports greater

frequency. Since FY24, the Executive Committee has been provided with carbon emissions split by each

division on a quarterly basis. Following the annual production of the Carbon Reduction Plan by the Head of

Sustainability, the plan is reviewed and approved by the Chief Executive.

Divisional Sustainable Development Working Groups

Representatives from each division and function. Responsible for leading sustainability-related work in each

team and executing on the plans and priorities for each division or function relating to the Company ESG

strategy and compliance, as well as ensuring that RM remains focused on delivering its carbon reduction

targets. The groups also identify risks and opportunities presented by climate change and communicate these

to the Sustainable Development Governance Panel.

Governance

Head of sustainability

Management

Sustainability

report

continued

RM has transitioned from a company wide ISO 14001

accreditation to a divisional accreditation model. RM TTS has

obtained certification in June 25, RM India in May 25, RM

Technology planned for Q2 FY26 and RM Assessment in Q3 FY26.

This enables each RM division to create and deliver environmental

management systems that are aligned to their stakeholders’

requirements and deliver targeted and effective environmental

management. RM’s Head of Sustainability remains the subject

matter expert for all divisions and supports the working groups;

the Head of Sustainability is responsible for RM’s approach and

delivery of the governance of sustainability and climate related

matters, which includes delivery of the ESG agenda across RM.

The role is also responsible for ensuring compliance with all

environmental, climate change and applicable ESG legislation;

the annual review of all principal and emerging risks have been

assessed to understand their materiality to RM. Following this

review the financial materiality remains at £400,000; and

the Executive Committee consider the principal and emerging

risks which includes ESG related matters, where applicable.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

50

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

The Head of Sustainability is responsible for all ESG risks and

management, including monitoring and escalating climate-

related risks and disclosures via the Sustainable Development

Working Groups and other channels to Executive Sponsor, and

the Board ESG Committee. All risks relating to climate change and

sustainability are captured in the divisional risk registers. Where risks

meet the threshold for escalation, they are incorporated into the

Company risk register.

Principal and emerging risks are reviewed quarterly by the Chief

Executive and Chief Financial Officer and twice yearly by the

Board as part of the Company’s risk management process and

any material financial implications of climate risk and potential

impact on RM’s financial statements are shared with the Board. RM

considers climate as a risk to continue to monitor and the level

remains unchanged from the FY24 annual report. RM however

recognises that the ability to maintain the temperature rise to 1.5

degrees celsius is becoming increasingly unlikely and will monitor

the scientific advice on the matter and adjust our TCFD analysis to

reflect these changes.

The Executive Committee is updated at least quarterly by the

Head of Sustainability on all ESG matters. The review looks at the

progress of the priorities for the year, highlights any significant risks

or opportunities to RM and reviews the volume of carbon output

throughout the period. The information is used to ensure that RM

continues to deliver its ESG and climate goals and these are aligned

to, and support, the business strategy.

Climate risks and opportunities are principally identified via the

divisional working groups and the Head of Sustainability. The risks

and opportunities presented by climate change to each divisions’

operations, customers and supply chain vary considerably. Due to

this variation across the divisions, it would not be effective to have

a high-level identification of climate change risks.

All existing and any newly identified risks by the working groups in

combination with the Head of Sustainability are integrated into the

ISO 14001 risk registers. These registers mirror the format of the

Company risk registers. If a risk is above the divisional acceptance

level then the risk is added to the Company risk registers. The

risk assessment process at the divisional and Company level is

consistent, risks are assessed for likelihood and impact, and the

risk score then determines the response at each level. Every risk,

including accepted risks have a risk action plan with a target

completion date.

Risks that affect the overall Company, or where risk responses are

managed at Company level (such as real estate), are principally

identified and mitigated at a Company level. All risks identified at

the divisional level are recorded in the ISO 14001 risk registers for

each working group. Significant risks and those requiring Company

mitigation or input are escalated and recorded in the Company

risk register. The ISO 14001 registers are reviewed quarterly by

the divisional working groups, and the Company risk registers are

reviewed quarterly with the Head of Sustainability and Company

Risk Manager.

RM continues to capture our direct business emissions monthly,

which enables RM to track and if required take corrective actions

to ensure we are meeting our long-term goals of net zero. RM

continues to provide its key customers with detailed information

on our carbon emissions, including carbon emissions arising from

our products and services.

Sustainability and climate improvement

Improving RM’s sustainability and climate performance is now

well embedded throughout RM, from our divisional employee-led

ISO 14001 working groups to the ESG Committee of the board,

sustainability is not seen as a “nice to have” but is recognised as a

business-critical activity.

FY25 has seen continued efforts to reduce RM’s environmental

impact, leading to a further year-on-year reduction of scope 1 and

2 emissions of 18% and all emissions scopes by 37%. The following

initiatives have been undertaken:

calculated and published carbon impact of our products and

services to key customers;

• delivered SEND focused UK volunteering programme;

defined and reported on RM’s inherent social purpose (see social

value report);

• continued to focus on reducing real estate carbon

emissions; and

• developed ESG strategy.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

51

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

51

Figure 1: UN Sustainable Development Goals for Environment

• Remove

hazardous

content in

products;

• Prevent leakage

and spillage of

substances.

• Energy

efficiency;

• Renewable

energy;

• Renewable

energy

purchasing.

• Reduce material

consumption;

• Re-use,

re-manufacture

or recover

products and

materials.

• Achieve net

zero carbon;

• Plan for climate

resilience.

• Eradicate

single-use

plastic;

• Buy

ocean-bound

plastics and bio-

and recycled

plastics.

• Sustainable

products and

materials;

• Support

reforestation

and biodiversity.

RM has continued to deliver on our

commitment to reduce the environmental

impact of our products and services. In

FY26 RM will focus on the delivery of a

wider set of ESG focused objectives, while

remaining committed to its commitments

on net zero, through the development of

our new ESG strategy.

RM’s 2025 Commitments

• Net zero carbon

– Achieving RM’s

stated commitment in its carbon

management plan of achieving net

zero on scopes 1 and 2 by 2035 and

all scopes by 2050. RM defines net

zero carbon as completely negating

the amount of greenhouse gases

produced by RM’s business activities.

Following the publication of the RM Net

Zero Transition Pathway in FY24, RM is

seeking to achieve net zero without the

use of carbon offsets. Currently RM is

assessing the most effective, measurable,

and socially impactful methods of

removing carbon from the atmosphere.

RM is considering the use of both

sequestration and offsetting;

• Waste reduction and circular economy

Reduction of up and down stream

waste and implementation of circular

economy principles into our value

chain; and

• Partnerships –

RM to support and foster

collaboration between our partners,

suppliers, and customers to enable

the improvement of environmental

performance for all our stakeholders.

Progress against the improvement areas

is primarily the responsibility of the Head

of Sustainability. Quarterly updates are

provided to the Executive Committee

and bi-annually to the ESG Committee

on all ESG matters. Table 3 on page 53

shows that RM has completed, or is on

track to complete, all of its environmental

focused objectives set in FY22. The new

ESG strategy enables RM to deliver a

much wider range of objectives across

the environmental, social, and governance

spectrum. These, and progress against

them, will be outlined in the FY26 Annual

Report.

Environmental improvement programme

We used the UN Sustainable Development Goals (see Figure 1) as part of the development

of our sustainability strategy and used this alongside the key environmental and climate

change risks and opportunities to develop our corporate and divisional environmental

improvement programme (see Table 3).

Through the development of RM’s new ESG strategy, a full review of alignment with the UN SDGs was conducted and RM continues to

align with the SDGs outlined below.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

52

Sustainability

report

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Item

Objective

Progress

BRAG

1

Net zero scope 1 & 2

by 2035

In FY24 RM delivered a scope 1 and 2 year-on-year reduction of 72% through

implementation of zero carbon electricity contracts and real estate reduction.

These have not repeated for FY25 as expected, but RM has organically delivered a

reduction of 18%, and remains on track to deliver this objective ahead of target.

2

Measure and set

targets for scope

3 and provide

customers with

scope 3

RM continues to monitor and measure its scope 3 impacts and work with suppliers

to develop strategies to reduce its scope 3 impact. Three major Assessment

customers are now provided with quarterly reports on the carbon emissions from

the products and services they purchase from RM.

3

Zero to landfill by

2030

Harrier Park and Milton Park send no waste to landfill; all waste that cannot be

recycled is sent to waste facilities for energy generation. However, RM is committed

to increasing recycling and the circular economy of the waste arising from our

operations.

4

Reduce waste from

packaging

RM continues to measure and investigate options to reduce the non-recyclable

packaging from our own-IP products.

5

Develop new

labelling for RM

TTS’ branded Eco

products

RM has undertaken a review of Eco labels and, following this review, RM now

describes the sustainability of a product in the product description, enabling our

customers to make more informed decisions about sustainability.

6

Run workshops

in 2025 with key

customers and

suppliers

RM has held meetings with key Assessment customers to discuss alignment on the

delivery of respective net zero and wider sustainability targets. RM now provides a

quarterly carbon footprint report.

Blue

Completed

Green

Ongoing, commitments to net zero remain in new strategy

Amber

Ongoing, continued into new strategy

Table 3 – Review of progress against environmental commitments

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

53

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Statement of compliance with TCFD

RM plc understands and recognises that

its business has an effect on the climate.

Since 2015 RM has sought to understand

through measurement, setting of targets,

and commitments and delivering against

these, to reduce its impact. RM is committed

to meeting the requirements of LR 6.6.6R(8)

and believes that we are fully compliant with

nine of the eleven disclosures except for the

following matters:

Strategy b) - RM believes that we are partially compliant.

RM

has refined financial impacts of climate related risks through

its financial impact assessment. Further refinement is required

following further scope 3 disclosures in FY26 and FY27.

Metric and targets b) - RM has full disclosure of its scope 1 and

2 carbon emissions. Significant work has been undertaken on

disclosure Category 1 Purchased Goods and Services, and the

output from this is reported on pages 62-64. RM is committed to

reporting Categories 2 and 11 by FY27.

The climate-related financial disclosures made by RM plc comply

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as amended

by the Companies (Strategic Report) (Climate-related Financial

Disclosure) Regulations 2022.

In doing this we considered sector guidance, publications,

and reports by leading climate risk research and organisations

including the United Nations Framework Conference on

Climate Change, the United Nations Environment Programme

(UNEP), Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)

and the UK Committee on Climate Change and Climate Central

mapping tools.

In addition to scope 1 and 2 emissions, RM has committed to

increasing the categories of scope 3 that it discloses. Category

1 was identified in FY21 as material and as such was the focus

for calculation in FY24. RM has now calculated the category 1

emissions for 80% of its supply chain by spend. The summary and

methodology is outlined on pages 60-64. Utilising the spend based

methodology outlined above, RM was able to calculate its category

1 FY15 (baseline year) emissions which have been added into the

reporting.

The table below sets out where in this Sustainability Report the

disclosures are to be found:

Governance

Describe the Board's oversight of

climate-related risks and opportunities

50

Describe management's role in assessing

and managing climate-related risks and

opportunities

50

Strategy

Describe the climate-related risks and

opportunities the organisation has identified

over the short, medium, and long-term

57

Describe the impact of climate-related risks

and opportunities on the organisation's

businesses, strategy and financial planning

57

Describe the resilience of the organisation's

strategy, taking into consideration different

climate-related scenarios, including a 2°C or

lower scenario

55

Risk management

Describe the organisation's processes for

identifying and assessing climate-related risks

55

Describe the organisation's processes for

managing climate-related risks

55

Describe how processes for identifying,

assessing and managing climate-related risks

are integrated into the organisation's overall

risk management

55

Metrics and Targets

Disclose the metrics used by the

organisation to assess climate-related risks

and opportunities in line with its strategy and

risk management process

62

Disclose Scope 1, 2 and if appropriate Scope

3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and the

related risks

62

Describe the targets used by the organisation

to manage climate-related risks and

opportunities and performance against

targets

62

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

54

Task Force on Climate-related

Financial Disclosures

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Background for TCFD risk

assessment

RM has undertaken its climate risk assessment in-line with the

Company process for assessing, measuring, and monitoring risk.

The Company risk register includes climate change. Climate and

environmental risks remain integrated into the Company risk

management process. Governance of climate risks is outlined on

page 50.

We have global customer and supply chain bases and climate

change will affect them all, from relocation to adapting their

operating model to accommodate the impact of migration or

weather interruptions. RM continues to use its in-house developed

climate change risk model to assess its own locations, and those of

key stakeholders, against the effects of climate change.

We have used TCFD guidance templates to assess physical and

transitional climate-related risks and opportunities, using our

corporate risk scoring methodology for two climate scenarios,

based on the IPCC 6th Assessment report.

The TCFD risk assessment criteria was developed during FY24

to ensure alignment with the Company risk assessment process.

During FY25 a full review has been conducted and no material

changes identified. The likelihood and impact have been updated

from numbers to words and the risk scoring replaced with the level

of financial materiality up to a maximum threshold of £400,000

.

The likelihood scoring reflects the impact the risk or opportunity

could have on RM up to 2050, when climate change and extreme

weather events are expected to have a significant impact on the

ability of RM, its customers or suppliers, to adapt. RM defines

a significant event as one requiring immediate and sustained

response from the Executive and Board. When considering the

impact, this refers to the impact on profit from that risk within a

single financial year and the climate scenario in which the financial

impact is likely to be most material.

RM has based its assessment on three climate warming scenarios,

that are based on the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate

Change (IPCC) range of Shared Socioeconomic Pathway models

(SSPs).

1.6°C by 2050 (SSP1–1.9)

This scenario uses the IPCC model in which the global mean

temperature rise is limited to 1.6 degrees celsius by 2050. To enable

this scenario, transitional risks are significant and physical risks are

limited.

2.7°C by 2050 (SSP2–4.5)

This scenario uses the IPCC model in which the global mean

temperature rise is limited to 2.7 degrees celsius by 2050. In this

scenario, the global response to climate change is limited in the

short-term, thus limiting the transitional risk until the medium-term

where this comes into effect, increasing the short, medium, and

long-term frequency of physical risks.

4.4°C by 2100 (SSP5–8.5)

Global policy shifts away from prevention towards adapting to a new

climate, leading to a global temperature rise of 4.4°C by 2100. In this

scenario RM will see physical risks increase in the long term and the

shifts in climate become embedded, leading to the transitional risk

reducing over the short to medium period and becoming negligible

in the long-term.

The climate scenarios above have been chosen as they represent

the most likely warming scenarios by 2050, with the addition of

4.4°C by 2100 scenario.

Following the review in FY25, RM now considers a 2.7°C degree

rise by 2050 the most likely scenario, based on current global

temperature trends and scientific consensus.

TCFD risk

assessment

criteria

Impact

<£75k

£75–200k

£200–350k

£350–400k

>£400k

Very low (negligible)

Low (minor)

Medium

(moderate)

High (major)

Very high

(catastrophic)

Likelihood

Very likely

Likely

Possible

Unlikely

Very unlikely

High

Low

Medium

TCFD risk assessment criteria

Table 4

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

55

While RM now believes the most likely scenario is a 2.7 degree

celsius rise in global temperatures, RM still believes that in the

short-term we are a low-risk operation in terms of climate risk. This

conclusion is based on, but not limited to, the factors below:

our TCFD assessment shows there are minimal financially material

risks in the short-term;

the identified risks are all in the medium to long-term, allowing RM

sufficient time to mitigate them;

mature and tested working from home and business continuity

solution;

limited concentration of revenue with any single customer or

geography likely to be materially impacted by climate change in

the short-term;

development and approval of net zero transition plan to deliver

net zero scope 1 and 2 by 2035;

RM’s supply chain is diverse, and through the use of third-party

manufacturers, the Company is able to respond to events by

changing suppliers. RM is in regular communication with our key

suppliers to discuss their climate mitigation plans to ensure our

supply chain understands, and can respond to, the risks presented

by climate change; and

RM continues to make progress towards its net zero target

and is now working with customers to help deliver their

sustainability goals.

The definitions for time periods are consistent with RM’s business

planning and its published commitments and the wider regulatory

landscape.

Our short-term time scale is aligned to RM’s short-term business

planning cycle in 2026;

no physical risks are expected to be material in the short-term

under either scenario, but the transitional risk of policy changes

could be material in the short-term.

Medium-term is aligned to RM’s net zero commitment on scope 1

and 2 - 2026 to 2035;

all the transitional risks identified have potential to become

material in the medium-term and will be monitored

accordingly. In the 2.7 degree celsius scenario, physical risks

have the potential to be material.

Long-term is aligned to the UK government net zero 2036-2050;

all of the risks identified are likely to be material risks in the

long-term. This timescale will enable RM to assess and plan its

response. Mitigation of these risks is an ongoing process, and

remains under constant development. Currently real estate

and supply chain mitigations have undergone the most review,

and an overview of the mitigations in these areas are outlined.

RM is able to review its locations on a 5-10 year cycle which

enables RM to move locations should climate risks become

material in that location. RM seeks to accelerate the move to

digital services reducing our supply chain and travel risks.

We have set the materiality threshold at £400,000 or more per

annum which management believe constitutes an appropriate level

of financial impact.

This analysis has identified the following risks and opportunities

which have the greatest potential to become material for the

Company across physical risks (both acute and chronic) and

transition risks relating to climate change. Each impact has been

linked to the identified timescale of short (S), medium (M) or long (L).

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

56

Task Force on Climate-related

Financial Disclosures

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Risk type

Summary statement

Risk/Opportunity description

Scenario

Impact

Timeframe

1

Transition

Carbon tax/new GHG

emissions taxation

RM faces increases in external material,

production and transportation costs due

to national or international government

legislation designed to reduce emissions.

Taxation designed to reduce carbon, plastic

packaging, and drive the circular economy

will increase internal costs at RM.

1.6°C by 2050

2.7°C by 2050

4.4°C by 2100

2

Transition

Enhanced emissions

reporting obligations

RM is required to report against national and

international sustainability reporting legislation

that requires high-quality data, and analysis

will require further specialist resources.

Failure to comply with legislation such as

EU deforestation regulation could see the

withdrawal of products from sale in certain

markets.

1.6°C by 2050

2.7°C by 2050

4.4°C by 2100

3

Transition

Mandates on, and

regulation of, existing

products and services

Own-IP products account for a significant

proportion of RM TTS revenue. As legislation

is implemented to drive sustainable material

and packaging, this will require product or

packaging redesign, leading to increased

costs, potential product launch delays, or

products withdrawn from sale.

1.6°C by 2050

2.7°C by 2050

4.4°C by 2100

4

Transition

Energy demand stress

on local and national

electrical generation

and distribution

networks

RM faces increases in external material,

production and transportation costs due

to national or international government

legislation designed to reduce emissions.

Taxation designed to reduce carbon, plastic

packaging, and drive the circular economy

will increase internal costs at RM.

1.6°C by 2050

2.7°C by 2050

4.4°C by 2100

5

Transition

Increased production

and shipping costs

Reduced availability of products and raw

materials, leading to increased costs and

delays due to long-term shifts in climate and

extreme weather events, where products and

materials are sourced from.

1.6°C by 2050

2.7°C by 2050

6

Product orders

delayed or terminated

4.4°C by 2100

7

Physical

(Acute)

Increased severity

of extreme

weather events

Reduced revenue from decreased production,

absenteeism, reduction/closure of customer

operations, or short-term loss of RM sites/

infrastructure, due to disruptions to RM and

customer operations as a result of extreme

weather events.

1.6°C by 2050

2.7°C by 2050

8

Physical

Rising sea levels

4.4°C by 2100

9

Physical

(Chronic)

Rising sea levels

mean temperature

rise and changes in

water security

RM has a global operational footprint that it

is seeking to expand. Extreme weather and

effects of climate change could place RM

operational and customer locations at risk

from the effects of these changes leading to

these locations becoming unviable.

1.6°C by 2050

2.7°C by 2050

4.4°C by 2100

10

Opportunity

– resource

efficiency

Highly efficient low-

carbon operations

Reduced operating costs, reduced exposure

to fossil fuel price increases, reduction in

emissions.

1.6°C by 2050

2.7°C by 2050

4.4°C by 2100

11

Opportunity

– products

and services

Shift to digital

The move to digital first education opens

significant opportunity for RM as a leader in

EdTech. Shift to digital offers significant cost

and carbon savings. Low-carbon products

become differentiators in tendering evolution.

1.6°C by 2050

2.7°C by 2050

4.4°C by 2100

12

Opportunity

– Markets

Cost of capital

RM’s market leading sustainability

performance opens green financing

opportunities, providing access to lower

interest rates.

1.6°C by 2050

2.7°C by 2050

4.4°C by 2100

Table 5 TCFD risk and opportunity review - impact and timeframe

Impact

Timeframe

Low

Medium

High

Short

Medium

Long

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

57

Risk Mitigations

1.6°C by 2050

2.7°C by 2050

4.4°C by 2100

1

The transition through the new product

development (NPD) process enables RM

to assess sustainable materials at design

stage, reducing risk of taxation impact. RM

has a net zero target by 2035 reducing

any GHG tax liability significantly. The

timeframe of this risk enables RM to react

without significant balance sheet impact.

RM has a strong focus on sustainability

and low-carbon products and services,

but must remain competitive. In this

scenario the transition will remain,

however significant shifts in material

choices may occur in the longer term.

RM has a strong focus on sustainability

and low-carbon products and services,

but must remain competitive. In this

scenario the transition will remain,

however significant shifts in material

choices may occur in the longer term.

2

RM has a mature and well-developed

approach to compliance reporting and

ensures that it exceeds minimum data

reporting levels. We are monitoring

proposed national and international

legislation changes. While changes in

this scenario are foreseen, the speed of

implementation and scope of legislation

is manageable within current reporting

structures.

This scenario shows that significant

requirements will be in force in the

medium to long-term and will require

in-depth reporting and response to

legislation. RM has a mature process, but

this scenario may require more resource

during peak reporting periods in the

medium to long-term.

This scenario shows that significant

requirements will be in force in the

medium to long-term and will require

in-depth reporting and response to

legislation. RM has a mature process, but

this scenario may require more resource

during peak reporting periods in the

medium to long-term.

3

RM has implemented horizon scanning

for legislation that is now part of the

regular Senior Leadership Team (SLT)

meetings. Any changes are assessed and

early mitigations developed.

RM has implemented horizon scanning

for legislation that is now part of the

regular SLT meetings. Any changes are

assessed and early mitigations developed.

RM has implemented horizon scanning

for legislation that is now part of the

regular SLT meetings. Any changes are

assessed and early mitigations developed.

4

RM only uses data centre providers with strong ESG programmes that invest in local and regional programmes to ensure that all

data centres are net zero and have no negative impact on local electrical systems.

5

RM has a network of global suppliers that can be engaged should current suppliers or distribution networks become unviable.

Onshore manufacturing of key IP has been reviewed as part of business continuity planning.

6

7

RM’s business continuity plan enables full global remote working, and full transfer of

customer service delivery to remote solutions. Should certain global locations become

difficult to travel to or operate from as a result of extreme weather events, RM can

transfer operations to other parts of the affected country, or a different country. RM

considers short and long-term climate impacts when selecting operational locations.

This scenario could lead to significant

issues for our southern hemisphere

operations and customers. RM will

monitor global temperature from 2035

and develop plans should this scenario

become more likely.

8

9

Combined with the risk mitigation of the acute risks, RM will consider all renewals of

property with climate risk in mind. RM operational sites have been assessed against

climate risk factors including sea level rise, river flooding, extreme heat/cold, high

winds and wild fires. This assessment is carried out on an annual basis and every time

a new office location is proposed.

10

RM’s focus on low-carbon sustainable products and services, and drive for highly

efficient operations, enables it to have a significantly lower cost of production/service

delivery.

This scenario predicts a slow update in

sustainability practices, however owing

to the digitalisation and cost reduction

offered by RM products and services,

RM does not foresee at this stage this

scenario impacting our opportunities.

11

Core business alignment to greater digitalisation for Technology and Assessment

Divisions. Increasing customer requirements to reduce paper for examinations,

driving the shift to digital. RM’s low-carbon products and services provide a significant

competitive advantage.

12

RM’s low-carbon operations, and strong ESG programme, enable it to attract a larger

range of investors and better access to capital.

Table 6 TCFD Risk and Opportunity review – Mitigation and balance sheet materiality

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

58

Task Force on Climate-related

Financial Disclosures

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Balance sheet materiality

1.6°C by 2050

2.7°C by 2050

4.4°C by 2100

1

GHG tax after 2035 > £20–£200k

GHG tax after 2035 > £20–£200k

GHG tax after 2035 > £20–£200k

2

£20k

£40k

£40k

3

10% of cost of sales

25% of cost of sales

25% of cost of sales

4

10% increase in data centre cost above

inflation

6% increase in data centre cost above

inflation

3% increase in data centre cost above

inflation

5

£150k

£350k

£500k

6

7

1% profit per year immediately

5% profit per year immediately

20% profit per year from 2040

8

9

Buildings cost 10% per annum above

inflation, driven by additional cooling

requirements

Buildings cost 25% per annum above

inflation, driven by additional cooling

requirements

Buildings cost 40% per annum above

inflation, driven by additional cooling

requirements

10

The greater increase in digital service delivery reduces the needs for our engineering

teams to travel to customer sites. RM continues to use virtual meetings instead of

flying to customers. This trend is set to continue as we seek to achieve net zero. As a

result, building and travel costs are 20% below market average

The shift to digital remains, however

customers do not consider

environmental factors as strongly so face-

to-face customer meetings/site visits do

not reduce significantly. The net result is

travel and buildings costs are 5% below

market average

11

Increase tender win rate by 20% above predictions

Environmental performance of products

and services are not as highly sought after

by customers. Tender wins 10% above

predictions

12

Cost of capital is reduced by 5%

Cost of capital is reduced by 5%

Table 7 TCFD Risk and Opportunity Review – Balance sheet materiality

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

59

Reduction in Scope One company car

emissions

During FY25 RM transitioned to a model of car allowances,

and personal cars for business travel. Emissions relating to

these are now reported in scope 3. Due to a reduction in

company cars for the past couple of years, the overall rise in

scope 3 emissions from this change is 17%.

01

Company cars – India

Further data auditing during FY25 has found that two cars

used by RM staff and visitors in India were omitted from

the scope 1 report in FY24, so correspondingly the data has

been included in FY25 and FY24 has been restated. The

inclusion has added 6 tons of CO

2

e to the FY24 total carbon

emissions and 19,966 kWh, which has had no material

impact on the overall prior year reported emissions.

02

Reduction in gas consumption

Gas consumption from RM’s Sherwood Park distribution

centre was material to RM’s gas emissions. Following a

full-year of this site being closed, the reduction in gas

consumption is expected. RM does not expect to see

significant reductions in gas consumption in the near future.

03

The identified risks above are all material in the long-term, and some have the potential to

become material in the medium and short-term. The likelihood and impact of these risks

become more acute as the temperature scenarios increase.

For FY26 an ESG target is in place within the transformation objectives

component which makes up one third of the Executive Directors’

annual bonus. Details of this target is disclosed in the 2025 Directors’

Remuneration Report.

To reduce both the likelihood and impact of these risks, RM is tracking

its performance against its environmental commitments using the

GHG protocol and UK GHG conversion factors to calculate our

environmental impact including greenhouse gases emissions, water

use and waste management. RM’s FY25 position is outlined in table 9

below. RM keeps under constant review the risks and the likelihood of

each of the warming scenarios, as these are updated and revised.

RM at present has not set an internal carbon price.

With the new

carbon border adjustment mechanism being introduced by the UK

Government, RM is now developing our response to this legislation

and how it will impact RM, specifically our TTS business.

RM’s key environmental commitments are;

Net zero carbon on scopes 1 and 2 by 2035

Net zero carbon on all scopes by 2050

• Zero to landfill target by 2030

Reduce packaging volumes from own brand products

RM will expand its scope 3 reporting to include category 11 emissions,

as this category has been identified as the most material after category

1. RM has used the CDP technical note “Relevance of scope 3

categories by sector” to determine the most material categories of

scope 3. RM is developing category 1 reporting, with focus on data

centres and manufacturing. Working with our suppliers, RM aims

to establish accurate carbon footprints relating to these activities,

enabling RM to work with these suppliers to reduce the impact of

these operations. This work is ongoing and results will be included in

our future annual disclosures.

RM is provided with monthly data from our waste management

providers disclosing volumes arising from disposal methods for our

waste streams. RM regularly meets with our waste management

supplier to review our waste strategy and how this can be improved to

both reduce overall waste volumes and increase the recycling rates.

To meet the requirements of legislation such as the Extended

Producer Responsibility and Plastic Tax, RM has over the past three

years established a significant database of the products that are sold,

which includes the packaging type and weight as well as details on

the products. A project to investigate the highest impact packaging,

which was deemed to be non-recyclable plastic, has begun and RM

will over the next years, in partnership with our suppliers, seek to

reduce the overall volume of plastic packaging while also ensuring

where packaging is required it is made from recycled materials and

can continue to be recycled.

RM annually reviews all the data it reports in its annual environmental

disclosures. All changes implemented since FY23 reporting, along with

commentary on changes from our previous years environmental or

carbon data, are outlined below.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

60

Environmental

metrics

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Reduction in recycling

A significant proportion of RM’s previously reported

recycling volume was pallets from our distribution centre. A

project to reuse pallets has led to a significant reduction in

pallets being recycled, which accounts for the reduction in

tons of recycling reported.

04

Reduction in purchased goods and services

Over 60% of RM’s category 1 scope 3 emissions were

related to a single supplier, who provided an extensive

carbon footprint covering actual emissions. The spend with

this supplier has been less in FY25, and so this reduction

in spend accounts for the drop in scope 3 category 1

emissions.

05

Restatement of carbon emissions from FY24

During FY25 the annual audit of the carbon calculation

sheet identified a formula error which has led to an increase

in overall emissions from the previously reported 58,115 to

58,189 tonnes of carbon dioxide. The increase includes the

previously unknown emissions from RM India owned cars.

The change has not affected the reported scope 1 and 2

emissions or overall emissions reductions previously stated

in the FY24 report.

06

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

61

Environmental data

The annual quantity of energy consumed from activities for which

the Company is responsible is set out below. The data covers

scope 1, 2 and 3 data from RM global operations. The data is

provided via RM’s finance system or third-party suppliers.

During the reporting period, RM has continued to seek to improve

the energy efficiency of its operations. Actions have included

improvements to RM’s building energy management systems

through the alignment of operation of all building internal

heating, cooling, lighting and other environmental systems to the

operational hours of the building to ensure that energy waste is

minimised.

All utilities data is reported in kWh, and business travel by both

personal (scope 3) and company cars (scope 1), trains and air travel,

is reported in miles.

The FY25 data for scope 1, 2 and 3 can be compared to FY24

consumption and the baseline year of FY15. This now includes

scope 3 category 1 Products and Services.

Data is collected in kWh that relates to the consumption of gas and

electricity from suppliers and uses metered data.

The annual quantity of business travel undertaken by company

vehicles is outlined below. The data is collected in miles and covers

all business mileage undertaken in company vehicles. The data

is supplied from RM’s expenses system, all data is converted and

reported in kWh apart from air travel.

RM Group environmental data

Table 8

Scope

Source

Country

Units

FY25

FY24

% change

Baseline

1

% change

Scope 1

2

Business travel (company cars)

UK

kWh

10,929

-100%

934,540

-100%

Business travel (company cars)

Australia

kWh

18,568

Business travel (company cars)

India

kWh

9,185

11,182

-18%

Gas

UK

kWh

476,233

476,233

0%

2,674,793

-82%

Scope 2

3

Electricity

UK

kWh

1,536,867

1,214,936

26%

4,429,205

-65%

Electricity

India

kWh

288,579

310,990

-7%

884,714

-67%

Electricity

Australia

kWh

Scope 3

4

Purchased Goods and Services

Group

Number of

Suppliers

129

136

-5%

239

-46%

Business travel via personal car

UK

kWh

263,559

291,136

-9%

Employee travel via third party

India

kWh

732,754

533,550

37%

215,817

240%

Air travel

Group

Miles

360,450

395,480

-9%

3,062,885

-88%

Hotels

UK

Nights

1,206

961

25%

3,313

-64%

Train travel

UK

Miles

131,230

154,686

-15%

187,626

-30%

Waste incineration

UK

tonnes

37

36

2%

Waste recycling

UK

tonnes

165

132

26%

Total UK Energy Consumption

2,276,659

1,993,233

14%

8,038,538

-

72%

Total Overseas (kWh)

1,030,518

855,722

20%

1,100,531

-

6%

Total (kWh)

3,307,177

2,848,955

16%

9,139,069

-

64%

1

Baseline relates to the kWh reported in the FY15 Annual Report but updated to take account of the adjustments to remove residual manufacturing impacts that ceased

prior to FY15 and add acquisitions after FY15. All data related to the operation of the Consortium division has been removed from the baseline data.

2

Scope 1 covers the annual quantity of energy consumption in kWh including (a) the combustion of fuel; and (b) the operation of any facility including leased facilities.

Scope 1 included annual mileage undertaken for business purposes via RM’s company car fleet.

3

Scope 2 covers the annual quantity of energy consumption in kWh from the purchase of electricity, heat, steam or cooling by the Company for its own use.

4

Scope 3 covers emissions from RM business activities that are not under RM’s direction control. RM reports on categories 1, 5 & 6. Currently RM reports on three

categories of scope 3 emissions; from FY26 RM will seek to report capital goods category two and use of sold products category 11 emissions.

In the year ending 30 November 2025 scope 1 and 2 as a percentage of total energy consumption for UK is 73% and the rest of the

world 27%.

Emissions reporting

The Group is required to report scope 1 and 2 emissions for all

Group companies within the Annual Report and has elected to

report scope 3 emissions for FY25. The methodology in the GHG

Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (revised

edition) has been applied. The figures include emissions arising

from all financially controlled assets.

The calculation applies to all Group companies. For utilities

emissions captured under scope 1 and 2 the calculation is based

on the kWh data collected for all facilities. For the emissions from

business travel under scope 1 and 3, the mileage of company

vehicles is the base data source.

RM’s scope 3 emissions for waste, water and train travel are from

RM’s UK based operations only. The reported waste data covers

RM’s two distribution centres (single distribution centre since

March 2024) and its Abingdon office, and the water data covers

the distributions centres. Business emissions from travel is broken

out by country, with the UK reporting emissions from the use of

personal cars for business use, and India reporting the use of third-

party travel services for business transport.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

62

Environmental

metrics

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

All data has been converted to carbon dioxide equivalents using conversion factors appropriate to the location of the impact. For vehicles,

Defra conversion factors are used for cars based on an average-sized car. All other emissions factors have been selected from the

emissions conversion factors published annually by the Department for Energy Security and Net Zero, or where available emissions factors

published by each country where the emissions were created.

Table 9 Scope 1, 2 and 3 Emissions Report

Full-year carbon emissions

FY25

FY24

Baseline

1

Scope

Source

Country

Tonnes

CO

2

(e)

% Change

year on

year

Tonnes

CO

2

(e)

Tonnes

CO

2

(e)

% Change

from

baseline

Scope 1

2

Business travel (company cars)

UK

-

-100%

8

225

-100%

Business travel (company cars)

Australia

-

-

-

1

-100%

Business travel (company cars)

India

4

-18%

5

-

-

Gas

UK

49

-45%

87

570

-92%

Total scope 1 tonnes CO

2

e

53

-47%

100

796

-93%

Scope 2

3

Electricity

UK

43

-9%

48

1,892

-98%

Electricity

India

206

-7%

222

791

-74%

Electricity

Australia

-

-

-

Total scope 2 tonnes CO

2

e

249

-8%

270

2,683

-91%

Scope 3

4

Purchased Goods and Services

Group

35,632

-38%

57,127

20,361

75%

Business travel via personal car

UK

186

-10%

207

-

-

Employee travel via third party

India

120

24%

149

99

22%

Transmission and distribution

UK

22

-21%

28

94

-76%

Air travel

Group

68

-23%

88

1,017

-93%

Hotels

UK

13

25%

10

46

-73%

Train travel

UK

7

-15%

9

7

6%

Waste Incineration

UK

37

2%

36

-

-

Waste - Recycling

UK

132

-20%

165

-

-

Total Scope 3 tonnes CO

2

e

36,217

-37%

57,819

21,624

67%

Total UK (tCO

2

e)

36,188

-37%

57,812

24,212

49%

Total Overseas (tCO

2

e)

331

-12%

377

891

-63%

Total (tCO

2

e)

36,519

-37%

58,189

25,103

45%

1

Baseline relates to the carbon dioxide emissions reported in the FY15 Annual Report but updated to take account of the adjustments to remove residual manufacturing

impacts that ceased prior to FY15, business travel and add impacts associated with acquisitions after 2015. All data related to the operation of the Consortium division

has been removed from the baseline data.

2

Scope 1 covers the annual carbon dioxide emissions from activities for which the Group is responsible including (a) the combustion of fuel; (b) the operation of any

facility; (c) business travel in company cars.

3

Scope 2 covers the annual carbon dioxide emissions from the purchase of electricity, heat, steam or cooling by the Company for its own use.

4

Scope 3 covers the annual carbon dioxide emissions from a range of business-related activities that are not under RM’s direct control.

Analysis

RM has achieved an year-on-year reduction of 18% scope 1 and 2 emissions through a combination of reductions in energy use within

its operations and the removal of company cars.

Scope 3 category 1 continues to be material to RM’s overall carbon footprint.

Electricity consumption has decreased, driven by further operational controls over RM’s buildings.

India travel emissions have increased, and have moved to scope 3, see note 2 on page 60 for further analysis.

UK electricity is reported as zero carbon from FY24.

RM India carbon emissions from electricity have reduced in line with reductions in employee numbers and real estate rationalisation

Scope 3 has reduced significantly, see note 5 on page 61 for further analysis.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

63

Emission intensity

Emissions have also been analysed using intensity metrics, which enable the Company to monitor how well emissions are controlled on

an annual basis, independent of fluctuations in the levels of activity. The metric used is ‘emissions per £m of revenue’ in line with industry

standards. This is shown in the table below.

Table 10

Tonnes CO

2

e/£m per revenue

FY

2025

FY

2024

FY

2015

Scope 1

1

1

5

Scope 2

2

1

15

Scope 3

222

348

121

Total

225

350

141

Emissions per £m of revenue

Following the increase in RM’s scope 3 data, the emissions intensity has now been updated to include them.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

64

Environmental

metrics

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

65

Our people are the foundation of our long-term success. During the year, we continued to

invest in creating a workplace where employees feel supported, empowered, and equipped

to thrive. Cross-functional collaboration, open dialogue, and strong leadership have

strengthened our ability to build momentum.

People engagement

We are grateful to everyone who completed the 2025 engagement

survey. The feedback is incredibly valuable, helping us understand

how our people are feeling, what is working well and where we

need to do better. We asked 32 questions and of those, three

make-up the ‘engagement score’. The engagement score rose 4%

from the last survey, completed in November 2024.

We asked

our people

Across the business, our

engagement score is

rating questions

and 2 free text

questions

completed the

survey -

11% less than

November 2024

This is a

4%

increase from

November 2024

Nov 2023

Nov 2024

Oct 2025

32

82%

69%

RM engagement survey 2025

Our engagement scores

57

65

69

Question

November

2024

October

2025

I am proud to work for RM plc

76

76

I would recommend RM plc as a place

to work

62

68

I still see myself working at RM plc in

two years’ time

56

65

The results reflect where we are right now as a business. We are a

long-established EdTech leader, with a strong social purpose - to

enrich the lives of learners. We are also working through a major

transformation and that can feel challenging.

From the comments received it was encouraging that overall,

people feel clear about our vision and positive about the impact of

their work. Flexible working, safety, and colleague wellbeing came

through as standout strengths.

The feedback also highlighted areas we can keep improving,

including providing opportunity to develop skills, embedding

a career framework, progressing with plans to separate shared

systems allowing each division to adopt technology that fits, and

ensuring action takes place because of this survey. Action plans

are being put together at corporate, divisional and team level.

Engagement does not end with the survey. We hold annual face

to face townhalls to set out where we are and where we are

heading, helping people understand the vision and how their

work contributes to it. Virtual divisional townhalls are diarised

throughout the year so teams know when to expect more

detailed updates relevant to their area. We also continue to run

our Workforce Engagement Group, sponsored by non-executive

board member Jamie Murray Wells, which brings representatives

together from all locations and teams, to share information and

feedback on key company initiatives.

Listening will continue to guide how we make RM a place where

people really want to work and feel they can thrive.

Learning and development

This year we strengthened our learning and development

provision, establishing a clear focus on governance and

compliance and building management capabilities. We

enhanced our mandatory compliance training, ensuring

employees have a strong understanding of our ethical standards

and regulatory responsibilities.

To support our leaders, a suite of management training modules

were introduced, designed to improve people management

capability and foster consistent, high quality leadership

behaviours.

The people team partnered closely with the wider business to

identify emerging skills gaps and the future capabilities required

to deliver our strategy. These insights will enable us to design

targeted learning pathways that will equip our people to perform

effectively today while preparing them for the future.

Work has also commenced to embed global career frameworks

and progression mapping, encouraging teams to visualise a

longer career at RM.

Reward and recognition

With increasing employment costs, we continue to take a

disciplined and responsible approach to reward and recognition.

Our priority is to use the budgets available to us sensibly,

ensuring high performance is recognised, critical roles are

retained and where possible, salaries are aligned to market

benchmarks.

Alongside this, a project has commenced to introduce a

global grading structure, designed to harmonise how roles are

evaluated, progressed, and recognised across all geographies,

enabling our international expansion plans. This will support

greater transparency, consistency, and equity in our reward

practices.

Our

people

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

66

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Equity, Diversity, and

Inclusion (EDI)

RM is committed to building a

diverse and inclusive Company. We

are proud that our inclusion score

remains joint second highest within

our engagement survey with a score

of 84%.

Our workforce continues to reflect a broad

range of backgrounds and experiences that

strengthen our organisation. Our employees

span the globe, with 54% of our employees

based in the UK, 43% based in India and 3%

based across our offices in Australia, Dubai

and Singapore.

Gender representation is currently 32%

women, 55% men, and 13% of the workforce

have not confirmed their preferred identity.

30% of employees who provided their

diversity data identified as belonging to

underrepresented groups.

Our EDI networks play a key role in raising

awareness and championing inclusion.

Inclusion sessions give teams the chance

to learn from diverse cultures and life

experiences, hearing directly from colleagues

and invited external speakers. This year,

sessions included mental wellbeing,

neurodiversity in education, stress and

resilience and LGBTQIA rights.

Following a review with the EDI Network

Leads, and a reflection on our successes over

the past few years, we will be launching a

global EDI committee in early FY26, with the

goal of widening both the overall participation

in EDI activity, and allowing greater input into

the events run by the EDI network.

In the UK, our pay gap is in favour of women

on all reportable measures. The gap is

relatively small, so there are no concerns that

we have a gender pay gap which favours

women over men.

Our voluntary survey of RM India shows there

is a significant gap in favour of men. We are

developing a plan to reduce this, starting with

the removal of tenure-based reward sizing,

as well as trialling the increasing of candidate

numbers in recruitment pools for our higher

paid technical and management roles.

Health, safety and

wellbeing

The health, safety and wellbeing of

our employees continue to be a

priority. Safety is the top performing

score within the engagement survey,

with a score of 90%.

RM India runs three

programmes:

The

School Adoption Programme

funds monthly salaries for computer,

IT and communicative English

teachers and provides infrastructure to

support schools. Eleven schools are

currently involved.

The

Scholarship Programme

covers

school fees for underprivileged

students at three schools.

The

Community Service Programme

:

supports non-governmental

organisations (NGO) and local schools

with infrastructure and resources that

strengthen community welfare and

educational development.

Through all these initiatives, RM

continues to deliver our purpose to

enrich the lives of learners across our

global communities.

We have strengthened our health and safety

processes this year through new initiatives

and by building on the progress made in

previous years:

• “Don’t walk by” incident reporting

system, enabling employees to raise

concerns via a centralised online portal;

• Display screen equipment (DSE) training

and assessment process;

• Monthly Health and Safety reporting to

the Executive team;

• Annual Board Health and Safety update;

• Global Health and Safety committee;

• Evaluation and implementation of

refreshed warehouse racking inspection

process;

• The launch of inspection processes at all

RM office locations;

• The implementation of a global audit

process;

• Line manager and employee mental

health training;

• Renewed health and safety policy

launch; and

• Amalgamation and centralisation of

all identified companywide health and

safety risks.

We have also continued to improve the

processes around mental health with

the introduction of stress questionnaires,

expanding our mental health first aider

network, and greater communication of the

services available through benefits such as

our employee assistance programme and

digital GP.

Social purpose and value

At RM, social purpose is not

separate from what we do – it is

what we do. It is embedded in

delivering resources and solutions

that enable fair, effective learning

and accreditation.

Beyond this, our commitment to social

value reflects how we actively contribute to

the wellbeing of the communities we serve.

Following the hugely successful Loti Bot

volunteering programme in FY24, we ran

another volunteering programme this year

for UK primary schools. The focus was to

support schools in the delivery of special

educational needs and disabilities (SEND)

within a mainstream environment. One of

our specialists at TTS guided the selection of

the most impactful products from the vast

range of SEND focused resources within the

TTS catalogue. These resources were gifted

to 25 schools, alongside training delivered by

colleagues from across RM, to ensure school

staff can use the products effectively in their

teaching.

RM India delivers its corporate social

responsibility programme with a focus on

giving meaningful educational support to

designated schools and students. The aim

is to improve access to better learning

opportunities through IT resources and

modern technology. The programme targets

the digital divide by equipping underserved

and specialist schools with updated

infrastructure, helping create more inclusive

and equitable education so children from

different backgrounds have the tools they

need to succeed.

Workforce

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

67

It is important at RM that governance ensures it can deliver its purpose and strategy

in a way that is aligned with its values, so that it is a trusted partner to its customers

and other stakeholders.

RM is committed to conducting its business

with integrity and its approach to risk and

compliance helps encourage the right

behaviours across the business. We have

a range of policies and codes that support

our commitment to conducting business

responsibly for all our stakeholders and

apply consistent governance standards

across RM. For the purposes of the Non-

Financial Reporting Regulations, these

include, but are not limited to:

Code of Conduct

An employee Code of Conduct governs

the ways of working across the business

and sets out the standards that employees

are expected to follow.

The Code reflects RM’s culture and

emphasises that employees are trusted

to behave with integrity and honesty, and

in accordance with applicable laws and

regulations. There are a comprehensive

set of policies that set out guidance and

specific processes and procedures that

employees are required to follow.

We regularly communicate to all

employees regarding policies within our

Code of Conduct and employees are

required to confirm annually that they

have read, understood and comply with

the Code.

All policies are owned by a specified

member of senior management and

policy review dates set to ensure they are

regularly assessed and kept up to date.

Anti-bribery and corruption

RM strongly supports the prohibition

against giving, receiving, or offering any

bribes or any other forms of corruption.

The Anti-Bribery Policy sets out the

standards and processes all employees

and relevant partners are required to

follow. These are designed to minimise

the circumstances under which such

behaviours may occur. This year we also

launched a new Gifts and Hospitality Policy

to further embed a culture of anti-bribery

and corruption. Both policies include

practical examples to make it clearer and

easier for employees to understand their

application and they can now easily report

and make us aware of any gifts using digital

registers.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

68

Governance

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

A formal assurance process is carried out

once a year that requires employees to

confirm that they understand and comply

with this policy.

There is also an Anti-Money Laundering

Policy which commits RM to promoting

and maintaining high levels of ethical

standards in relation to all its business

activities and a zero-tolerance approach to

money laundering. It commits RM to acting

fairly and with integrity in all its business

dealings and relationships. It provides for

procedures to be followed, situations that

may be considered suspicious, action to be

taken in such circumstances and record-

keeping requirements.

Only a limited group of employees can

release any payments and those employees

are fully appraised of these risks.

Competition law

A Competition Law Compliance Policy is in

place and training is available for all relevant

employees to help them understand the

issues they need to be aware of. A register

is maintained by the Legal Department

and is available for employees to complete

in advance of attending trade association

meetings. Additional specific training

is provided to those attending trade

association meetings where appropriate.

Conflicts of interest

This policy was launched during the

year and gives clarity around what might

constitute a conflict of interest and requires

all members of the senior leadership team

to either disclose any potential conflicts

or certify they do not have any. Potential

conflicts of interest disclosed are reviewed

by the Chief People Officer, with mitigating

measures put in place if required.

Data protection

As RM collects and processes large

volumes of customer and employee

personal data, RM has always taken data

protection matters seriously. The security

and integrity of customer data is critical

to the Company and is noted in the table

of Principal Risks and Uncertainties in the

Strategic Report.

The Company has a formal Group Security

and Business Continuity Committee

(GSBCC), which oversees data protection

matters. That Committee is chaired by

the Chief Operating Officer and attendees

include the Company’s Data Protection

Officer (DPO), Chief Financial Officer,

senior HR employees and representatives

from each of the divisions.

RM has a range of policies, privacy notices

and processes in place in order to meet

compliance obligations under relevant

legislation, e.g. UK GDPR 2018, PECR

(Privacy & Electronic Communications

Regulations) 2003, Data (Use and Access)

Act 2025, etc. and additional obligations

in contracts. Technical and organisational

measures are in place to protect employee

and customer data. Data protection training

is mandated for all new employees and

thereafter in refresher training. Targeted

training is also provided, e.g. for sales and

marketing teams. Documented procedures

are used for supplier vetting, data breach

reporting, subject access requests, among

others. The DPO works independently of

management in fulfilment of the statutory

duties required of that role and can, if

necessary, escalate issues directly to the

Board via the Company Secretary.

As well as attending the GSBCC, the DPO

provides updates to the Board or Executive

Committee on data protection matters.

Both customers and employees can raise

queries with, and send complaints to, the

DPO. All potential personal data breaches

are investigated and recorded. No data

breaches have been reported to the ICO,

the UK’s regulator, in the past year.

Data security and resilience

Given RM’s role supporting and advising

schools and other education bodies, data

security and resilience are taken seriously.

For details of the actions taken, see the

Principal Risks and Uncertainties section on

pages 42 to 45.

The GSBCC, referred to in the Data

Protection section above, also oversees

data security and resilience matters. Access

to systems is role based and applied with

a principle of least privilege. Access is

reviewed regularly through established

internal processes and is subject to external

independent audits as part of maintaining

ISO certifications. The latest audits reported

no non-conformances. RM also maintains

Cyber Essentials Certification. Business

accounts are additionally protected with

multi-factor authentication (MFA) and user

behaviour analytics, and are monitored

by a Security Information and Event

Management (SIEM) solution.

The Company has a cryptographic policy

that governs encryption controls, with

disk encryption applied to all employee

machines.

The RM Acceptable Usage Policy provides

guidance for all RM employees regarding

how they may and may not use Company

systems and data, and their responsibility

for information security. The policy is

reviewed annually prior to formal approval

by the GSBCC, which oversees information

security policy and implementation.

The Acceptable Usage Policy is further

supported by other specific policies

including Data Classification and Handling

and Incident Management.

Data security policies are controlled,

reviewed and subject to external audit as

part of maintaining ISO certifications.

RM also runs a formal security awareness

programme for all new staff with

touchpoints for new starters and regular

reminders of effective security awareness

protocols.

Business continuity management for the

RM Assessment, RM Technology and RM

India Divisions is aligned to ISO standards

and subject to external audit. ISO 22301

certification is in place.

Were a breach to occur, the Company has

established relationships with third-party

partners to support with cyber incident

response and crisis PR.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

69

Equity, Diversity & Inclusion

policy

At RM we want to celebrate the fact that

everyone is different yet valued and ensure

that everyone is treated with dignity and

respect. We are committed to promoting

equity, preventing discrimination at

work, and providing an inclusive work

environment.

The purpose of this policy is to set out the

principles that enable us to create a fair,

diverse, and inclusive work environment,

where our people feel safe, can contribute

their best work and develop to their full

potential.

As a global Company with employees

based around the world including the

UK, India, Australia, United Arab Emirates,

and Singapore, it is important to us that

we go beyond what legislation says we

need to do, but deliver what we know to

be right, and build a diverse and inclusive

environment which celebrates our peoples’

differences.

Health and safety

The Health and Safety Policy covers

employees on its sites and at customer

sites. It commits RM to a safe working

environment, a culture of open discussion

on health and safety issues, transparent

reporting and compliance with all relevant

laws and regulations. Further information

on this is detailed in the Workplace section

on pages 66-67.

Human rights and modern slavery

RM is committed to minimising the

opportunity for modern slavery to take

place within RM and its supply chain. The

Company has this year reviewed its internal

processes and programme of review for

suppliers. A Modern Slavery Working Group

has been set up with representatives from

across the business with the objective

of ensuring our modern slavery risks

are managed, monitored and mitigated

wherever possible. RM works with Sedex,

a leading ethical trade membership

organisation platform, and the TTS Division,

which manages a significant proportion

of the suppliers of the Company, issues a

Supplier Code of Conduct.

The Modern Slavery statement is available

on the RM plc website.

Political donations

Neither the Company nor any of its

subsidiaries made any UK political

donations or incurred any UK political

expenditure, nor made any contribution to

any non-UK political party, during the year

or the previous year.

Safeguarding

RM is committed to protecting students of

its customers from harm. The Safeguarding

Policy applies to anyone working on behalf

of RM including employees, contractors

and agency staff.

The policy states the principles that guide

the approach to child protection and

online safeguarding covering recruitment

of staff, partnering with customers when

any allegation is made, the incident

management and whistleblowing measures

and the supply of products and services

helping customers keep children and

young people protected from online harm.

The policy further states the Company

has a responsibility to keep children and

young people safe. This is regardless of

age, gender, race, religion or belief, sex or

sexual orientation.

All staff working in environments where

children are present must be familiar

with policies within our customer’s

establishments. Staff must report any

incident that may give rise to a concern to

the nominated child protection lead at that

establishment.

Share Dealing policy

The Share Dealing Policy is applicable to all

employees and Directors. It is designed to

ensure that they do not misuse any inside

information about the Company which

is not public. There are clear processes

for informing individuals about their

obligations under the policy and obtaining

authorisation to deal.

Tax

As a UK company, RM pays taxes to the

UK Government and overseas where

applicable. The approach to tax is aligned

with RM’s purpose and values and to

ensure that RM pays the right amount of

tax at the right time based on laws, rules

and regulations in the territories in which

it operates. The tax strategy is on RM plc’s

website.

Whistleblowing

Employees are encouraged to speak up if

they feel that something is not right. The

policy states that employees can speak

to their manager, HR Business Partner or

other senior person in the Company in the

first instance if they have any concerns,

and there is also an independent third-

party service they can use to report any

concerns in confidence and anonymously

if they wish. Information on this policy and

the contact details of the third party are

readily available on the internal employee

portal.

The policy provides that all allegations

raised are forwarded to the Chief People

Officer (unless it relates to them) and

members of the RM People team are

trained to handle such matters. The

individual will be informed of the process

in dealing with the matter. The policy sets

out RM’s commitments in complying with

the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998 to

protect any person who raises a relevant

concern. The Whistleblowing Policy states

that any case that poses a significant risk

to the business is reported to the Audit and

Risk Committee with ultimate ownership

by the Board.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

70

Governance

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

71

Reporting Area

Policies and related

Due Diligence and Outcomes

Principal risks

Environmental

Environmental Policy (pages 49 to 53)

Climate-related Financial Disclosures

(pages 62 to 64)

RM risks relating to the environment are

detailed in the aforementioned sections

of climate-related risks across the whole

business.

Employees

Equity, Diversity and Inclusion Policy (page 70)

Health and Safety Policy (page 70)

RM reflects diversity and health and safety

risks in the People risk section on pages

43 to 45.

Social and Community

Safeguarding Policy (page 70)

RM reflects safeguarding risk in the

Operational execution risk on page 43.

Respect for Human Rights

Annual Modern Slavery Statement (page 70)

Data Protection Policy (page 69)

Supplier Code of Conduct (page 70)

RM considers these risks with its suppliers

on page 44 and Data and Business

continuity on page 43.

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery

Anti-Bribery Policy (pages 68)

Anti-Money Laundering Policy (page 69)

Share Dealing Code (page 70)

RM reflects anti-bribery and corruption

risks in its Operational execution risk on

page 43.

The Strategic Report (including the Sustainability Report) together with the Directors’ Report,

Corporate Governance Report and Audit and Risk Committee Report provide details of the

non-financial matters required by sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006.

See page 26 to 27 for the description of the business model and pages 28 to 31 for KPIs and non-financial targets.

Workforce

The section on workforce in the Social Value Report on page 67 is incorporated into this report.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

72

Non-financial and

sustainability information

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

When providing direction to the Company on strategic affairs, our

Directors must perform their duties under the Companies Act.

This includes considering the impact on our key stakeholders. Our

ability to engage and work constructively with these stakeholders

underpins the long-term success and sustainability of RM. A key

purpose of this statement is to demonstrate the manner in

which the Directors have had regard to the range of factors and

stakeholders identified in section 172 of the Companies Act in

the context of the duty to promote the long-term success of the

Company for the benefit of its members as a whole.

We have set out an overview of how our Directors consider

stakeholders in their decision-making and the importance we

place on them: our customers, our people, our shareholders, our

suppliers and our communities and environment. We detail why

each stakeholder group matters, what their priorities are, how we

engaged and the impact that such engagement has had on the

Board’s decisions in FY25. Consideration of these stakeholders

and other relevant matters are embedded into all Board decision-

making, strategy development and risk assessment throughout

the year.

1

Our customers

Why do they matter?

For RM to prosper and have a long-term sustainable

future, it is essential that we provide products, services and

solutions that meet the needs of our customers and the

market.

What are their key priorities?

Our customers seek holistic services offerings, supported

by deep technical knowledge delivered at competitive

rates, developing long-term partnerships, building

their brand and performance credibility and trust, and

sustainable and ethical business practices (including

anti-bribery and corruption, environmental responsibility,

human rights, and modern slavery matters).

How do we engage?

During the year ‘deep dive’ sessions on major customers

were held by the Board to consider their needs, how we

support them and what we plan to do.

• The Chief Executive met with key customer contacts,

listening to feedback and what was expected from RM,

and reported back to the Board.

• Customer satisfaction surveys have been conducted

to understand how we are doing and how we can

improve. Key themes have been reported to the Board.

• During the year the Chief Operating Officer visited

strategic customers in Singapore and Australia and

reported back to the Board.

At each Board meeting there is a section in the

Chief Executive’s presentation that covers customer

matters, by division, in terms of how we are doing in

servicing customers, and detailing any issues that need

addressing.

• The Board has approved customer contract wins and

renewals during the year in line with our delegated

authorities. In each instance, a summary deck has been

provided for review and/or discussion.

What were the key impacts?

The high volume of customer contract renewals (e.g.

Singapore Examinations and Assessment Board) during

FY25 is an indication that we engage effectively with

our customers, with Board members and the Executive

Committee playing a key role. Where the Chief Executive

and Executive Committee members have met with key

customer stakeholders, actions have been implemented to

enhance performance and our service offering.

The Company signed a three-year digital assessment

contract with new customer, Trinity College London.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

73

Section 172

statement

2

Our people

Why do they matter?

Our people are fundamental in offering our customers a

wealth of knowledge, creativity and expertise to support

their needs. We value our people and recognise our

success is generated by the talent and experts we have in

our teams.

What are their key priorities?

Key priorities for our people are: personal wellbeing,

including health and safety; recognition and reward,

including pay equity; and opportunities for growth,

including learning and development.

How do we engage?

FY25 built on the initiatives implemented last year to

enhance employee engagement whereby a more inclusive

culture at RM was also introduced. All Company Town

Halls take place regularly, where Chief Executive, Mark

Cook, shares updates on the strategic vision for the

business. Engagement surveys are run yearly and cover

a series of questions about employee experiences and

include an employee Net Promoter Score.

The results of the surveys are presented to the Board by

the Chief People Officer and Communications Director

and include a deep dive into the key themes affecting our

people, what people are asking for and how the business

can do better for them.

The RM Workforce Engagement Group, sponsored

by Jamie Murray Wells, the designated Non-Executive

Director for workforce engagement, is a conduit for us to

share information with delegates from the business and

also receive feedback from our teams relating to ongoing

activities, enhancing two-way communication. Jamie

listened to views from employees such as engagement

survey results and shared insights relating to RM’s strategy.

What were the key impacts?

During the year, the Board has:

• approved our updated Whistleblowing Policy and

associated process, which involves the use of a

third party;

• approved the Modern Slavery Statement and, in order

to uphold RM’s responsibility in respect to human

rights, we published a Company-wide standalone

Modern Slavery Policy, with associated training for

our employees, supporting our zero-tolerance policy

towards any form of modern slavery or child labour;

• approved the Global Health, Safety and Environment

Policy Statement, which received sign off by the Chief

Executive and was published;

• received a presentation from the Health and Safety

Manager covering incidents, areas for improvement and

agreed actions;

reviewed and approved gender pay gap reports in each

part of RM, noting that the gaps in the UK were now in

favour of women; and

• considered the findings of the employee engagement

survey and approved the actions to address areas

for improvement.

3

Our shareholders

Why do they matter?

Our shareholders are investors in, and owners of, our

business, providing capital we need to invest and grow.

What are their key priorities?

Our shareholders are interested in the stable financial

performance of RM and its growth prospects as it

executes its strategy. They value transparency in any

communication with them and understanding how ESG

matters are operated.

How do we engage?

Principal engagement mechanisms include:

• meetings and calls with Board members (including

Helen Stevenson, Chair of the Board and Nomination

Committee, and the Executive Directors). In FY25,

this included engagement with major shareholders

who were “wall-crossed” as part of the equity raise in

October;

• investor presentations by the Chief Executive and Chief

Financial Officer;

the AGM, which the members of the Board attend

to facilitate engagement with a broad range of

shareholders;

• Annual Report, which includes the Chair, Chief

Executive and Chief Financial Officer statements and

reports from the Chairs of Committees of the Board;

• London Stock Exchange announcements via RNS; and

• timely responses to shareholder letters with input or

review by the Chair of the Board depending on the

nature of the enquiry.

At Board meetings, investor relations updates are provided

to allow a clear, common understanding of the views of

our shareholders. Our Board also monitors movements

in the share register to maintain an understanding of our

investors’ profiles.

What were the key impacts?

During the year:

the Chair of the Board and Chief Executive (sometimes

with the Chief Financial Officer) both held calls and

meetings with major shareholders;

• following presentations to “wall-crossed” shareholders

and investors, the equity raise in October 2025 via

a placing raised gross proceeds of £13.5m and was

significantly over-subscribed;

• the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer gave

live presentations to shareholders following the

announcement of the FY24 year-end results and FY25

interim results;

• the Board simplified the operational structure of the

business which was aligned with feedback from major

shareholders; and

the Board responded in a timely manner to letters from

shareholders about ESG matters and offered further

dialogue.

Section 172

statement

continued

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

74

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

4

Our suppliers

Why do they matter?

Our suppliers provide goods, services and expertise to RM

that support our infrastructure, requirements, in-house

capabilities and, in turn, our growth ambitions.

What are their key priorities?

We have a broad range of suppliers who consider a variety

of factors when entering into a business relationship with

RM, including the viability of our business, our ambitions,

developing long-term business relationships, credibility

and trust, ethics (including anti-bribery and corruption,

human rights and modern slavery), our responsible

sourcing requirements, payment terms, and other terms

and conditions.

How do we engage?

We are committed to developing sound business

relationships with our suppliers, ensuring that together we

are aligned on quality, delivery, ethics, engagement, risk

and compliance. We engage with our suppliers through

various means to achieve this, including maintaining

ongoing dialogue, scheduling regular check-ins,

performing retrospective reviews and undertaking supplier

audits linked to risk assessment.

What were the key impacts?

• The Board approved the FY24 Modern Slavery Statement

and in doing so considered the onboarding process,

how we engage with suppliers, supplier audits including

scope and coverage, and how we feed back our

recommendations;

• The Board approved an updated Anti-Bribery and

Corruption Policy; and

The Board delegated to the Audit and Risk Committee a

review of the supplier payments and practices statutory

reporting from FY24 onwards.

5

Our communities and environment

Why do they matter?

As we enrich the lives of learners across the world, we

are also dedicated to enriching our communities. The

local communities of our office and home-working

locations are the ecosystems within which our people

and their families, and many of our customers, suppliers,

and shareholders live and work. This includes schools,

nurseries, and other educational organisations where

RM is a trusted partner. Enriching our communities also

includes paying close attention to our impact on the wider

environment. This includes having mindful consideration

for the products we source, the platforms we build,

to the energy we use to get there. We recognise our

responsibility towards sustainability and considering energy

efficiency in decision-making.

What are their key priorities?

Our community and environmental priorities include

sustainability, energy efficiency, support for local

communities and inclusive recruitment.

How do we engage?

• Our Head of Sustainability provides updates quarterly

to the Executive Committee and twice yearly to

the Board’s ESG Committee on topics including

environmental and social KPIs, RM’s carbon emissions,

the net zero pathway and outcomes from the employee

engagement survey relating to social considerations;

• The Head of Sustainability has one-to-one meetings

monthly with Non-Executive Director, Jamie Murray

Wells, to discuss ESG matters and trends;

• With the Board’s backing, RM undertakes significant

engagement with the communities in which we

operate. This is led by our Head of Sustainability,

however, all employees are welcome to bring ideas and

opportunities for consideration.

What were the key impacts?

The ESG Committee, on behalf of the Board, considered

the outcome of the FY24 environmental and social KPIs

and approved the FY25 objectives;

EDI training has now been delivered to 90% of staff,

including the Executive Committee;

Health and Safety was our highest score and Inclusion

was the second highest in our 2024 engagement

survey;

• The Loti-Bot project was launched which encompassed

18 schools receiving training on our Loti-Bots and

being gifted four bots and a Therapeutic Wellbeing

Toolkit per school.

Approval of Strategic Report

This report was approved by the Board of Directors and

signed on its behalf by

Mark Cook

Director

4 March 2026

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

75

In this section

Board of Directors

78

Governance at a glance

80

Corporate Governance Report

81

Nomination Committee Report

90

Audit and Risk Committee Report

94

Remuneration Committee Report

102

ESG Committee Report

114

Directors’ Report

116

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

120

Directors’ duties statement

121

Governance

Statements

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

76

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

77

Helen

Stevenson

N

R

E

Appointed to the Board

16 February 2022 as Non-Executive Chair

Career

Helen Stevenson was appointed as

Non-Executive Chair of RM plc on

16 February 2022. Helen is also the Chair of

the Nomination Committee.

Relevant skills and experience

Helen’s executive career spanned over

30 years, covering senior supply and

demand side roles across large consumer

goods, retail financial services, and digital

media organisations. She has considerable

expertise in strategic brand and customer

marketing, and 13 years’ experience as a

plc Non-Executive Director.

Other roles

Helen is a Non-Executive Director and

Remco Chair of IG Group Holdings plc,

a FTSE 250 fintech company providing

derivatives trading. Until recently, Helen

was also the Senior Independent Director

of Reach plc, a Non-Executive Director

of Skipton Building Society and Senior

Independent Director of Kin + Carta plc.

Helen was the Chief Marketing Officer

UK at Yell Group plc from 2006 to 2012,

including responsibility for digital product

development and prior to this, served as

Lloyds TSB Group Marketing Director.

Helen started her career with Mars Inc.

where she spent 19 years, working across

senior supply side and demand side

roles, culminating in European Marketing

Director. Helen is a Governor and Deputy

Chair at Wellington College where she

is also Chair of the Wellington College

Educational Enterprises Board.

Mark

Cook

Appointed to the Board

16 January 2023 as Chief Executive

Career

Mark Cook joined the Board as Chief

Executive on 16 January 2023.

Relevant skills and experience

With a background in operations and

technology, Mark brings extensive

experience in business transformation and

creating shareholder value in both private

equity and public companies. He has

worked in the Americas, Europe, EMEA and

Asia throughout his 30-year career.

Other roles

After qualifying as an accountant and

systems analyst having worked in several

finance roles, Mark moved into systems

development and business technology

driven consulting. As MD of Druid plc, Mark

managed multi-year £200m + business

transformations.

At Xansa plc, Mark led transformation and

systems implementation programmes for

clients including Diageo, Boots, and BBC

where he was the general manager of

Finance and accounting for the BBC’s first

offshore outsource.

In 2010, Mark joined Dutch Getronics

Group based in Amsterdam and, later

under P.E. ownership with Munich-based

Aurelius Investments, he refocused the

portfolio and created a global technology

digital services business.

In 2019, Mark joined Capita plc as Chief

Executive for the People Solutions Division

and latterly the Technology Solutions

Division. Mark is currently Non-Executive

Chair of Searchlight Consulting.

Simon

Goodwin

Appointed to the Board

29 August 2023 as Chief

Financial Officer

Career

Simon Goodwin joined the Board as Chief

Financial Officer on 29 August 2023.

Relevant skills and experience

Simon is a Chartered Management

Accountant with 16 years of experience in

finance leadership roles.

Other roles

Prior to joining the Board of RM plc, Simon

was the Group Chief Financial Officer of

MTI Technology from December 2017 until

July 2023, where he was responsible for

the finance and administrative functions

across their operations in the UK, France

and Germany. Simon has also held senior

finance roles in Getronics, the Dutch ICT

business, and Sopra Steria, the digital

services and software development

consultancy. After qualifying as an

accountant, Simon worked in a number

of finance and commercial roles for

Xansa plc, Warner Bros, and Marks and

Spencer plc.

Key to committees

A

Audit and Risk Committee

R

Remuneration Committee

N

Nomination Committee

E

ESG Committee

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

78

Board of

Directors

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Christopher

Humphrey

A

N

R

E

Appointed to the Board

7 July 2023 as

Non-Executive Director

Career

Christopher Humphrey joined

the Board on 7 July 2023 as

a Non-Executive Director and

was appointed Chair of the

Remuneration Committee on

10 October 2023 until 21 May 2024.

On 1 January 2024 Christopher

was appointed Senior Independent

Director.

Relevant skills and

experience

Christopher is a Chartered

Management Accountant and has

extensive international, financial, and

general management experience

gained across a range of sectors

and in a variety of international

markets (UK, USA, Europe, and

Far East) both in growth and

turnaround situations.

Other roles

Christopher was Non-Executive

Chair of Heywood Pension

Technologies, resigning on

13 February 2026 following its sale

by BlackRock and, until recently

(20 January 2025), Chair of

AIM-listed Eckoh plc, a position he

held since 2017. He also served as

Senior Independent Director and

Audit Chair at AVEVA Group plc,

Senior Independent Director and

Audit Chair at Videndum plc, and

Non-Executive Director at SDL plc,

a language translation software

provider. Christopher has had a

number of leadership roles during

his career, including the position of

Group Chief Executive Officer of

Anite plc from 2008 to 2015.

Richard

Smothers

A

N

R

E

Appointed to the

Board

3 January 2023 as

Non-Executive Director

Career

Richard Smothers joined the

Board on 3 January 2023

as a Non-Executive Director

and became Chair of the

Audit and Risk Committee on

31 March 2023.

Relevant skills and

experience

Richard is a Chartered

Management Accountant

and has recent and relevant

finance experience.

Other roles

Richard is currently a

Non-Executive Director at

Greene King Ltd, following

his retirement as Chief

Financial Officer in April 2025,

a role he held from 2017,

in which he had strategic,

financial and operational

responsibilities. Prior to this

he was Chief Financial Officer

at Mothercare plc and held

a number of senior roles at

Rexam plc, Tesco plc and

Cargill Inc. He was Audit &

Risk Chair, a Non-Executive

Director and Treasurer at

NCT from 2016 to 2022, and

served as a Non-Executive

on the finance committee of

UCL from 2014 to 2017. On

1 February 2026, Richard was

appointed as a Non-Executive

Director of Greggs plc.

Jamie Murray

Wells OBE

A

N

R

E

Appointed to the Board

1 November 2023 as

Non-Executive Director

Career

Jamie Murray Wells joined

the Board as a Non-Executive

Director and was appointed

Chair of the ESG Committee

on 1 November 2023. Jamie

brings leading digital product

and strategy expertise to the

Board, having worked since

2013 for Google, where he

has held roles defining new

platforms and ecosystems,

including as Head of Digital

Platform Experiences and

Head of Extended Reality (XR)

Platform Enablement. Prior to

joining Google, Jamie founded

and led Glasses Direct, a digital-

led retail business, before

taking it through a private

equity transaction with Cipio

Partners. He recently served as

a Non-Executive Director of DD

Group, the wholesale supplier

to the dental sector.

Relevant skills and

experience

Jamie brings leading digital

product and strategy expertise

to the Board.

Other roles

Jamie is a Director of Trotters

(Childrenswear & Accessories)

Ltd, the British childrenswear,

footwear and hairdressing

brand.

Carolyn

Dawson OBE

A

N

R

E

Appointed to the Board

1 November 2023 as

Non-Executive Director

Career

Carolyn Dawson joined the

Board as a Non-Executive

Director on 1 November 2023

and was appointed as Chair of

the Remuneration Committee

on 1 June 2024. Carolyn is

currently Chief Executive of

the Founders Forum Group,

the business services group

for entrepreneurs. Prior to this

role she spent over 20 years

at Informa Group plc, working

in a range of leadership roles,

including founding London

Tech Week and most recently

as President, Verticals and ESG,

Informa Tech.

Relevant skills and

experience

Carolyn brings significant

and current experience in the

technology and education

sectors.

Other roles

Carolyn has co-founded The

Longevity Show and Miroma

Founders Network, which

provides growing businesses

with media opportunities. She

is a Trustee for the Centre for

Entrepreneurs, and serves on

the board of 01 Founders,

a free-to-access coding

school; Founders Makers, a

creative partner to scale-ups

and major brands; and Grip,

an AI-powered networking

solution. She also serves

as a member of the UK

Government’s Digital Council.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

79

Board priorities for 2025

Highlights of

stakeholder

engagement

• The Chief Executive met with key

customer contacts and reported

back to the Board;

• Investor presentations by the

Chief Executive and Chief

Financial Officer to articulate the

strategy;

• Consultation with major

shareholders wall-crossed in

relation to the equity raise;

• Members of the Board engaged

directly with the workforce

on people matters including

engagement survey results and

• The Board received updates

from the Head of Sustainability

on environmental matters and

community initiatives.

Actions in 2025

Key topics discussed

Outcomes

Customer contract wins and extensions.

Approved customer contracts including

Singapore Examination and Assessment

Board (RM Assessment) and South

Lanarkshire Council (RM Technology).

Strategic initiatives including the

development of RM Ava.

Approved a further £6m investment for

FY25 in the development of RM Ava.

The Company’s financial position and

banking facility.

Signed an amendment and extension

to the Company’s banking facility

agreement.

Equity raise through a placing.

Successful equity placing which was

significantly oversubscribed.

Separation work and disposal of non-core assets

Continued investment in the development of RM Ava

Further growth in our core Assessment division

Tenure

Composition

Gender

Female

Male

Executive

Independent Non-Executive

Chair – independent on appointment

0-2 years

2-5 years

71%

29%

100%

4

1

2

29%

71%

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

80

Governance

at a glance

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

RM believes strongly that

the long-term success of

the Company is linked to

ensuring accountability,

transparency and fairness in

dealings with stakeholders.

Introduction from the Chair

As Chair, I am responsible for ensuring

that the Company has high standards

of corporate governance. In respect of

the year ended 30 November 2025, RM

plc was subject to the UK Corporate

Governance Code 2018 (Code), which

was published by the Financial Reporting

Council in July 2018 (available at www.frc.

org.uk). The Board aims for the Company

to meet and exceed the standards of the

Code and to foster a culture of open and

honest communication and constructive

challenge throughout the organisation.

There is a governance structure of

checks and balances, a proper division of

responsibilities and active consideration

given to all relevant stakeholders. The

Board sees this as a positive contributor to

effective business operations.

This Corporate Governance Report

incorporates the relevant sections of

the reports of the Board Committees. It

summarises how the provisions of the

Code have been applied and how the

Board and Board Committees have fulfilled

their responsibilities during the year. It

sets out how RM’s approach to corporate

governance supports the Company’s

strategy, the Board, and its Committees’

key focus areas during the year.

Governance

On behalf of the Board, I confirm that the

Company has applied the principles and

complied with the provisions of the Code

throughout the 12-month period ended

30 November 2025, save for provision

32 which stipulates that the chair of the

Remuneration Committee should have

served on a Remuneration Committee

for at least 12 months prior to becoming

Chair. As disclosed in last year’s Annual

Report, Carolyn Dawson was appointed as

Chair of the Remuneration Committee on

1 June 2024, after seven months of serving

on a Remuneration Committee rather

than twelve. The intention, at the outset

of Carolyn’s appointment to the Board

on 1 November 2023, was for her to take

over the role of Chair of the Remuneration

Committee from Christopher Humphrey at

the appropriate time. Christopher was Chair

while key FY24 remuneration matters were

being addressed, such as the approval of

the Remuneration Policy. Carolyn received

a full handover from Christopher and had

the support of other Committee members

who had previously held Remuneration

Committee Chair roles.

The table on the next page sets out where

the relevant content on the application of

the Code’s principles can be found in this

Annual Report.

Composition

Following six appointments to the Board

in the year ended 30 November 2023, no

appointments or resignations took place

this year, consistent with the prior year. For

details on the composition of the Board

and further information on how the Board

managed succession during the past year,

see the Nomination Committee Report.

Effectiveness

During the year, the Board dealt with a

number of topics that required additional

time and engagement including equity

raise considerations which led to a placing

that was significantly oversubscribed and

raised gross proceeds of £13.5m.

The Board has performed well and this was

reflected in the feedback during the Board

evaluation this year. Further information is

contained in this Corporate Governance

Report.

Stakeholders

RM believes strongly that the long-term

success of the Company is linked to

ensuring accountability, transparency, and

fairness in dealings with stakeholders.

The relationships the business has with

these stakeholders continues to be of great

importance. You can read more about RM’s

engagement with stakeholders, including

shareholders, on pages 73 to 75.

Helen Stevenson

Non-Executive Chair

4 March 2026

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

81

Corporate

Governance Report

1. Board leadership and Company purpose

Section and page

A: Leadership, long-term success, value generation and

societal contribution

Purpose, values and culture – pages 12 to 13

Throughout the Sustainability Report on pages 49 to 53, Corporate

Governance Report on pages 81 to 89 and Remuneration Committee

Report on pages 102 to 113, there are descriptions of how the long-term

sustainable success of the Company and its contribution to wider society is

promoted and shareholder value generated.

B: Purpose, values, strategy and culture

Purpose, values and culture – pages 12 to 13

Major Activities of the Nomination Committee – pages 90 to 93

C: Resources and controls

Resources – pages 26 to 27,

KPIs – pages 28 to 31

Managing our Risks – page 40

Internal Controls – page 88

Review of Risk Management – page 99

D: Stakeholder engagement

Stakeholder Engagement – pages 73 to 75

Section 172 Statement – pages 73 to 75

E: Workforce policies and practices

Remuneration Policy and Stakeholder Engagement – page 112 and 73 to 75

Whistleblowing – page 70

Employee Stakeholder Engagement – page 66

2. Division of responsibilities

Section and page

F: The Chair

Board of Directors – pages 78 to 79

Roles – pages 78 to 79

Board Evaluation – page 86

G: Board composition and division of responsibilities

Board of Directors, Board Committees – pages 78 to 79

Roles – pages 84 to 85

Directors’ Conflicts of Interest and Independence – page 86

H: Role and time commitment of Non-Executive

Directors

Board of Directors – pages 78 to 79

Board Attendance – page 85

Committee Attendance – pages 90, 94, 111 and 115

Roles – pages 84 to 85

Directors’ Conflicts of Interest and Independence – page 86

I: Board function and the Company Secretary

Board of Directors – pages 78 to 79

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

82

Corporate

Governance Report

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

3. Composition, succession and evaluation

Section and page

J: Board appointments and succession planning

Nomination Committee Report – pages 90 to 93

Board Diversity and Inclusion Policy – pages 92 to 93

K: Board and Committee skills, experience and

knowledge

Board Tenure – page 80

Board Composition – pages 93

L: Board evaluation

Board Evaluation – page 86

4. Audit, risk and internal control

Section and page

M: Internal and external audit independence and

effectiveness

Internal Controls – pages 99 to 100

Audit and Risk Committee Report – pages 94 to 100

N: Fair, balanced and understandable assessment of

position and prospects

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities – page 120

O: Risk management, internal control framework and

principal risks

Managing our Risks – pages 40 to 41

Principal Risks and Uncertainties – pages 42 to 45

Internal Controls – pages 38, 99 and 100

5. Remuneration

Section and page

P: Remuneration policies and practices

Remuneration Committee Report – pages 102 to 112

Q: Executive remuneration

Remuneration Committee Report – pages 102 to 112

Remuneration Policy, Stakeholder Engagement – pages 112 and 73 to 75

R: Independent judgement and discretion in

remuneration outcomes

Discretion – page 103

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

83

Board of Directors

The Board consists of the Chief Executive, Chief Financial Officer

and five Non-Executive Directors (NEDs) including the Chair. The

Chair was considered independent on appointment. The Board

considers Richard Smothers, Christopher Humphrey, Carolyn

Dawson and Jamie Murray Wells to be independent of the

management of the Company and free from any business or other

relationship that could materially interfere with the exercise of their

independent judgement (see further discussion in the Directors’

Conflict of Interests and Independence section on page 86). The

Directors bring to the Board a wide range of financial and business

skills and extensive experience and knowledge suited to the nature

of the Company.

The Board of Directors meets regularly on a formal basis and

holds additional ad hoc meetings as necessary to review strategic,

operational and financial matters, including proposed acquisitions

and divestments. It has a formal schedule of matters reserved to it

for decision-making. Those matters include the approval of interim

and annual Financial Statements, the budget for the financial year,

significant Stock Exchange announcements, significant contracts

and capital investment, and certain policies. It also reviews the

effectiveness of the internal control systems and principal risks of

the Company. The Chair holds meetings with the Non-Executive

Directors without the Executive Directors present at the end of

each Board meeting and in circumstances where it is considered

appropriate to do so.

A forward planner for the Board is maintained to ensure that all

necessary and appropriate matters are covered during the year.

As part of the Board pack prepared for each regular meeting, the

Board receives monthly management accounts and operational

reports from the Chief Executive, Chief Financial Officer and

reports or presentations from other members of the Executive and

the Company. The Board is also provided with specific reports or

presentations on key areas and projects and informed of any key

developments or issues that require their consideration. These

reports and updates cover a wide range of matters in order to

ensure that policy, practices and behaviour in the Company are

aligned with the Company’s purpose, values and strategy and

any issues that may give rise to concerns are brought to the

attention of the Board. During the year, reports were presented

on various matters including progress with the development of

RM Ava, key customer accounts, results of employee engagement

surveys, shareholder feedback, and potential transactions. Further

information on other reports it received are in the Stakeholder

Engagement report on pages 73 to 75. The Board requests further

information on any matter that they consider relevant, which may

include ongoing updates, assurance as to the proposed actions to

resolve such matters and information on corrective actions taken.

Any concerns about the operation of the Board or the

management of the Company that cannot be resolved are

recorded in the Board minutes.

All Directors have access to the advice and services of the

Company Secretary, and all the Directors are able to take

independent professional advice, if necessary, at the Company’s

expense.

Board Committees

The Board has delegated authority to four Committees: Audit

and Risk, Remuneration, Nomination and Environment, Social

and Governance (ESG). The ESG Committee was constituted in

2023, at which time the Audit Committee was also reconstituted

as the Audit and Risk Committee. The Executive Directors are not

members of these Committees. The Terms of Reference for each

Committee setting out their responsibilities are available at www.

rm.com. For each Committee, information on their composition

and activities is provided in the respective Committee reports.

The Board

The Board is collectively responsible for the sustainable long-term

success of the Company and its subsidiaries. The key roles of the

Board are:

• setting the strategic direction to promote the long-term

sustainable success of the Company, generate value for

shareholders and contribute to wider society;

• overseeing implementation of the strategy and ensuring that

the Company is suitably resourced to achieve its objectives and

effectively engages with stakeholders; and

overall responsibility for the management of risk and for

reviewing the effectiveness of the framework for internal control

and risk management.

Chair

Responsible for overall leadership and governance of the Board,

effective contribution from NEDs and ensures constructive

relations between Executives and NEDs;

Sets the agenda, ensures adequate time is available for

discussion of agenda items, promotes a culture of openness

and debate at Board meetings and ensures Directors receive

accurate, timely and clear information;

Provides support and advice to the Chief Executive; and

• Ensures effective communication with shareholders.

Senior Independent Director

Deputises for the Chair and acts as intermediary for other

Directors, if required;

Meets with the NEDs, without the Chair present when

considered appropriate, and leads the appraisal of the Chair’s

performance; and

Available to respond to shareholder concerns if not resolved

through the normal channels.

Non-Executive Directors

Share full responsibility for the execution of the Board’s duties;

• Scrutinise and constructively challenge strategic proposals and

hold management to account;

• Offer specialist advice and strategic guidance; and

Monitor the performance of management on an ongoing basis.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

84

Corporate

Governance Report

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Audit and Risk Committee

• Oversees and monitors the Financial Statements, accounting

processes and audits (internal and external);

Ensures that risks are identified and assessed, and that sound

systems of risk management and internal control are in place;

Ensures that the internal audit function has the resources to

perform its function and reviews audit plans; and

Reviews matters relating to fraud and whistleblowing and reports

to the Board.

Remuneration Committee

Reviews and recommends the framework and policy for the

remuneration of the Executive Directors and senior executives;

• Reviews workforce remuneration and related policies; and

• Considers how the Remuneration Policy supports and aligns

with the business strategy of the Company.

Nomination Committee

Reviews the structure, size and composition of the Board and its

Committees;

• Identifies and nominates suitable executive candidates to be

appointed to the Board; and

• Considers wider aspects of succession planning.

ESG Committee

Oversight of the ESG strategy and ensures that it is fit for

purpose;

• Monitors progress against the ESG strategy and performance

against targets; and

Reviews ESG risks that have been identified and mitigating

action.

Chief Executive

Responsible for the executive leadership of the Company as a

whole and delivering the strategic and commercial objectives

agreed by the Board;

• Leads the Executive Committee (detailed on page 86);

• Maintains and protects the Company’s reputation;

Ensures the affairs of the Company are conducted with the

highest standards of integrity; and

• Builds positive relationships with the Company’s stakeholders.

Board attendance

The Board had 11 scheduled meetings during the year. A record

of attendance for each Director is set out in the table below.

Additionally, ad hoc meetings were held by the Board during 2025

on specific matters that arose. Board meetings were mostly held

face-to-face. The Board also approved a number of matters during

the year by written resolution.

No. of meetings

held in the period/

Eligible to attend

Helen Stevenson

11/11

Mark Cook

11/11

Simon Goodwin

11/11

Christopher Humphrey

11/11

Richard Smothers

11/11

Carolyn Dawson

10/11

Jamie Murray Wells

11/11

All Directors received papers for all meetings in advance. When

a Director was unable to attend a meeting, they were given the

opportunity to provide comments.

The Board ensures that, on appointment and thereafter, all

Directors have sufficient time to carry out their duties.

No Director should undertake additional appointments without the

prior approval of the Board. No significant appointments have been

undertaken by a Director in the year ended 30 November 2025.

Board tenure

Details of the tenure of the members of the Board as at the date of

this report are set out in the table below.

Tenure

Percentage of

Board

0-2 years

0%

2-5 years

100%

5+ years

0%

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

85

Induction

All Directors receive an induction on joining the Board which

involves meeting with all Board Directors, members of the

Executive and other relevant employees. Newly appointed

Directors also receive resources on Board activities and Company

documents such as Committee Terms of Reference, Delegation of

Authority and Group structure and plc related training as required.

Board evaluation

The performance of the Board, each Board Committee and each

Director is reviewed on an annual basis. This year, the review was

facilitated by the Chief People Officer. All Directors were sent

a questionnaire to gather their views across a number of areas

including:

• the role of the Board and oversight;

• composition, process and structure;

• engagement, meetings and debate;

• regulatory oversight;

• strategy and decision-making; and

• effectiveness of each of the four Committees.

One-to-one meetings were held by the Chief People Officer

with each Director and the Company Secretary to discuss their

comments and further input. The feedback was shared and

reviewed at the Board meeting in February 2026. The principles

and provisions of the Code and Guidance on Board Effectiveness

were covered.

The performance of the:

Chair was assessed by the Non-Executive Directors, led by the

Senior Independent Director;

Chief Executive was assessed by the Chair, in consultation with

the other Non-Executive Directors; and

Chief Financial Officer was assessed by the Chief Executive, in

consultation with the Chair and other Non-Executive Directors.

As a result of these reviews, it is considered that the performance

of each of the Directors continues to be effective and that each

Director demonstrates sufficient commitment to their role,

enhances the collective effectiveness of the Board, acts with

integrity, leads by example and promotes the desired culture.

Communication during the year was felt to have continued to be

good and debates were constructive, candid, open and supportive,

relationships between Directors were considered to be positive,

with a collaborative Board culture and members working together

to meet objectives.

The four Committees of the Board were also reviewed and overall

were felt to function well. The Chair is highly regarded by other

Directors and it was felt that engagement with shareholders and

other stakeholders had continued to improve and the right Board

structure had been developed over the last two years.

Suggestions for improvement were made with regard to:

• having longer strategic insight sessions;

sufficient time being allocated to build crisis and external impact

resilience;

presentations to the Board from middle management as well as

senior management; and

• further evolving the risk framework.

The improvements suggested in the Board and Committees

evaluation last year were felt to have been implemented,

specifically:

• enhancing the Board’s knowledge of product strategy;

• greater simplicity of external communications signed off by

the Board;

establishing an AI / EdTech committee attended by two Non-

Executive Directors;

two face-to-face informal sessions to be held between the Board

and Executive Committee; and

greater visibility of the Board Committees’ annual objectives at

each Committee meeting.

An externally facilitated Board evaluation was considered but it was

felt that an internally led review by the Chief People Officer would

be as effective given her skillset, experience and the support from

the Company Secretary. This will be reviewed again next year.

Executive Committee

The Executive Committee is chaired by the Chief Executive;

• The Executive Committee comprises the Chief Executive,

Chief Financial Officer and other senior managers within the

Company;

• The Executive Committee normally meets monthly to discuss

policy and operational issues. Those issues outside the Executive

Committee’s delegated authority levels set by the Board are

referred to the Board for its decision; and

• Non-Executive Directors can, on request, attend Executive

Committee meetings.

Directors’ conflicts of interests and independence

There are procedures in place to identify, authorise and manage

any conflict of interest of any Director with those of the Company.

This includes potential conflicts of interest being an agenda

item for each Board meeting. These procedures have operated

effectively during the year.

There were no conflicts of interest identified. None of the

independent Non-Executive Directors nor the Chair have any

personal financial interest in the Company other than through

fees received or as a shareholder. They are not involved in the

day-to-day running of the business and have no personal conflicts

of interest which could materially interfere with the exercise of their

independent judgement.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

86

Corporate

Governance Report

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

ESG

See the ESG Committee Report on pages 114 to 115

and the

various sections covering environmental, social and governance

matters in the Company’s Sustainability Report on pages 49 to 53.

Board diversity and inclusion policy

The Board is committed to ensuring appointments to the Board

promote diversity and an inclusive culture so that it has the

range of perspectives, experiences and backgrounds necessary

to support good decision-making. See pages 92 and 93

of the

Nomination Committee Report for further details.

Purpose and culture

The Board is responsible for the Company’s purpose, values and

strategy and for satisfying itself that these, and its culture, are

aligned. The Board monitors this in various ways:

The reviews presented at each Board meeting highlight matters

that show how the Company is pursuing its purpose and are

indicators of the health of the Company’s culture. This includes

metrics and updates on workforce matters including figures on

workforce changes and feedback from workforce engagement,

details of whistleblowing reports, health and safety statistics

on incidents and performance updates, legal compliance

activities, and reports on any regulatory matters and disputes that

have arisen.

During the year, Jamie Murray Wells, the designated Non-

Executive Director for workplace engagement, attended and

sponsored the RM Workforce Engagement Group, meeting with

employees to discuss their views and feedback on engagement

survey results.

The Audit and Risk Committee receives reports from internal

audits of procedure and practices across the Company, which

provides alerts to issues that could threaten the Company’s

culture.

• The Remuneration Committee reviews workforce remuneration

policies and practices and assesses their alignment with the

culture and strategy of the Company. Gender pay reports are

reviewed annually to ensure these are consistent with the

Company’s values.

• The Nomination Committee considers the Company’s diversity

and inclusion strategy, practices and progress to ensure it

reflects the Company’s values.

Stakeholder engagement – Section 172 statement

Engagement with the Company’s key stakeholders is vital to

building a business that provides valued products and services to

its customers, that employees are proud to be part of and that

rewards shareholders. See pages 73 to 75

of the Strategic Report

for details of how the Board engaged with its key stakeholders

during the year.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

87

Internal control

The Company maintains a system of internal control which

provides reasonable, but not absolute assurance against material

misstatements or loss, as it is designed to manage rather than

eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives. We

recognise RM operates in a competitive market that can be

affected by factors and events outside its control. Details of the

main risks faced by the Company are set out in the ‘Principal Risks

and Uncertainties’ table in the Strategic Report (refer to pages 42

to 45).

The Company maintains an ongoing process for identifying,

evaluating and managing risks.

The Audit and Risk Committee is regularly updated on the internal

control effectiveness, remediation plans and progress made against

these plans. Both the Board and the Audit and Risk Committee

have reviewed the operation and effectiveness of this framework

of risk management and internal control for the period and up

to the date of approval of the Annual Report. During the year,

enhancements that were made in the prior year to the internal

financial controls covering key processes within the purchase-

to-pay, order-to-cash, forecast-to-fulfil and record-to-report

processes, were embedded. The effectiveness of the controls were

regularly tested during the year by internal audit.

The Board and Audit and Risk Committee are satisfied with the

internal controls.

Further details are provided in the Audit and Risk Committee Report

on pages 94 to 100.

Corporate governance

Our governance framework sets a clear division of responsibilities of the Board members. A

table confirming the extent to which authority is delegated from the Board to its Executive

Directors and operating divisions is published on the Company’s intranet.

Financial reviews and planning

A regular review of actual results and variance analysis against prior periods and forecasts,

carried out at the divisional and Company level. The financial planning process has an annual

budget approved by the Board. The rolling forecasts are prepared monthly and presented to

the Board at monthly Board meetings.

Organisational structure

The clear and transparent organisational structure with reporting lines defined within our HR

system.

IT controls

Most financial transactions are recorded and, where required, approved utilising a system

automated workflow. Data transfers between our systems are either automated or imported

with minimal manual intervention to maintain the integrity of the data.

The inherent internal control weakness is reliance on off-system calculation of revenue

recognition for the Assessment division which is inherently complex and does not lend

itself to systemisation. We closely monitor these calculations, including inputs and outputs.

The calculations of provisions and adjusting items requiring management judgements

and estimates are closely monitored by the Chief Financial Officer and the Audit and Risk

Committee.

The Company has established controls and procedures over the security of data held on the

systems, including business continuity arrangements.

Employee engagement

Staff are aware of the delegated authority limits set by the Board and confirm their

understanding of our internal policies, which are contained on our Company intranet and in

our Code of Conduct. Staff have annual performance reviews with any training requirements

identified and agreed within six months. The Company operates a Whistleblowing Policy

which includes access to an independent helpline for anonymous reporting of concerns (see

page 70).

Treasury and tax procedures

Treasury is controlled by the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer. All transactions are checked

and monitored. All complex or large transactions are discussed in advance with the Board and

Executive Directors.

The Head of Tax maintains the UK and foreign jurisdiction tax compliance (except Indian

shared services operations) and the tax risk register.

Internal audit

The internal audit function performs various assurance reviews as part of the annual Internal

Audit Plan which is prepared by the Head of Internal Audit & Internal Control and shared with

the Financial Controller and Chief Financial Officer, where appropriate, before submission to

the Audit and Risk Committee for approval.

The implementation of recommendations arising from the internal audit reviews are

monitored by the Audit and Risk Committee.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

88

Corporate

Governance Report

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

FY25 key focuses of the Board

During the year the Board covered a range of activities as follows:

Link to

strategic

priorities

Governance

Strategy

People and

responsible business

Finance

Key activities

and discussions

in FY25

• Approved customer

contract wins and

extensions in line with

RM’s delegated authorities

• Considered reports

and presentations on

governance such as

internal controls updates,

data protection and cyber-

security

• Conducted an assessment

of the principal and

emerging risks facing

the Company, and the

effectiveness of the

internal controls and risk

management systems

• Attended to regulatory

matters, which included

the review and approval,

according to the Audit

and Risk Committee’s

recommendations, of

the 2024 Annual Report

and Accounts, and

2025 interim results

announcements

• Approved policies and

statements

• Received reports from

the Chief Executive on

performance against

the strategic priorities

• Considered updates

on the divisions, along

with key customer

and operational

developments

• Discussed and

monitored strategic

business initiatives,

including: a plan to

dispose of non-core

assets, separation

work to simplify the

group, and the use of

AI for marking

• Approved the

appointment of Singer

Capital Markets as sole

corporate broker

• Considered ways

of raising additional

capital

• Received

presentations on

people matters

including the

results of employee

engagement surveys,

employee initiatives

and updates on

whistleblowing

• Considered attrition

rates across RM

• Received a

presentation from

the Health and

Safety Manager

• Received updates

from the Chair of

the ESG Committee

on progress of

environmental and

social KPIs

• Discussed and

monitored

performance

versus budget and

forecast, trends and

KPI performance

throughout the year

• Considered the

Company’s financial

position, liquidity

headroom, banking

covenants and realistic

downside scenarios and

mitigations

• Received updates on the

legacy RM defined benefit

pension schemes and its

technical and accounting

valuations

• Considered adherence

to and effectiveness of

the Company’s banking

facility agreement

• Discussed and approved

a restructure of the

Australian legal entities

Key outcomes

• Approved customer

contract renewals with the

Singapore Examination

and Assessment Board

(RM Assessment) and

South Lanarkshire Council

(RM Technology)

• Documenting and

embedding of financial

and governance controls

across key business

processes

• Approved Modern Slavery

Statement 2025 and Anti-

Bribery and Corruption

Policy 2025

• Official launch of RM

Ava, RM’s adaptive vitrual

accreditation platform

• Invested a further

£6m in FY25 on

development

of RM Ava

• Successful equity

placing raising

£13.5m significantly

oversubscribed

• Two proof of concept

AI events hosted

and attended by

key customers and

members of the Board

• Approved FY26

environmental and

social KPIs

• Approved FY25

gender pay-gap

reporting (which

showed a gap in

favour of women)

• Approved the

actions from the

FY25 employee

engagement survey

• Approved the

FY26 budget

• Signed an amendment

and extension to the

Company’s banking

facility agreement to

July 2027

• Agreed with the

Consortium CARE defined

benefit pension scheme’s

trustee that company

contributions ceased from

1 June 2025 (subject to

the outcome of future

valuations)

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

89

On behalf of the Board, I

am pleased to present the

Nomination Committee

Report for the year ended 30

November 2025.

The Nomination Committee

The Nomination Committee (the

Committee) operates under Terms of

Reference approved by the Board. These

can be found on the Company’s website.

Committee membership

and attendance

The Nomination Committee during the

year ended 30 November 2025 was

comprised of Non-Executive Directors and

the Chair of the Board as detailed below:

• Helen Stevenson (Chair)

• Richard Smothers

• Christopher Humphrey

• Jamie Murray Wells

• Carolyn Dawson

The other Directors attend meetings as and

when required and by invitation.

The Nomination Committee held two

scheduled meetings during the period and

other ad hoc meetings. Attendance is set

out in the table to the left.

Roles and responsibilities

The Nomination Committee is responsible

for leading the process for Board

appointments, ensuring that plans are in

place for orderly succession to both the

Board and the Executive and overseeing

the development of a diverse pipeline for

succession.

The Committee’s responsibilities include:

Board composition

Evaluating the size, structure and

composition (including the balance of skills,

experience, knowledge, independence

and diversity) of the Board and making

recommendations to the Board with regard

to any changes.

Succession planning

Ongoing succession planning and

appointment procedures for Board and

Executive-level appointments.

Appointment process

Leading the process for Board

appointments and making

recommendations to the Board.

Sufficient time

Assessing whether Directors can commit

sufficient time to fulfil their responsibilities.

Diverse pipeline

Overseeing the development of a diverse

pipeline for succession for the Board and

Executive Committee and monitoring the

impact of diversity initiatives across the

Company.

Effectiveness

To report to the Board on how it has

discharged its responsibilities.

Focuses of the Nomination

Committee in 2025

During the year, the following key activities

were undertaken by the Committee:

• The recommendation for reappointment

at the Annual General Meeting of all

Directors standing for re-election based

on the evaluation of the Board and its

Committees.

• Considered succession planning

proposals from the Chief People Officer

for Executive Directors and other senior

management roles in the Company.

• Reviewed the outcome of the annual

Board and committee effectiveness

review.

No. of meetings attended

in the period/eligible to

attend

Helen Stevenson

2 / 2

Christopher Humphrey

2 / 2

Richard Smothers

2 / 2

Jamie Murray Wells

1 / 2

Carolyn Dawson

2 / 2

Nomination

Committee Report

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

90

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Succession planning

The Code stipulates that the Board should

establish a Nomination Committee to

‘ensure plans are in place for orderly

succession to both the Board and senior

management positions’. The Nomination

Committee seeks to ensure that the

Board’s composition, and that of its

committees, is appropriate to discharge its

duties effectively and successfully direct RM

to achieve its strategic objectives. During

the year, the Nomination Committee

considered the Board’s composition,

including the tenure of Directors, diversity

and the collective attributes of the Board,

such as experience, knowledge and

skills. The Board has a broad range of

knowledge stretching across technology

transformative experience, current

technology roles within education and

financial expertise.

Succession planning this year focused

on the Chief Executive’s role, the Chief

Financial Officer’s role and the remainder

of the Executive Committee to determine

whether there was an emergency

successor and longer term successor.

In respect of the Chief Executive’s

role, the Chief Executive worked with

the Chief People Officer to provide

recommendations to the Nomination

Committee about potential successors. In

respect of all other Executive Committee

roles, the Chief People Officer worked

with the relevant committee members

to provide a recommendation to the

Nomination Committee for potential

successors. Where skills gaps were

identified, actions were agreement with the

Committee.

Below Executive Committee level,

leadership training programmes with a third

party continued for employees identified as

future leaders.

Diversity

The Board is committed to ensuring

there is strong diversity throughout the

Company which is reflected in our Equity,

Diversity and Inclusion Policy. As a global

Company with employees based around

the world including the UK, India, United

Arab Emirates, Australia and Singapore, it

is important to us that we go beyond what

legislation says we need to do, but deliver

what we know to be right, and build a

diverse and inclusive environment, which

celebrates our peoples’ differences.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

91

At Board level, our aim, supported by the Nomination Committee, is to have a well-balanced Board with the appropriate skills, knowledge,

experience and diversity to meet the needs of our business and to drive our strategic plans. Two years ago there were six new

appointments to the Board, which required specific expertise to lead the Company’s recovery and transformation journey. While diversity

was a key consideration with search agencies, who were requested to provide a diverse pool of candidates in terms of both gender and

ethnicity, the Board needed to balance this alongside the specific experience requirements such as technology transformative experience

and relevant technology roles within education. This means that RM is yet to meet two out of three of the diversity Listing Rule targets

(see table below) and, given the short tenures currently served by members of the Board, achieving them in the short-term is challenging.

However, the Board remains fully committed to achieving all three Listing Rule targets in the medium-term.

The Board recognises the following objectives:

Objectives

Current position

Aim to achieve:

i.

female members

representing 40%

of the total Board

membership;

Currently, at the date this report was signed, female Board members comprise 29% of the Board, which is the

same as last year.

ii.

at least one senior

Board position is held

by a woman; and

The position of Chair is held by a woman and therefore this target has been met.

iii.

at least one member

of the Board is from

a non-white ethnic

minority background.

Currently, there is no Board member from a non-white ethnic minority background. Diversity has been, and

will continue to be, an area of focus in future Director searches.

A focus on diversity in

succession planning

and when seeking

to make Board-level

appointments.

Diversity is a key consideration for Board appointments and will continue to be with search agencies

requested to include a diverse pool of candidates in terms of both gender and ethnicity.

To consider

composition and

diversity as part of its

review of effectiveness

in the Board evaluation.

These matters were considered in the 2025 Board evaluation (see page 86 for details and Board composition

on pages 78 to 79 and 93).

To make key diversity

and inclusion

information about

the Board and senior

management available

in the Annual Report.

Data on diversity within RM under listing Rule 6 Annex 1 is shown below.

Gender diversity at Executive Committee level is 50%, an increase from 44% as at 30 November 2024.

Gender identity

Number of

Board members

Percentage

of the Board

Number of senior

positions on the Board

(CEO, CFO, SID and

Chair)

Number in

executive

management

Percentage

of executive

management

Men

5

71%

3

4

50%

Women

2

29%

1

4

50%

Not specified/prefer not to say

Data on diversity

Each member of the Board and member of the Executive Committee, as at 30 November 2025, self-reported their gender identity and

ethnic background through a fixed choice questionnaire with possible responses aligned to the specific categories in Listing Rule 6 Annex 1.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

92

Nomination

Committee Report

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Board and Committees evaluation

An evaluation of the effectiveness of the Board and its Committees was carried out in the year. For details including the outcomes and

actions taken, see page 86.

Board composition

The Board reviews the composition of the Board and the skills, knowledge and experience of its members, taking into account tenure and

diversity. Information on the skills, experience and knowledge of each Director is set out below and on pages 78 to 79 (Board of Directors).

The Committee considers the current Board membership provides the right mix of skills, knowledge and experience.

Board Skills, Knowledge

and Experience

Helen

Stevenson

Mark Cook

Simon

Goodwin

Christopher

Humphrey

Richard

Smothers

Carolyn

Dawson

Jamie

Murray Wells

Independence

Governance, Risk and Regulatory

Technology

Digital product management

Finance

Chief Executive and Leadership

Experience

Education sector

M&A/Restructuring

International

Stakeholder/Investor Relations/IP

Ethnic background

Number of

Board members

Percentage

of the Board

Number of senior

positions on the Board

(CEO, CFO, SID and

Chair)

Number in

executive

management

Percentage

of executive

management

White British or other White (including minority-white groups)

7

100%

4

7

87%

Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups

1

13%

Asian/Asian British

Black/African/Caribbean/Black British

Other ethnic group, including Arab

Not specified/prefer not to say

Helen Stevenson

Chair of the Nomination

Committee

4 March 2026

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

93

No. of meetings attended

in the period/Eligible to

attend

Richard Smothers

4 / 4

Christopher Humphrey

3 / 4

Jamie Murray Wells

3 / 4

Carolyn Dawson

4 / 4

The Audit and Risk

Committee

The Audit and Risk Committee (the

Committee) operates under Terms of

Reference approved by the Board. These

can be found on the RM website.

Committee membership and

attendance

The Committee during the year ended

30 November 2025 comprised:

• Richard Smothers (Chair of the

Committee)

• Christopher Humphrey

• Jamie Murray Wells

• Carolyn Dawson

All of the above were independent

Non-Executive Directors. The Company

considers that Richard Smothers has

significant recent and relevant financial

experience, as further described in the

Directors’ biographies section of this

Annual Report.

To encourage effective communication,

in addition to the above members, the

Chair (Helen Stevenson), Chief Executive

(Mark Cook), Chief Financial Officer

(Simon Goodwin), Company Secretary

(Daniel Fattal), Financial Controller (Richard

Welfare), Head of Internal Audit and

Internal Control (Cam Pearson), and other

management are invited to attend the

Committee meetings as appropriate.

The external auditor is also invited to attend

the Committee meetings as appropriate.

The Committee met four times during the

period. Attendance is set out in the table on

the left.

Three of these meetings were part

of the regular schedule of meetings set out

in the Committee’s Terms of Reference,

with an additional meeting being required

to finalise the FY24 Financial Statements.

These meetings are planned around the

Company’s financial calendar.

On behalf of the Board,

I am pleased to present the

Audit and Risk Committee

Report for the year ended

30 November 2025.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

94

Audit and Risk

Committee Report

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Annual committee objectives and progress

The Committee set a number of objectives for FY25 and agreed these with the Board. The objectives and progress are shown in the

table below.

The Committee has set the following objectives for FY26:

• Continue to monitor legislative and regulatory changes that

may impact the work of the Committee, including assessment

of readiness of compliance with the revised Corporate

Governance Code;

Continue with oversight of internal audit activities and findings,

including the IT separation;

To layout and agree a three year roadmap for risk management;

• Continue to monitor the progressive enhancements to internal

controls, including a transition to a controls-based audit

approach; and

Assess the first year of RSM audit with a view to evaluating

further efficiencies for subsequent years

Roles and responsibilities.

The Committee is responsible for carrying out the audit functions

as required by DTR 7.1.3R and assists the Board in fulfilling

its oversight responsibilities in respect of the Company. The

Committee’s responsibilities include:

Financial reporting

To review the reporting of financial and other information to the

shareholders of the Company and to monitor the integrity of the

Financial Statements, including the application of key judgements

Objective

Progress

Status

Assess the level of progress by

management on the overall improvement

in and assurance of internal controls and

the robustness of transition to sustainable

processes, target controls-based audit

for FY25

Initial phase of Process Guardian (key controls identification and

documentation) complete at the end of FY24.

During FY25:

• Controls continued to be embedded (through self-certification by

control owners on a quarterly basis, and semi-independent testing by

the Internal Audit & Internal Controls team); and

Additional controls were identified through internal audit reviews of

payroll, treasury and asset capitalisation.

Ongoing

Provide assurance to the Board on the

process for development of, and identifying

and managing, enterprise risks and

emerging risks, including AI, and horizon

planning to further strengthen a risk

management culture in RM

During FY25 the Risk Manager held individual meetings with the owner of

each functional component of the Company Risk Register, to review risks

and ratings and obtain updates on mitigations and emerging risks, with a

summary of the process presented to the Committee in September 2025.

The updated register forms the basis of the Principal Risks and

Uncertainties in this Annual Report.

Ongoing

Ensure there is alignment between the

assurance programmes in 2025 and RM’s

principal risks, including a review of the

efficacy of Internal Audit provision

FY25 Internal Audit plan was set with principal risks from the Company

Risk Register as a starting point, with further overlay from the Executive

team.

Six audits were completed during the year in line with the plan.

Efficacy of Internal Audit provision was demonstrated to the Committee

at each meeting through summaries of reports generated, ongoing

monitoring of open actions, and monthly controls KPIs reported to the

Board.

Complete

Provide assurance to the Board on the

approach and key judgements made in the

financial accounts for FY24

This was provided as part of the February and March 2025 Committee

meetings and documented in the Report of the Audit and Risk

Committee in the FY24 Annual Report.

Complete

Ensure there is a smooth transition of

auditor during FY25

Deloitte have formally resigned as auditors of RM plc, RM Education

Limited and RM Educational Resources Limited, and RSM UK Audit LLP

formally appointed. The FY25 audit has been successfully completed on

time and in line with expectations.

Complete

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

95

and estimates and to ensure their application is presented in a fair,

balanced and understandable manner.

Internal controls and risk management systems

To review and assess the adequacy of the systems of internal

control and risk management, ensuring that a robust assessment of

the principal risks facing the Company has been undertaken, and

monitor the risk profile of the business.

Compliance, whistleblowing and fraud

To review the adequacy and security of the Company’s

arrangements for its employees and contractors to raise concerns,

in confidence, about possible wrongdoing in financial reporting

or other matters, review the Company’s procedures for detecting

fraud, and review the Company’s systems and controls for ethical

behaviour, the prevention of bribery and modern slavery.

Internal audit

To approve the internal audit plan, review the effectiveness of the

internal audit function, review all significant recommendations, and

ensure they are addressed appropriately and in a timely manner.

External audit

To review the effectiveness and objectivity of the external audit

process, assess the independence of the external auditor and

ensure appropriate policies and procedures are in place to

protect such independence, to be responsible for the procedure

for the selection of the external auditor and recommend their

appointment.

Evaluation and reporting

To report to the Board on how it has discharged its responsibilities.

Committee meetings have formal agendas, which cover all of

the areas of responsibility set out in the Committee’s Terms of

Reference and also include an evaluation of the Committee.

These agendas include meetings with the external auditor without

Executive Directors or managers of the Company present.

Financial reporting

Financial Statements

The Committee reviewed the form and content of the Annual

Report and the interim results prior to their publication to provide

assurance that the disclosures made in the Financial Statements

were properly set in context.

The Committee reviewed and considered the following areas:

The methods used to account for significant or unusual

transactions where different approaches are possible;

• Whether the Company has followed appropriate accounting

standards and made appropriate estimates and judgements,

taking into account the views of the Company’s auditor;

The consistency of, and any changes to, accounting policies

both on a year-on-year basis and across the Company;

The consideration of errors and the restatement of financial

information related to prior years;

The clarity of disclosure in the Company’s financial reports;

• The supporting assumptions and considerations behind the

adoption of the statements relating to going concern and

financial viability;

• Management’s progress in remediating control deficiencies; and

Whether the Company’s financial report is fair, balanced and

understandable;

As part of this process the Committee received reports from the

Company’s management and the external auditor. The external

auditor provided their audit opinion along with audit findings that

were of significance in relation to the audit of the annual Financial

Statements. The Committee reviewed these reports with the

external auditor.

The significant areas of judgements and estimates identified by the

Committee, in conjunction with management and the external

auditor, together with a number of areas that the Committee

deemed significant are set out below:

Matter considered: revenue recognition

In long-term customer contracts the arrangements are often

complex, particularly with respect to variable consideration and

service performance measures.

These contracts can involve significant judgements that may

impact the recognition of revenue including:

• The identification of performance obligations included within the

contract;

• The allocation of revenue to performance obligations including

the impact of variable consideration;

The combination of goods and services into a single

performance obligation;

• The measurement of progress for performance obligations

satisfied over time; and

• The consideration of onerous contract conditions and

associated loss provisions;

RM has estimation with respect to the variable revenues based

on the number of exam scripts in a number of key contracts that

determine the transaction price over the life of the contract.

Additionally, during the financial year, the RM Assessment division

secured a modification of the AOS contract with International

Baccalaureate (IB), which requires significant judgements including

identification of the distinct performance obligations.

The financial statement items exposed to these judgements

include the accounting policies for revenue, key sources of

estimation uncertainty, critical accounting judgements, and the

revenue figures themselves.

Committee action:

The Committee received papers that included bi-annual updates

on the key judgements and estimates arising from the more

complex and significant contracts in respect of IFRS 15, which in

the period have related to Assessment contracts. The Committee

is also provided with a bi-annual update on any significant new

contracts throughout the business and the types of performance

obligations and judgements identified in these contracts.

During the year, management modified the IB AOS contract

which allowed for the recognition of revenue in the year from

development of the key components of the software on a ‘stage

of completion’ basis, on the basis that provision of a copy of

the software allows the Company to recognise the perpetual

licence as a separate performance obligation, with delivery tied

to development and the software having no alternative use due

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

96

Audit and Risk

Committee Report

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

to its bespoke nature.

The contract modification also allowed

a reassessment of margins used in determining standalone

selling price.

Additionally, management have continued to operate an approach

to revenue cutoff for the TTS division whereby on a formalised

basis, revenue is deferred at both the interim and full-year position

to most accurately reflect the transfer of control of the goods sold

to the customer. In respect of UK sales this is aligned to the service

level agreement provided by the delivery agent. For international

sales, cutoff is reviewed on a case-by-case basis in accordance

with the international commercial terms applied to significant

shipments close to the period end date.

Outcome:

The revenue recognition policy includes the disclosure of the

significant judgements and estimates in relation to its application

and the Committee is satisfied that these have been properly

disclosed. The Committee is satisfied that the disclosures given

within the accounts are sufficient to gain a proper understanding of

the methodology of accounting for revenue across the Company,

including the recognition of deferred and accrued income at the

balance sheet date.

Matter considered: classification of

adjusting items

The Company reports adjusting items, which are used by the Board

to monitor and manage the performance of the Company, in order

to ensure that decisions taken align with the Company’s long-term

interests. Adjusting items are identified by virtue of their size, nature

and incidence at a segment level.

The financial statement items exposed to this judgement are

the Alternative Performance Measures section of the significant

accounting policies, critical accounting judgements, the

consolidated income statement, and the Alternative Performance

Measures note.

Committee action:

The Committee reviews and challenges papers that set out

adjusting items and supporting detail associated with those

adjustments. Items that are new in year were discussed, including

restructuring costs in respect of target operating model changes

and the ongoing classification of advisory costs relating to the

Consortium CARE defined benefit pension scheme, which

following the declaration of discontinued operations for

Consortium during the year ended 30 November 2024 should

not be included within the trading results of RM TTS, as RM TTS

receives no benefit (i.e. the members of the scheme are former

Consortium employees).

Outcome:

The Committee is satisfied that the presentation of adjusting

items has been made appropriately in respect of size, nature and

incidence, and believes the disclosures in the Annual Report and

Accounts allow the reader to obtain a good understanding of the

nature of the adjustments made.

Matter considered: valuation and

classification of internally generated assets

During the year the Company has continued to develop the RM

Ava platform (formerly referred to as the Global Accreditation

Platform), which comprises the majority of the value within other

intangible assets on the balance sheet.

There is judgement in respect of whether internally generated

costs qualify for capitalisation, whereby the Company must be able

to demonstrate all of the following, in accordance with IAS 38:

• Completion of the asset is technically feasible;

There is an ability to use or sell the completed asset, including a

consideration of how it will generate probable future economic

benefits;

A market exists to sell externally (or, if it is to be used internally, a

use case exists);

Adequate technical, financial and other resources will be made

available to complete development and sell or use the asset; and

• Expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during

development can be measured reliably.

The financial statement items exposed to this judgement are the

accounting policies for capitalisation and amortisation, and other

intangible assets on the balance sheet, and costs and profit within

the income statement.

Committee action:

During the year the Committee received a summary of project

governance and capitalisation rates in respect of the balance

capitalised at 30 November 2025, together with updates on

improvements to governance and process (including ongoing

communications of guidance to operational teams for timesheet

compliance, and formalised quarterly reviews of blended day rates)

following the prior year audit. The Committee has also reviewed

a paper from management assessing impairment, which includes

specific review of the unamortised and incomplete RM Ava asset

under construction.

Outcome:

The Committee has reviewed management’s assessment and

classification of the above judgement and is satisfied that the

correct accounting treatment has been applied.

Matter considered: valuation of goodwill

At the beginning of the financial year, the Company carried

a significant asset balance of £22.3m in respect of goodwill

attributable to the TTS division. The impairment assessment

requires the application of judgement concerning future prospects

and forecasts.

This judgement requires an assessment of Weighted Average Cost

of Capital and the expected cash flows of the Company at a cash-

generating unit (CGU) level. The cash flows used in this assessment

are based on those presented and approved in the Company

budget process and included in the going concern assessment.

The financial statement items exposed to this judgement are the

goodwill section of the significant accounting policies, key sources

of estimation uncertainty, and the goodwill balance.

Committee action:

The Committee has reviewed the robustness of the impairment

model and challenged the appropriateness of assumptions used to

calculate and determine the existence of impairment.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

97

Outcome:

As no further impairment of goodwill was recognised, the

Committee is satisfied this is in line with expectations given the

assessment was based on Board-approved future projections.

Matter considered: going concern

The Committee reviews and considers the appropriateness of the

preparation of the accounts on a going concern basis. The June

2025 amendment and extension of the Company’s financing

facility includes two primary covenants, liquidity and the last 12

months’ (LTM) EBITDA, which have been effective throughout

the year ended 30 November 2025. Step downs in the liquidity

covenant have been defined during certain periods. The facility

matures in July 2027.

The financial statement items exposed to this judgement are the

going concern assertion in the significant accounting policies and

the critical accounting judgements.

Committee action:

The Committee reviewed papers that outlined a base case forecast

with associated cash flows which was aligned to the previously

approved three-year budget, noting the latest forecasts. A set

of scenarios were then assessed and applied to this forecast

to establish a reasonable worst-case scenario with associated

sensitivities to assess the impact of these scenarios occurring

concurrently. The Committee also noted the maturity date of the

banking facility and the uncertainties associated with refinancing,

reviewing management’s refinancing paper, and concluding that

these were not material to the going concern assessment and that

the period of consideration remains appropriate at 12 months.

Outcome:

The Committee assessed that a thorough process had been

adopted and were satisfied no material uncertainties existed, and

therefore concluded that it could recommend that the Company

can continue to adopt a going concern basis of accounting in

preparing the Financial Statements.

Conclusion of financial reporting

considerations

Management reported to the Committee that they were not

aware of any material misstatements in the Annual Report and

Accounts.

The auditor reported to the Committee that they had

found no material misstatements that required correction. The

Committee was also satisfied that the significant assumptions

used for determining the value of assets and liabilities had been

appropriately scrutinised, challenged and were sufficiently robust.

The Committee, at the Board’s request, also considered whether

the half-year results and the Annual Report were fair, balanced

and understandable and whether the information provided was

sufficient for the reader of the statements to understand the

Company’s position and performance, business model and

strategy.

The Committee reviewed both the narrative and financial sections

of the reports to ensure they were consistent and gave a balanced

view of the performance of the business in the year and that

appropriate weight was given to both positive and negative

considerations. The Committee also considered whether the half

year and full-year results announcements were presented clearly.

The Committee considered whether the Annual Report and

Financial Statements enables readers to understand the Company’s

financial position and prospects, as well as assess its going concern

status and longer-term viability.

External audit

Appointment of external auditor

The Committee recommended, and shareholders approved

at the Company’s Annual General Meeting on 7 May 2025, the

appointment of RSM UK Audit LLP as external auditor. This is RSM’s

first year as the Company’s auditors, and follows a tender process

carried out in 2024 which was described on pages 101 and 102 of

the 2024 Annual Report & Financial Statements.

The Committee is comfortable that the audit partner from RSM

is independent from the Company. This assessment is based on

internal review of relationships and confirmation by the audit firm.

The Committee will continue to review the auditor appointment

and anticipates that the audit will be put out to tender at least every

10 years. The Company has complied with the Statutory Audit

Services Order 2014 for the financial year under review.

Oversight of external audit

The Committee has reviewed the scope and results of the audit

services, the cost, effectiveness and independence, and objectivity

of the external auditor. This includes discussions with the external

auditor, in relation to areas of key focus and ensuring that the

external auditor challenges management appropriately, in particular

in relation to matters that require judgement to be exercised.

The Independent Auditor’s Report sets out the key matters

considered and how these have been addressed by the external

auditor, which were discussed with the Committee. The external

auditor also reports on other matters such as upcoming regulatory

changes, control observations and peer practices.

The Committee did not request additional areas to be reviewed

by the external auditor, other than set out above. Separately, the

external auditor briefs the Committee on new developments

that may affect the Company to help ensure that the Company

is suitably prepared and up to date with all new and forthcoming

accounting developments and disclosures.

Assessment of the effectiveness of the external audit is conducted

by way of an internal survey of members of the Committee, the

Chief Financial Officer and the internal finance team.

During the year the Committee reviewed the Company’s

compliance with the Financial Reporting Council’s “Audit

Committees and the External Audit: Minimum Standard”. This

standard outlines a number of requirements in respect of

responsibilities of audit committees, the process to tender for

a new auditor, oversight of the audit and auditor, and reporting.

While this is only mandatory for companies that have a premium

listing on the London Stock Exchange and that are also are a

constituent of the FTSE350 index, the Company has opted to

adopt the standard as evidence of its focus on governance. While

the Company has assessed it is compliant with the majority of

the standard, a number of actions have been taken to ensure full

compliance, which are expected to be implemented during the

next financial year.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

98

Audit and Risk

Committee Report

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Policy on non-audit work

The Audit and Risk Committee has considered the issue of the

provision of non-audit work by the external auditor and has agreed

a policy intended to ensure that the objectivity and independence

of the external auditor is not compromised. The policy sets a limit

for fees for non-audit work and states that non-audit work should

only be undertaken by the external auditor where there is a clear

benefit to the Company in doing so. Any significant activity must

be approved, in advance, by at least two Audit and Risk Committee

members.

The Audit and Risk Committee’s policy is to include a cap on fees

for non-audit work of 15% of the annual audit fee. In exceptional

circumstances it may be appropriate for the auditor to carry out

non-audit work in excess of this cap. If this is the case the type of

work and the fee is considered very carefully by the Audit and Risk

Committee in advance of appointing the auditor to do the work

and with reference to the FRC’s 2019 Ethical Standard.

Fees for non-audit work in the period were less than 1% (£10k) of

the annual audit fee, which related to the banking facility covenant

compliance review. The banking facility covenant requires an

external assurance on the covenant compliance, and it is common

for this to be performed by the auditor as there is significant

leverage from the work performed from the audit. No interim

review was performed during the financial year.

Review of risk management and internal

control

As with any business, RM is exposed to risks as an inherent part of

creating value for shareholders. As described below, the Company

has put in place processes designed to identify these principal risks

and to manage and mitigate the effect of them. The Committee is

responsible for ensuring that risks are properly considered, and the

Board is responsible for deciding what risks should be taken and

how best to manage and mitigate the risks.

The Committee is responsible for monitoring the effectiveness of

the Company’s internal system of control.

Assessment of control environment

During the year, the Company continued to evolve its control

framework, with key financial controls now in operation across the

workstreams of Purchase to Pay, Order to Cash, Forecast to Fulfil

(for inventory) and Record to Report. Additional controls across

the areas of capital expenditure, payroll and treasury, identified via

internal audits carried out as part of planned activity during the

year, will become operational during the next financial year.

The Committee has been updated regularly with respect to

the results of quarterly self-certification by control owners, and

independent sample testing carried out by the Internal Audit and

Internal Controls team. Further work is required, as expected,

in order to embed controls fully and reduce the level of control

failures identified by this sample testing. As a result, the auditors

have elected to test and place reliance on controls over payroll,

and have continued to undertake a substantive audit approach in

all other areas for the year ended 30 November 2025.

Management has provided the Committee with assurance that

where controls were not designed, implemented or operating

effectively, there were appropriate mitigating actions in place to

conclude that the Financial Statements do not contain material

errors.

The Committee continues to stay abreast of corporate governance

reforms. The 2024 Corporate Governance Code will apply to the

Company with effect from the year ended 30 November 2026,

with the changes to Provision 29 taking effect a year later.

Management will shortly commence a programme to ensure

the required actions are identified to allow a clear pathway to

compliance.

The most significant risks the Company is exposed to are set out in

the Principal Risks and Uncertainties section of the Strategic Report

on pages 42 to 47.

Control environment

– The Board has put in place an

organisational structure with clearly defined lines of responsibility

and delegation of authority to members of the Executive

Committee. A Company-wide approval matrix is in place, and

individuals are made aware of their level of authority and their

budgetary responsibility which enables them to identify and

monitor financial performance. There are established policies

and procedures, which have been further refined, documented

and refreshed during the year through the provision of a Policy

Committee. The Boards of the operating companies work within

terms of reference and any matters outside those terms or the

agreed business plan are referred to the Company Board for

approval.

Identification and evaluation of business risks and control

objectives

– The Board has the primary responsibility for

identifying the principal business risks facing the Company and

developing appropriate policies to manage those risks. It delegates

responsibility for operational risks to the Executive Committee,

which meets monthly.

During the year, the Company has operated its enterprise risk

framework model, which is overseen by the Board and reviewed by

the Committee at least once a year or when there are significant

changes affecting the Company’s risk profile.

Further details in relation to the processes for identifying and

managing Company risks are set out in Managing the Company’s

Risks on pages 40 and 41.

Public reporting

– The Committee reviews and comments upon

both the Company’s annual and interim results prepared by

management, together with any other trading statements that are

issued.

Management information

– Executive Committee members are

required to produce a budget for approval at the beginning of each

financial year. Detailed financial reporting is formally compiled

monthly and reviewed by the Board. Consolidated management

accounts are produced each month and results measured against

budget and against the previous year to identify any significant

variances. Forecasts are produced periodically during the year, with

variances to budget being measured.

Monitoring

– The Committee meets periodically to review

reports from management and the external auditor in order to

derive reasonable assurance on behalf of the Board that financial

control procedures are in place and operate effectively. An internal

audit plan is set with the Committee on an annual basis, and

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

99

updates on progress are provided periodically. The internal audit

work is performed by an in-house team, managed by a qualified

accountant and experienced internal auditor who has regularised

reporting to the Chair of the Committee. Third-party specialists

may be utilised to undertake internal audits where insufficient

resource or specialist knowledge is available in-house.

Internal audit

The Head of Internal Audit and Internal Control recommends an

annual internal audit plan, focused on operational and financial

controls and risk areas, which is then reviewed and approved by

the Committee. The financial controls include controls to address

fraud risks. There have been no fraud instances during the year.

The Head of Internal Audit and Internal Control reports on progress

against this plan at Committee meetings and has a direct route to

the Committee Chair.

The external auditor does not rely on internal audit to substitute

any audit work required to form their opinion on the Financial

Statements.

Previously, an independent third party carried out a routine audit

that reviews adherence to the agreed controls and processes

in the Indian subsidiary.

During FY25, the statutory audit of the

Indian subsidiary by the RSM member firm provided an opinion on

financial controls.

The internal audit function has also completed audits of:

• Processes and controls:

z

Within the Treasury and Payroll functions; and

z

Governing asset capitalisation

• Sales governance in the RM Assessment division

• Marketing within the RM TTS division

Order to cash leakage within the RM TTS division

Cyber security risks and controls within the RM TTS division

Internal audit activities for FY25 were undertaken by the in-house

team, with the exception of the review of cyber security which

utilised the services of a third-party specialist.

The in-house team have also spent time during FY25 overseeing

periodic self-certification of key financial controls by control

owners, and undertaking independent sample testing of those

controls to determine whether they remain effective, which is

expected to continue in future years.

The FY26 internal audit plan, which was approved by the

Committee during the year, has been designed to align with the

most significant risk outputs from the enterprise risk management

process.

Whistleblowing Policy

The Company has adopted a formal Whistleblowing Policy and

more details may be found in the Governance Report on page 70.

Anti-bribery

RM conducts all its business in an honest and ethical manner and

seeks to ensure that all associates and business partners do the

same. The Company has implemented policies and procedures to

ensure that it is transparent and ethical in all business dealings as

referenced in the Governance Report on pages 68 and 69.

Richard Smothers

Chair, Audit and Risk Committee

4 March 2026

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2024

100

Audit and Risk

Committee Report

continued

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

100

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

101

This report is divided into the following sections:

Part A

Remuneration Committee Chair’s statement: which

provides an overview of the report, the functioning and

membership of the Remuneration Committee, and

the major activities and outcomes for the year ended

30 November 2025; and

Part B

Implementation Report: which sets out the

payments and awards made to Directors for the year

ending 30 November 2025 and how the Directors’

Remuneration Policy will operate for the year ending

30 November 2026.

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to

present the Remuneration Committee

Report for the year ended 30 November

2025

.

Roles and responsibilities

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for setting a

formal and transparent procedure for developing the Policy

on Director remuneration in accordance with the Code.

The Committee’s responsibilities include:

Reviewing the appropriateness of the Directors’

Remuneration Policy

• Determining with the Board the Policy for remuneration

of the Executive Directors, Chair of RM, and for senior

executives; ensuring the alignment to the Policy with RM’s

purpose, values, and strategy, and promoting the long-

term success of RM;

• Setting remuneration; and

• Setting and authorising annually the remuneration of

the Chair, Executive Directors, and senior executives in

accordance with the Policy and with due account taken

of all relevant factors, such as individual and Company

performance and remuneration payable by companies of

a comparable size and complexity.

Workforce remuneration

Reviewing workforce remuneration and related policies

across the Company and taking account of this in setting

Executive Director remuneration.

Incentive plans

Approving all performance-related pay schemes, targets

set, and total annual payments made under these schemes.

Reviewing such schemes to ensure these plans are

structured appropriately and are consistent.

Discretion

Determining whether discretion should be exercised to

ensure payments are fair.

Effectiveness

To report to the Board on how it has discharged its

responsibilities and making appropriate recommendations.

Part A – Remuneration Committee Chair’s Statement

Remuneration

Committee Report

Part A – Remuneration Committee

Chair’s statement

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2024

102

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

102

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Stakeholder engagement

I would like to thank our shareholders for their continued support

this year.

As the continuing Chair of the Remuneration Committee, I remain

available to discuss remuneration with shareholders and will be

available to answer questions at the forthcoming AGM.

Performance during the year ended 30 November

2025

The financial performance for the year was strong with adjusted

operating profit of £11.5m in line with market expectation (profit

before tax of £3.2m) and significant progress has been made on

most of the strategic initiatives set.

Bonus award for 2025

The Committee assessed the performance of each of the three

targets making up the Executive Directors’ FY25 bonus: adjusted

operating profit, free cash flow, and the transformation objectives.

Each target had an equal weighting of one third.

The adjusted operating profit for FY25 of £11.5m meant RM

exceeded threshold but did not meet target. The free cash flow

target range of -£2m to £2m, with a target of £0m, was not met;

while RM successfully completed an equity raise, and completed

some deleveraging with sales of IP licenses, there was no reduction

of underlying net debt during the year.

The transformation objectives included seven key objectives central

to stabilising and progressing the strategy (see page 105 for details).

After a thorough assessment by the Committee, it was determined

that the transformation objectives had been 53% achieved.

In total, the targets were achieved at 30.2% of maximum on a

formulaic basis meaning a bonus payable of 33.2% of salary (out

of a maximum of 110%) for the Executive Directors. However,

following a request by the Executive Directors to ensure that

bonuses could be applied appropriately to the wider leadership

team, the Committee adjusted the amount payable to the Executive

Directors to 28.0% of salary.

2023 Long-term incentive plan (LTIP)

The annual report on remuneration also gives details of the

vesting outcomes for the LTIP awards granted in January 2023

for Mark Cook and August 2023 for Simon Goodwin. The

awards vest in January 2026 and August 2026, respectively. The

relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) target (40% of the award)

measured over the performance period of three financial years to

30 November 2025 was met in full, with RM ranked 11 out of 104

companies in this period; however, the absolute TSR target (60% of

the award) was not met over the performance period and so this

part of the award lapses. Therefore, the 2023 LTIPs will vest at 40%

in total.

Each of our Executive Directors received further LTIP awards in

FY25. Details of performance conditions are set out later in the

Directors’ Remuneration Report but are broadly: (i) 40% based on

relative TSR; and (ii) 60% based on demanding absolute TSR growth.

Discretion

The Board did not exercise discretion (positive or negative)

regarding Directors’ remuneration outcomes during the year, save

for the negative discretion applied to reduce the formulaic outcome

of the FY25 bonus (see above). The Committee considers that

the overall pay outcome for the year ended 30 November 2025

is justified and appropriate given the overall performance of the

business and the performance of the Executive Directors.

Remuneration in 2026

Our intention is to continue to apply our Directors’ Remuneration

Policy in 2026 in a way which is closely aligned with how we applied

our Policy in 2025. We will operate our annual bonus plan again in

2026. This is a critical year, and we propose a slightly different set of

measures, which the Committee agree are better methods to drive

performance. We will again apply an adjusted operating profit (AOP)

target, as our most important operational goal. Instead of cash,

we will measure deleveraging success. We will add growth targets,

which will be a mix of pipeline of customers and total contract value

(TCV), accrued in-year, and apply transformation objectives again.

These will make up a total set of metrics for Executive Directors’

bonuses. Weightings will be 30% AOP, 30% deleveraging, 30%

growth, and 10% transformation objectives. These performance

metrics ensure alignment with our strategic focus for the year.

We also intend to make further LTIP awards in 2026 using relative

TSR as a single metric for simplicity and since the Company’s share

price is at a more normalised level than in previous years. Further

details are set out on page 110.

Actions on base salary for FY26 are different to last year. External

factors have impacted the total pay bill for RM; increases to UK

Employer’s National Insurance, and UK National Minimum Wage,

are not insignificant. The Committee and the Executive Team

therefore made the decision not to increase senior leader base pay

for FY26 and for FY26 our Chief Executive’s annual salary will remain

£391,040, our Chief Financial Officer’s annual salary will remain

£290,871, and all Non-Executive Director’s fees will remain at the

same levels as in FY25. Details are provided in the section 8 table

on page 109. Across the business the wider average increases for

salaries will be 2% for UK-based employees, 5% for our colleagues in

India, and 3% in other countries, led by market dynamics.

The decision to freeze board pay levels in FY26 is in no way a

reflection of personal and business performance. Since the Chief

Executive’s appointment, RM’s performance has risen across

measures with adjusted operating profit now over £11m. However,

the Executive team felt their focus should be on rewarding talent

within their teams, while controlling overall costs. Future Chief

Executive and other senior roles’ salary reviews will consider all these

factors, and we will review benchmarking again next year.

Our Chief Executive will be awarded LTIP shares worth 200% of base

salary (FY25 was also 200% of base salary) in 2026. The FY26 award

is in line with the annual award limit in the Directors’ Remuneration

Policy. The Committee considers this FY26 LTIP award level to be an

appropriate recognition of the progress made by the Chief Executive

in leading our business’ recovery since his appointment. It also

reflects feedback from some of our major investors that they wish

to see our Chief Executive further incentivised with long term share

awards.

Looking forward

At our 2026 AGM, shareholders will be asked to approve the

Directors’ Remuneration Report for 2025, which will be the normal

annual advisory vote on such matters.

I hope that our shareholders will remain supportive of our approach

to Executive pay at RM and vote in favour of this resolution at our

2026 AGM. I will be available to answer questions on the Directors’

Remuneration Report at the AGM, and if any shareholder wishes

to contact me in advance of that meeting to discuss any matters

disclosed in the report, I can be reached via the Company Secretary.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

103

1. Directors’ remuneration – single figure of remuneration (AUDITED)

The tables below set out a single figure of remuneration for each of the Directors in respect of the year ended 30 November 2025 and, in

respect of those Directors, the equivalent figures for the year ended 30 November 2024. The table has been audited.

Salary/

fees

£000

Taxable

benefits

£000

Annual

bonus

£000

LTIPs

(vested)

£000

Retirement

Benefits

1

£000

Other

4

£000

Total

£000

Total

Fixed

Remuneration

Total

Variable

Remuneration

£000

3

Name

2025

2024

2025

2024

2025

2024

2025

2024

2025

2024

2025

2024

2025

2024

2025

2024

2025

2024

Executive

Mark Cook

2

386

372

10

10

108

308

365

-

15

14

-

-

884

704

411

396

473

308

Simon

Goodwin

288

280

10

10

80

232

125

-

17

16

-

-

520

538

315

306

205

232

Non-Executive

Helen

Stevenson

154

149

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

154

149

154

149

-

-

Richard

Smothers

53

52

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

53

52

53

52

-

-

Jamie

Murray Wells

53

48

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

53

48

53

48

-

-

Carolyn

Dawson

53

48

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

53

48

53

48

-

-

Christopher

Humphrey

51

53

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

51

53

51

53

-

-

Total

1038

1002

20

20

188

540

490

0

32

30

0

0

1768

1592

1090

1052

678

540

1

The section below headed ‘Retirement benefits’ explains how those benefits have been calculated and presented in the above tables.

2

Total fixed remuneration is the aggregate of the base salary, pensions, and benefits. Total variable remuneration is the aggregate of the bonus and vested LTIPs.

3

Individuals who were no longer Directors in the year ending 30 November 2025 have not been included in the above table. Details of their change in remuneration can

be found in previous Annual Reports to the extent this was required to be provided. These are available on the RM website in the Reports section.

The following provides details of how the ‘single figure’ has been calculated:

Annual salary:

The annual salaries of the Executive Directors were increased in April FY25 and changed to:Chief Executive

£391,040 FY25 from £376,000 FY24 (£365,000 from appointment on 16 January 2023) and Chief Financial

Officer £290,871 FY25, £283,500 FY24 (£275,000 from appointment on 29 August 2023).

Taxable benefits:

These comprise taxable benefits including private healthcare and car allowance. The figure included in the

above table in respect of such benefits is calculated based on the taxable value.

Annual bonus:

The Committee decided that the bonuses payable to the Executive Directors for the year ending

30 November 2025 are as shown in the table above and relate to the attainment of financial and

transformation strategic objectives as described below.

Long-term

incentive plans:

The 2023 LTIPs vesting in 2026 are shown after applying the outcome of the performance conditions and

valued using the average share price for the three months ending 30 November 2025, being 104.5p.

Retirement benefits:

Retirement benefits are provided via a defined contribution and/or cash supplement. Contributions for the

current Executive Directors have been set at 4.5% to 7%, the same contribution range being used for the UK

workforce (UK employees receive contribution rates at 4.5% to 7%, depending on employee salary sacrifice

election).

Non-Executive pay

review:

Details of Non-Executive Director fees for 2025 and 2024 are summarised in paragraph 8 (Statement of

Implementation), on page 109.

Part B – Implementation Report

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

104

Remuneration

Committee Report

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

FY25 Annual bonus metrics

Metric

Overall weighting

(% of max bonus)

Target range

Performance

outcome

Vesting attained

(% of this part)

Threshold

(20% vesting)

On-target

(50% vesting)

Stretch

(100% vesting)

Adjusted Operating Profit

(1)

33.3%

£11m

£12m

£13m

£11.5m

12.5%

Free Cash Flow (adjusted

net debt)

33.3%

£(2)m

£0m

£2m

£(11.6)m

1

0%

Transformation objectives

33.3%

Remuneration Committee assessment

17.7%

Total vesting (% of maximum bonus)

30.2%

1.

Net debt reduced by £1.1m to £50.6m at 30 November 2025; however, since the improvement was attributable to the equity raise in October 2025, the Committee

determined that no bonus is payable relating to the free cash flow target.

As shown in the table above, one-third of the maximum opportunity for the FY25 annual bonus related to adjusted operating profit

performance. The adjusted operating profit for FY25 was £11.5m, meaning that the target was 37.5% met (12.5% of the 33.3% weighting).

The cash target, also one-third of the maximum opportunity, was not met, as mentioned above.

The remaining third of the maximum opportunity related to the attainment of transformation objectives. These objectives included the

following key matters:

Growth plans and achievement of pipeline and order books

• Improving customer experience

Development of RM Ava, our RM Assessment platform and delivery of our portfolio roadmap

• ESG, workforce capability, and culture goals

Delivery of targeted cost efficiencies within the operating model.

Each transformation objective was reviewed in detail by the Committee with evidence provided to support each outcome. The Committee

agreed that 53% had been achieved (17.7% of the 33.3% weighting).

The maximum annual bonus for each Executive Director was 110% of base salary, and accordingly the total vesting level shown above

(30.2% of maximum bonus) produced FY25 annual bonus outcomes of 33.2% of salary for the Chief Executive (£128,152) and Chief

Financial Officer (£95,616). Although the formula outcome of 33.2% of salary was achieved, following a request by the Executive Directors

to ensure that bonuses could be applied appropriately to the wider leadership team, the Committee adjusted the amount payable to the

Executive Directors to 28.0% of salary. This equated to a bonus of £107,536 for the Chief Executive and £79,990 for the Chief Financial

Officer.

2023 Long-term Incentive Plans vesting in 2026 (AUDITED)

For the 2023 LTIP awards granted on 16 January 2023 to Mark Cook and 29 August 2023 to Simon Goodwin, they are subject to the

achievement of performance measures. Vesting of the 2023 LTIP awards is detailed in the table below.

Measure

Weighting

Targets

Performance

period

Outcome

Vesting

TSR relative to FTSE

SmallCap

40%

0% vesting for below median

performance

25% vesting for median performance

100% vesting for upper quartile

performance or greater

Straight-line vesting between

these points

1 December 2022 to

30 November 2025 (two-

month averaging)

Above upper quartile

100%

Absolute TSR

60%

25% vesting at 120 pence

100% vesting 195 pence

Straight-line vesting between

these points

1 December 2022 to

30 November 2025 (two-

month averaging)

111 pence

0%

Total vesting

40%

The Company achieved a relative TSR ranking of 11 out of 104 companies, comfortably inside the upper quartile.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

105

Accordingly, the total number of LTIP shares that vested in relation to the performance period completed as at the period end and which

are reflected in the single figure table on page

104, is detailed in the table below.

Date of grant

Total no. of shares

% vesting for

performance

No. of awards

vesting

Total value on

vesting

Transfer of award /

earliest vesting

Mark Cook

16 Jan 2023

873,763

40%

349,505

£365,233

16 Jan 2026

Simon Goodwin

29 Aug 2023

300,000

40%

120,000

£125,400

29 Aug 2026

The potential value of the 2023 LTIP awards were calculated using the average share price for the 3 months ending 30 November 2025, being 104.5p.

2. Long-term Incentive Plans awarded during FY25 (AUDITED)

During the year ended 30 November 2025, the following long-term incentive awards were made.

Name

Type of

share

award

Grant

date

No. of

Shares

under

award

Face value

of award

at grant

£000

% of

annual

base

salary

Percentage

that would vest

at threshold

performance

The end of the period

over which the

performance conditions

must be fulfilled

A summary of performance

targets and measures

3

Mark Cook

Nil cost

Option

31 March

2025

786,010

782.1

200%

25%

30 November 2027

40% – relative TSR

60% – absolute TSR

• Underpin: Committee to

consider overall performance

of the Company and the

contribution of the individual

before vesting

Simon Goodwin

Nil cost

Option

31 March

2025

292,332

290.9

100%

25%

30 November 2027

1

Awards granted under the LTIP Scheme (RM Performance Share Plan 2019).

2

The face value of the award has been calculated by multiplying the maximum number of shares in the award by the average share price over the preceding trading day

on the date of grant of the award. The face value of award was 99.5p. The exercise price per share is £0.00.

3

Forty percent (40%) of the award is based on RM’s relative TSR performance for the period from 1 December 2024 to 30 November 2027. RM’s relative TSR performance

shall be measured against the TSR performance of the companies within the FTSE Small Cap (excluding Investment Trusts) Index (Comparator Group) over the above

period. Vesting will occur on a sliding scale between median (25%) and upper quartile or above (100%). Sixty percent (60%) of the award is subject to a performance

condition relating to the performance of RM’s TSR against absolute targets also measured at the end of the same three-year period and vesting on a sliding scale between

120p (25%) and 195p or above (100%). The award is also subject to an underpin, whereby the Committee will consider overall performance of RM and the contribution of

the individual before the award may vest.

3. Performance graph – Total Shareholder Return

The following graph illustrates RM’s total shareholder return for the 10 years ended 30 November 2025, relative to the performance of the

FTSE SmallCap (ex. Investment Trusts). The FTSE SmallCap represents a broad equity index of which RM has been a constituent member

for most of the period shown and, therefore, has been selected as a comparator for this reason.

Total Shareholder Return Value (£)

RM

FTSE SMALL CAP (ex IT)

Source: Datastream (a LSEG product)

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

106

Remuneration

Committee Report

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

4. History of Chief Executive pay

The table below sets out details of the total pay for each of the persons who have performed the role of Chief Executive for the current

year and the preceding 10 financial years. The ‘single figure’ is calculated using the same methodology as that used for the ‘single figure’ of

remuneration table in paragraph 1 above.

The pay-out of incentive awards as a proportion of the maximum opportunity for the period.

Year

Chief Executive

Single Figure

(£000)

Annual variable element award rates

against maximum opportunity

Long-term incentive vesting rates

against maximum opportunity

2016

David Brooks

655

45.0%

100.0%

2017

David Brooks

713

73.0%

36.0%

2018

David Brooks

982

64.0%

100.0%

2019

David Brooks

553

41.0%

0%

2020

David Brooks

792

0%

100.0%

2021

1

David Brooks

133

0%

0%

Neil Martin

628

35.8%

38.5%

2022

Neil Martin

405

0%

0%

2023

2

Neil Martin

135

0%

0%

Mark Cook

558

34.0%

0%

2024

Mark Cook

704

81.9%

0%

2025

Mark Cook

884

28.0%

40.0%

4

David Brooks from 1 December 2020 to 28 February 2021. Neil Martin from 1 March 2021 to 30 November 2021.

5

Neil Martin from 1 December 2022 to 15 January 2023, Mark Cook from 16 January 2023 to 30 November 2023.

5. Relative Importance of Spend on Pay

The following table sets out, in respect of the year ended 30 November 2025 and the immediately preceding financial year, the total

remuneration paid to all employees as compared to other significant distributions and payments.

2025 (£m)

2024 (£m)

Total remuneration to employees

1

54.2

55.9

Dividends paid

2

-

-

Corporation tax paid/(refunded)

2

0.4

(1.1)

Defined benefit pension cash contribution

2

1.4

4.3

1

Includes remuneration paid to Executive Directors. Note 7 of the Financial Statements shows how this has been calculated, figures for social security costs, pension

costs and share based payments have been excluded.

2

These payments have been added for context as other significant payments made by RM. These figures have been extracted from the Cash Flow Statement.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

107

6. Percentage change in remuneration of Directors

The following tables set out the percentage change for the following elements of remuneration paid to Directors and UK employees over

the periods outlined below.

% Change in Year Ending

Executive Director

Remuneration Elements

November 30,

2025

November 30,

2024

November 30,

2023

November 30,

2022

Mark Cook

Base Pay/Fees

1

3.7%

16.3%

n/a

n/a

Taxable Benefits

2

0.2%

18.9%

n/a

n/a

Annual Bonus

(64.9)%

155.9%

n/a

n/a

Simon Goodwin

Base Pay/Fees

1

2.7%

294.3%

n/a

n/a

Taxable Benefits

2

1.6%

293.4%

n/a

n/a

Annual Bonus

(65.5)%

759.3%

n/a

n/a

Total UK Employees

Base Pay/Fees

1

5.7%

6.8%

(7.0)%

5.5%

Taxable Benefits

2

(10.8)%

18.9%

4.1%

(10.9)%

Annual Bonus

(63.5)%

163.0%

(70.0)%

(3.0)%

1

Base pay/fees reflect annual salary increase in April 2025.

Employee base pay reflects salary increases as well as starters and leavers throughout FY25

2

Taxable benefits include car allowance and any additional cash allowances paid.

RM plc does not have any employees. The comparator group therefore comprises all employees of the UK subsidiaries (excluding Directors) who were employed

throughout the full financial year on a full-time equivalent basis.

The elements of remuneration have been calculated based on pay during the period compared with the previous year.

No bonus paid for the period 1 December 2021 to 30 November 2022. Bonus includes annual bonus and commission only and not any other non-performance-related

payments made to employees. Bonuses in table 6 relate to those actually paid in respect of the years ended 30 November 2021 and 30 November 2022.

% Change in Year Ending

Non - Executive Director

Remuneration Elements

November 30

2025

(1)

November 30

2024

(1) and (2)

November 30,

2023

November 30,

2022

Helen Stevenson

Base Pay/Fees

2.7%

7.9%

31.0%

0.0%

Richard Smothers

Base Pay/Fees

2.4%

18.3%

n/a

n/a

Taxable Benefits

n/a

n/a

Annual Bonus

n/a

n/a

Jamie Murray Wells

Base Pay/Fees

9.7%

1218.8%

n/a

n/a

Taxable Benefits

n/a

n/a

Annual Bonus

n/a

n/a

Carolyn Dawson

Base Pay/Fees

9.7%

1218.8%

n/a

n/a

Taxable Benefits

n/a

n/a

Annual Bonus

n/a

n/a

Christopher Humphrey

Base Pay/Fees

(3.47)%

185.4%

n/a

n/a

Taxable Benefits

n/a

n/a

Annual Bonus

n/a

n/a

1

Increases are due to a fee increase during FY24 and FY25 and changing Committee Chair responsibilities (e.g. Christopher Humphrey resigned as Chair of the

Remuneration Committee on 1 June 2024, with Carolyn Dawson appointed). Larger increases in FY24 are due to a full year’s fee in FY24 versus a portion in FY23.

2

Individuals who were no longer Directors in the year ending 30 November 2025 have not been included in the above table. Details of their change in remuneration

are detailed in previous Annual Reports to the extent this was required to be provided. These are available on the RM website in the Reports section. As mentioned in my

Statement, the Committee agreed to forgo any fee increases in FY26.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

108

Remuneration

Committee Report

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

7. Chief Executive pay ratio

The following table sets out the Chief Executive pay ratios for the year ended 30 November 2025. This compares the Chief Executive’s

total remuneration with the equivalent remuneration for the employees paid at the 25th (P25), 50th (P50) and 75th (P75) percentile of RM’s

UK workforce. The total remuneration for each quartile employee, and the salary component within this, is also outlined in the table below.

Our median for all employees to Chief Executive pay ratio is 17.5:1, which is based on a Chief Executive Single Figure of £884,000.

Year

Method

25th Percentile Pay

Ratio

Median Pay

Ratio

75th

Percentile

Pay Ratio

2025

A

27.5:1

17.5:1

13.5:1

2024

A

23.0:1

14.8:1

11.5:1

2023

A

20.8:1

14.1:1

9.6:1

2022

A

15.6:1

11.2:1

7.4:1

2021

A

25.6:1

18.3:1

12.1:1

2020

A

33.3:1

23.9:1

15.8:1

The table below provides further information on the total remuneration figure used for each quartile employee, and the salary component

within this.

Year

25th

Percentile

Median

75th

Percentile

2025

Salary

£26,900

£42,500

£61,167

2025

Total Pay

£32,156

£50,523

£65,529

Method A was chosen as the statistically most accurate calculation. The total remuneration on a full-time equivalent basis as of 30 November 2025 for all UK employees

was calculated and employees ranked accordingly.

Full-time equivalent P11D values for benefits, such as private medical healthcare, have been used for anyone in receipt of the particular benefit as of 30 November 2025.

Pension values are not calculated on the same basis as the Chief Executive’s figure but rather based on the employer contribution as a percentage of salary as of

30 November 2025. This approach allows meaningful data for a large group of individuals to be obtained in a more efficient way.

The median pay ratio is considered consistent with the pay, reward and progression policies for RM’s UK employees taken as a whole.

8. Statement of implementation

This section sets out how the policy will be implemented in the year commencing on 1 December 2025.

Remuneration in 2026

Salary and fees: As explained in the Remuneration Committee Chair’s statement introducing this report, the Chief Executive will not receive

an annual pay rise in FY26, nor will the Chief Financial Officer, in-line with our UK pay strategy this year. The salaries of the Chief Executive

and Chief Financial Officer will therefore remain £391,040 and £290,871 respectively. This is the same for the Chair, and the NEDs’ fees.

£000s per annum (FY25)

Executive

Mark Cook

391 (391)

Simon Goodwin

291 (291)

Non-Executive

Chair (Including the chair of Nomination Committee)

155 (155)

Non-Executive Director base fee

47 (47)

Senior Independent Director (additional fees)

5 (5)

Chair of Remuneration Committee / designated NED for HR (additional fee)

7 (7)

Chair of ESG Committee/designated NED for workforce engagement (additional fee)

7 (7)

Chair of Audit and Risk Committee (additional fee)

7 (7)

Benefits and pension benefits:

These are expected to remain unchanged, as stated in paragraph 1 of Part C above.

Bonus:

The annual bonus for FY26 will operate in line with the Policy, but differently this year, retaining the key measure of adjusted

operating profit while adding growth and customer targets, which are key strategic focuses, and deleveraging success, also critical

to reduce net debt and improving gearing ratios. These three areas will each have equal weightings, worth 30%. The final 10% will be

measured on transformation objectives (weighting reduced from 33.3% in FY25). This 30:30:30:10 model is how the Committee will

measure the Executive Directors and the rest of the Executive team for bonus. The transformation objectives have been cascaded through

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

109

RM and will drive 100% of the bonus outcomes for the direct reports of the Executive team, and their teams, according to outcomes and

affordability. The Committee will determine appropriate targets for the annual bonus, which can support both financial performance and

strategic developments. Due to issues of commercial sensitivity, it is not considered that it is in shareholders’ interests to disclose any

further details of these targets, but we are committed to provide appropriate levels of disclosure of these performance measures and

performance against them in next year’s annual report and accounts. The maximum bonus levels available will be in line with the Policy.

LTIP awards:

It is anticipated that, during the year ending 30 November 2026, an award will be made to each of the Executive Directors

under the RM plc Performance Share Plan 2019 at levels of up to 200% of salary for the Chief Executive and 160% of salary for the

Chief Financial Officer. Those awards will be of nil-cost options and in line with the remuneration policy. The appropriate performance

conditions will be decided at the time of the award, but vesting is expected to be based entirely on relative TSR performance based on the

following:

a performance condition comparing RM’s total shareholder return (TSR) against a comparator group of FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding

investment trusts) companies over a period of three years commencing on 1 December 2025 and ending on 30 November 2028.

It is intended that the relative TSR measure will encourage the generation of sustainable long-term returns to shareholders. Since the

Company’s share price has recovered to a more normalised level than in recent years it was felt that a single performance condition of

relative TSR for our 2026 LTIP awards provides appropriate simplicity and better protection for our shareholders’ interests. The base share

price for TSR measurement for our 2026 LTIP awards is now close to the start of the range which we have used for absolute TSR targets in

LTIP awards in recent years (120p to 195p), therefore making the continued use of these fixed absolute TSR targets inappropriate this year.

As in past years, 2026 LTIP awards will also be subject to an underpin, whereby the Committee will consider the overall performance of

RM and the contribution of the individual before an award may vest.

9. Statement of shareholder voting

The following table shows the results of the advisory vote on the 2024 Directors’ Remuneration Report at the 2025 AGM:

% of votes in

favour

% of votes

against

Number of votes

withheld

2025 AGM – Resolution to approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report

99.98%

0.02%

0

10. Directors’ shareholdings (AUDITED)

The beneficial interests of the Directors, including connected persons in the ordinary shares of RM plc as of 30 November 2025 were:

Year

Holding as of 30

November 2025

Vested but unexercised

scheme interests

Current holding as %

of base salary

1

Shareholding

policy met

2

Holding as of 30

November 2024

Mark Cook

113,460

29.7%

29,072

Simon Goodwin

10,143

3.6%

4,901

Helen Stevenson

210,926

n/a

n/a

180,367

Richard Smothers

26,236

n/a

n/a

26,236

Christopher Humphrey

221,052

n/a

n/a

200,000

Carolyn Dawson

2,631

n/a

n/a

Jamie Murray Wells

17,436

n/a

n/a

1

Calculated based on the average share price for the period 1 December 2024 to 30 November 2025 of 102.4 pence and base salaries as of 30 November 2025.

2

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy requires current Executive Directors to build and maintain a shareholding requirement of at least 200% of base annual salary

within five years of the first opportunity for an LTIP to vest.

With the exception of 349,505 shares vesting on 16 January 2026 in relation to Mark Cook’s 2023 LTIP award, there have been no changes in any of the above

shareholdings since 30 November 2025 at the date of this report.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

110

Remuneration

Committee Report

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

11. Directors’ interests in share plans (AUDITED)

As of 30 November 2025, the Executive Directors had the following interests in RM’s share plans:

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

1

Date of grant

No. of shares/

options

Performance conditions

Share price at

grant

Mark Cook

16 January 2023²

873,763

62.7 pence

2 April 2024

398,907

54.9 pence

13 May 2024

520,182

79.5 pence

31 March 2025

786,010

See paragraph 2 of this Part B

99.5 pence

Simon Goodwin

29 August 2023²

300,000

62.2 pence

2 April 2024

300,546

54.9 pence

13 May 2024

213,774

79.5 pence

31 March 2025

292,332

See paragraph 2 of this Part B

99.5 pence

1

Granted under the ‘RM plc Performance Share Plan 2019’. All LTIP awards are subject to a minimum vesting period of three years.

2

Mark Cook’s LTIP award dated 16 January 2023 vested at a level of 40% on 16 January 2026, meaning that 524,258 shares were forfeited. Simon Goodwin’s LTIP award

dated 29 August 2023

is due to vest at a level of 40% on 29 August 2026, meaning that 180,000 shares will be forfeited.

12. Share plans dilution

Overall dilution from share plans for our share plans dilution limit

is 6.8% as at 4 March 2026. These figures consider all share plan

awards made in the last 10 years, excluding awards which have

lapsed and awards which have been or are proposed to be satisfied

by shares purchased on the market by RM’s employees’ share trust.

13. Remuneration Committee details

The Remuneration Committee (Committee) operates under terms

of reference approved by the Board. These can be found on RM’s

website.

Though consulted, no Director decides their own remuneration.

Committee membership and attendance

The Remuneration Committee, during the year ended

30 November 2025 comprised Carolyn Dawson, Chair; Helen

Stevenson; Christopher Humphrey; Jamie Murray Wells; and

Richard Smothers.

The members of the Committee comprise the independent Non-

Executive Directors and the Chair of the Board.

The Remuneration Committee met four times during the period;

attendance is set out below.

No. of meetings attended in the

period/Eligible to attend

Christopher Humphrey

4/4

Helen Stevenson

4/4

Carolyn Dawson

4/4

Jamie Murray Wells

3/4

Richard Smothers

4/4

During the period, neither the Chief Executive nor the Chief

Financial Officer held any Non-Executive Director positions with

other public companies.

Major activities of the Remuneration Committee

Several key activities were undertaken throughout the year by the

Committee, including the following:

review of the outcome of the 2025 bonus targets;

approval of the 2024 Directors’ Remuneration Report at the

2025 AGM;

review and approval of 2025 annual bonus and LTIP awards,

including proposed 2026 targets;

• monitoring employees pay review and gender pay gap

reporting; and

reviewing proposals for a refresh of RM’s reward framework and

benefits, for future years.

The Committee considered workforce remuneration and policies

and their alignment with rewards and incentives offered in

Executive Director remuneration and was regularly updated on

employee pay and benefits throughout the Company. During the

year, the Committee reviewed various internal measures including

pay ratios and pay gaps in reviewing salaries and variable pay.

Feedback based on interactions with the Workforce Engagement

Group on Executive Remuneration and Policy was considered in

reviewing the remuneration of the Executive Directors, and wider

workforce, at the Remuneration Committee.

Advisor to the Remuneration Committee

During the year, FIT Remuneration Consultants LLP (FIT) were

appointed as advisor to the Committee. FIT is a founder member

of the Remuneration Consultants’ Group and adheres to its code

of conduct. Fees totalling £14,583 plus VAT have been paid for

its services during the year for the provision of advice to the

Committee on various aspects of remuneration including advice

on the Remuneration Policy, bonuses, and implementation of

employee share schemes. The Committee has reviewed the quality

of the advice provided and whether it properly addressed the issues

under consideration and is satisfied that the advice received during

the year was objective and independent. FIT has no personal

connection to RM or its Directors. FIT’s fees are charged based on

its normal terms of business for advice provided.

Advice and support have been provided to the Remuneration and

Nomination Committees by the Company Secretary and Chief

People Officer, including advice and support on reward for key

roles, external benchmarking, service contracts, and incentive

schemes, based on information obtained through third-party

sources where appropriate.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

111

14. UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 considerations and strategic alignment

Remuneration within RM is designed to support the business strategy and long-term sustainable business success and the Committee has

considered the factors set out in provision 40 & 41 of the 2018 Corporate Governance Code.

In the Committee’s view, RM’s Directors’ Remuneration Policy and current practices are consistent with these provisions:

Factors in provision 40

RM Policy and practice

Clarity

The policy and arrangements for Directors are clearly described each year in the annual report. The

disclosures related to remuneration, the bonus targets, and the performance metrics for LTIPs are

clear. This promotes effective engagement with shareholders and the workforce.

Simplicity

The Committee is mindful of the need to avoid overly complex remuneration structures which can be

misunderstood and deliver unintended outcomes. Remuneration for Directors and the workforce is

therefore simple and easily understood. Only a small number of targets are used for bonuses and LTIPs

and these are based on RM’s performance.

Risk management

Bonus and LTIP awards are linked to performance, have stretching targets with low percentage pay-

outs at threshold. The Committee has broad discretion to reduce bonuses if it does not consider

the formulaic outcome to be appropriate in the circumstances, and malus and clawback provisions

can also be operated where appropriate. Further information relating to our approach to malus and

clawback is available in section 5 of the Directors Remuneration Policy.

Proportionality

The Committee takes account of underlying business performance and the experience of

shareholders and other stakeholders when determining outcomes to ensure deficient performance is

not rewarded. The Committee also considers the wider workforce pay and policies.

Predictability

All awards are subject to maximum levels as set out in the policy.

Alignment with culture

Metrics for awards are closely aligned to strategy. The shareholding policy and holding periods provide

a clear link to long-term performance and shareholder alignment.

Workforce engagement

We engage with the workforce via the Workforce Engagement Group to explain how

executive remuneration aligns with wider company pay policy, led by Non-Executive Director,

Jamie Murray Wells, and Sarah Fawsitt, Chief People Officer.

Shareholder engagement

The Committee Chair and other Committee members engaged with major shareholders during

the year, principally around long-term incentive pay to ensure there was sufficient motivation and

alignment with shareholders’ interests. LTIP award levels and targets were set accordingly.

Discretion

No discretion was applied to remuneration outcomes this year, save for the negative discretion applied

to the FY25 bonus outcome (see page 103).

Directors’ Remuneration Policy

The Directors’ remuneration policy for Executive and Non-Executive Directors’ for the three-year period expiring at RM’s 2027 AGM, and

which was approved by shareholders at RM’s AGM on 9 May 2024, can be found within RM’s annual report and accounts for 2023, which

is available on RM’s website.

Compliance with regulations

This report has been prepared in accordance with Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-Sized Companies and Group (Accounts

and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended). The report also meets the relevant requirements of the listing rules of the UK Listing

Authority, and illustrates the principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code relating to Directors’ remuneration that have been

applied by RM.

RM’s auditors are required to comment on whether certain parts of RM’s remuneration report have been prepared

in accordance with Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-Sized Companies and Group (Accounts and Reports)

Regulations 2008. Accordingly, the following paragraphs of this Part B of this report have been audited by RSM UK

Group LLP:

The ‘Single Figure of Remuneration’ table in paragraph 1.

Total pension entitlements, as described in the notes to paragraph 1.

Directors’ shareholdings, as set out in paragraph 10.

Directors’ interests in share plans, as set out in paragraphs 1, 2 and 11.

By Order of the Board

Carolyn Dawson

Chair, Remuneration Committee

4 March 2026

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

112

Remuneration

Committee Report

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

113

On behalf of the Board, I

am pleased to present the

Environmental, Social, and

Governance (ESG) Committee

Report for the year ended

30 November 2025.

The ESG Committee (the ‘Committee’) operates under terms of

reference approved by the Board. They can be found on RM’s

website.

The Committee’s purpose is to oversee RM’s approach to

managing all ESG risks and opportunities, ensuring they are

integrated into the RM business strategy and risk management

frameworks.

FY25 has been a year of review and refocus. In FY22 RM

developed and published its first ever carbon reduction targets,

as well as several RM-wide environmental targets, aligned to RM’s

ISO 14001 certification.

Huge progress has been made in the past three years against all

these targets, most notably achieving an 91% reduction in direct

business emissions if we compare to our baseline, completed in

2015 and putting RM five years ahead of plan to deliver a business

that does not contribute carbon by 2035 on scope 1 and 2 targets.

Importantly, these achievements are not at odds with, but rather

are made possible as a result of, the commercial refocusing of the

business proposition.

Following the significant success in the delivery of these objectives,

RM has chosen to review and renew its approach to ESG. This

substantial piece of work has required engagement with internal

and external stakeholders to develop an approach that is in support

of RM’s business strategy. In this review, the team were able to

pinpoint the fundamental good that is at the core of the RM

business: that of enriching the lives of learners. The 2026-2028

ESG strategy, now signed off by the Committee, sees us double

down on that innate social good within RM.

Every day, RM is enabling learners and teachers to thrive and

empowering better educational outcomes, through; ensuring

fair and equitable access to online exams, reducing the time

teachers spend marking, supporting special educational needs and

disabilities (SEND) students to be able to reach their full potential

through our specialist resources, and enabling all students to

access best in class computers through our “Study kit” programme.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2024

114

ESG Committee

Report

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

No. of meetings attended in the

period/Eligible to attend

Christopher Humphrey

2 / 2

Carolyn Dawson

2 / 2

Helen Stevenson

2 / 2

Mark Cook

2 / 2

Simon Goodwin

2 / 2

Jamie Murray Wells

2 / 2

Richard Smothers

2 / 2

Highlights of FY25

Environmental

• Key customers received quarterly carbon reporting from the

services RM provides, enabling our customers to have accurate

scope 3 data to support their environmental goals

RM gave free energy audits to three schools, offering advice on

how to maximise energy and carbon savings

The business reduced its year-on-year carbon emissions by 20%

Social

25 mainstream UK schools received a Special Educational Needs

and Disabilities focused UK volunteering programme, with

new TTS products that enable schools to deliver a better SEND

provision to pupils

• RM India delivered a schools programme supporting learners

and educators in India

Defined and brought to life RM’s social purpose, by

understanding the positive educational impact that our products

and services deliver to global learners. Health & Safety was the

leading topic in our employee engagement survey, with a 10-

point increase on last year’s score

Governance

• Mapped RM’s governance framework, enabling ESG to define

responsibilities and monitor delivery across the business

• 1,287 colleagues received Modern Slavery training, and all

procurement staff received advanced Modern Slavery training

• Performed a detailed review to enhance safe recruitment

practices across our highest risk roles

The ESG Committee met twice during FY25 in

line with its published meeting cadence in July &

November 2025 with complete attendance:

By Order of the Board

Jamie Murray Wells

Chair of the ESG Committee

4 March 2026

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

115

The Directors submit

their report together with

the audited consolidated

and Company Financial

Statements for the year

ended 30 November 2025.

This report is divided into the following

sections:

The Strategic Report on pages 16 to 75

includes an indication of likely future

developments in the business of the

Company and details of the Company’s

business model and strategy. The

Corporate Governance Report on pages

81 to 89 is incorporated into this report by

reference.

Annual General Meeting

The forthcoming Annual General Meeting

will be held on 7

May 2026 at 142B Park

Drive, Abingdon, Oxfordshire OX14 4SE,

at the time set out in the Annual General

Meeting notice. The notice of the Annual

General Meeting contains the full text of

resolutions to be proposed.

Articles

The constitutional documents can only

be amended, or replaced, by a special

resolution passed in a General Meeting

by at least 75% of the votes cast and are

available at our website.

Disclosure of information to

auditor

As far as each of the Directors is aware,

there is no relevant audit information

(as defined by section 418(3) of the

Companies Act 2006) of which the

Company’s auditor, RSM UK Audit LLP,

is unaware and each of the Directors

confirms that all steps have been taken that

ought to have been taken, as a Director,

to make himself or herself aware of any

relevant audit information and to establish

that the Company’s auditor has been made

aware of that information.

A resolution to reappoint RSM UK Audit

LLP (as per the report of the Audit and Risk

Committee) as auditor of the Company will

be proposed at the next Annual General

Meeting.

Directors

Details of those Directors who have held

office during the financial year and up to

the date of signing this report and any

changes since the start of the financial

year are:

• Helen Stevenson

• Richard Smothers

• Mark Cook

• Simon Goodwin

• Christopher Humphrey

• Carolyn Dawson

• Jamie Murray Wells

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

116

Directors’

Report

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Biographical details of the current Directors

are given in the Board of Directors section

of the Annual Report on pages 78 to 79.

The appointment and removal of

Directors is governed by the constitutional

documents of the Company and

the Companies Act 2006. Under the

constitutional documents of the Company,

either the shareholders of the Company

by ordinary resolution, or the Board, can

appoint a Director. The appointment can

be either to fill a vacancy or as an addition

to the existing Board, provided that the

maximum number of Directors shall in

no event exceed 12. At the forthcoming

Annual General Meeting, with the

exception of Jamie Murray Wells (see page

17) all Directors will stand for re-election

in accordance with best practice and

guidance set out in the UK Corporate

Governance Code. Directors can be

removed pursuant to an ordinary resolution

passed by the Company. All Directors have

either a letter of appointment or a service

contract, details of which can be found in

the Remuneration Report on page 109.

Director insurance and

indemnification

The Company has provided indemnity

insurance for the Directors and officers of

the Company and its subsidiaries during

the financial year and at the date of signing

this report. All the Directors and officers

of the Company and its subsidiaries also

have the benefit of a Deed of Indemnity

entered into with the Company in respect

of liabilities which may attach to them in

their capacity as Directors of the Company.

These provisions are qualifying third-party

indemnity provisions as defined by section

234 of the Companies Act 2006.

Directors’ powers

The Board manages the business of

the Company under the powers set out

in its constitutional documents. These

powers are subject to the provisions of

the Companies Act 2006 and to any

directions given by special resolution of

the Company. These powers include

the Directors’ ability, on behalf of the

Company, to allot or purchase shares in

the Company, the exercise of which in

each case is subject to the Companies Act

2006 which provides, among other things,

that the Directors must seek shareholder

authority for the allotment of shares in

the Company and the market purchase

of shares in the Company. Accordingly,

the Directors seek shareholders’ authority

to allot shares in the Company, and to

purchase the Company’s own shares in the

market, at each Annual General Meeting.

Directors’ responsibilities

statement

The Directors’ responsibilities statement on

page 120

is incorporated by reference into

this report.

Dividends

No dividend has been paid this year

and, in accordance with the Company’s

banking facilities, a restriction on dividend

distribution has been imposed until the

Company reduces net debt leverage to

LTM EBITDA (post IFRS 16, see note 25 to

the financial statements) to less than 1x for

two consecutive quarters. The Directors

recognise that the dividend is an important

component of the total investment return

and are committed to the reinstatement of

the dividend at the earliest opportunity.

Management report

For the purposes of compliance with DTR

4.1.5R(2) and DTR 4.1.8R, this Directors’

Report, together with the Strategic

Report and the material incorporated

by reference into each report, comprise

the Management Report. As permitted,

some of the matters to be included in the

Directors’ Report have been included in

the Strategic Report such as the business

review, future prospects and principal risks

and uncertainties.

Overseas branches

The Company has an overseas branch in

Singapore.

Research and development

The Company continues to develop and

maintain its existing software products

while staff work to develop new and

more effective systems and products. The

Company incurred £2.7m of research

and development in the year, which

was expensed in the Income Statement

(FY24: £3.1m). This primarily relates to

product research, maintenance and

related expenditure which does not meet

capitalisation criteria.

Share capital

The Company has one class of share

capital, ordinary shares. All the shares rank

pari passu. There are no special control

rights in relation to the Company’s shares.

On a show of hands, each shareholder

present in person or by proxy at a general

meeting has one vote and, on a poll,

every shareholder present in person or by

proxy, has one vote for each share which

they hold. All the shares in the Company

carry the same rights, include the right

to participate in dividends and in any

distribution of surplus assets on a winding-

up. Under the Company’s constitutional

documents, the right to vote in respect of

any share is subject, among other things,

to there being no unpaid call on that share

nor there being any outstanding notice

given under section 793 of the Companies

Act 2006 in respect of that share. The right

to vote is also subject to the provisions

of the Companies Act 2006. Electronic

and paper proxy appointments and voting

instructions must be received by RM’s

registrar, MUFG Corporate Markets, not less

than 48 hours (excluding, in the calculation

of such time period, any part of a day that

is not a working day) before the time of

the holding of the relevant meeting or

adjourned meeting.

As at 30 November 2025, the RM plc

Employee Share Trust owned 618,796

ordinary shares in the Company (0.63% of

the issued share capital) to satisfy awards

under the Company’s employee share

plan. Any voting or other similar decisions

relating to those shares would be taken

by the Trustees, who may take account of

any recommendation of the Board of the

Company. The Trustees have waived the

right to receive dividends on shares held

in the Company. Employees, with vested

share plan awards whose shares are subject

to a holding requirement and held on their

behalf by the Trust on a nominee basis, are

able to give directions to the Trust to vote

on their behalf and to receive dividends in

relation to those shares.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

117

As at 30 November 2025

Shareholder

No. of voting

rights

% of voting right

Schroders plc

14,216,463

14.49%

Avalon UK Ltd

0

0%

Lombard Odier Asset Management (Europe) Ltd

13,835,400

14.11%

Harwood Capital LLP

17,100,000

17.43%

Shares: Allotment and purchase

At the Annual General Meeting held on 7 May 2025 (the “2025 Annual General Meeting”), members renewed the authority under:

1. section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to allot ordinary shares up to an aggregate nominal amount of £639,047;

2. sections 570 and 573 of the Companies Act 2006 to allot ordinary shares for cash on a non-pre-emptive basis up to an aggregate

nominal amount of £191,714;

These authorities have been used since the 2025 Annual General Meeting as part of a placing of 14,210,527 new ordinary shares issued on

14 October 2025; and

3. section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 to make market purchases on the London Stock Exchange of up to 8,387,501 ordinary shares,

being 10% of the issued share capital of the Company as at 27 March 2025. The minimum price that may be paid for each share is

the nominal value. The maximum price that may be paid for a share is an amount equal to the higher of (i) 5% above the average of

the middle market quotations of the Company’s ordinary shares as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the

five business days immediately preceding the day on which such share is contracted to be purchased, and (ii) the higher of the last

independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out. This

authority has not been used since the 2025 Annual General Meeting. The Company did not purchase or otherwise acquire any of its

own shares during the financial year.

The Directors will seek to renew these authorities at the next Annual General Meeting scheduled for 7

May 2026.

Significant agreements

The Company enters into long-term contracts to supply IT products and services to its customers. Wherever possible, these contracts do

not have change of control provisions, but some significant contracts do include such provisions.

In June 2025, the Company entered into an amended and extended agreement of the revolving credit facility, with Barclays Bank plc and

with HSBC UK Bank plc, to July 2027. The terms of this facility are outlined in Note 25

to the Financial Statements.

Substantial shareholdings

The Company had been notified, in accordance with the Financial Conduct Authority’s (FCA) Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules

(DTR 5), of the holdings of voting rights in its shares set out in the following table:

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

118

Directors’

Report

continued

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by

Daniel Fattal

Company Secretary, RM plc

4 March 2026

Registered in England and Wales No 01749877

Treasury and foreign exchange

The Company has in place appropriate treasury policies and procedures, which are approved by the Board. The treasury function, which

reports into the Chief Financial Officer, manages interest rates for both borrowings and cash deposits for the Company and is responsible

for managing adherence to banking covenants, and that appropriate facilities are available in order that the Company can continue to

meet its strategic plans.

In order to mitigate and manage exchange rate risk, the Company routinely enters into forward contracts and continues to monitor

exchange rate risk in respect of foreign currency exposures.

All these treasury policies and procedures are regularly monitored and reviewed. It is the Company’s policy not to undertake speculative

transactions which create additional exposures over and above those arising from normal trading activity.

For further information see Note 31

(Financial Risk Management) to the Financial Statements.

Post balance sheet events

For further information see Note 33 to the Financial Statements on page 185.

Additional disclosures

Disclosures required by Schedule 7 of The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as

amended), to the extent not already disclosed or referred to in this report, can be found on the pages specified in the table below, all of

which are incorporated into this report by reference.

Disclosures required by Listing Rule 6.6.1R can be found on the pages specified in the table below, all of which are incorporated into this

report by reference. There is nothing further to disclose pursuant to Listing Rules 6.6.1R:

Page

Allotment for cash of equity securities

n/a

Contracts of significance

185

Directors’ waived emoluments

n/a

Dividend waiver

n/a

Employee matters

66, 73 to 75

Employee information, consultation,

share schemes and achieving awareness

on financial and economic factors

111, 66 to 67

Employees with disabilities

67

Engagement with customers and suppliers

73 to 75

Exposure to credit, price, liquidity and cash flow risks

181 to 184

Financial instruments

180 to 184

Fostering business relationships with suppliers,

customers and others and effect

73 to 75

SECR reporting

62 to 64

Interest capitalised and tax relief

n/a

Long-term incentive schemes

105 to 106, 110, 111

Political donations

70

Post balance sheet events

185

Viability statement

46 to 48

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

119

The Directors are

responsible for preparing

the Strategic Report and

the Directors’ Report, the

Directors’ Remuneration

Report and the financial

statements in accordance

with applicable law and

regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to

prepare Group and Company financial

statements for each financial year. The

Directors have elected under company

law and are required under the Listing

Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority

to prepare Group financial statements in

accordance with UK-adopted International

Accounting Standards. The Directors have

elected under company law and the Listing

Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority to

prepare the Company financial statements

in accordance with United Kingdom

Generally Accepted Accounting Practice

(United Kingdom Accounting Standards

and applicable law).

The Group financial statements are

required by law and UK-adopted

International Accounting Standards to

present fairly the financial position and

performance of the Group. The Companies

Act 2006 provides in relation to such

financial statements that references in

the relevant part of that Act to financial

statements giving a true and fair view

are references to their achieving a fair

presentation.

Under company law the Directors must

not approve the financial statements unless

they are satisfied that they give a true and

fair view of the state of affairs of the Group

and the Company and of the profit or loss

of the Group and the Company for that

period.

In preparing each of the Group and

Company financial statements, the

Directors are required to:

• select suitable accounting policies and

then apply them consistently;

• make judgements and accounting

estimates that are reasonable and

prudent;

• for the Group financial statements,

state whether they have been prepared

in accordance with UK-adopted

International Accounting Standards;

• for the Company financial statements,

state whether applicable UK accounting

standards have been followed, subject

to any material departures disclosed

and explained in the Company financial

statements; and

• prepare the financial statements on

the going concern basis unless it is

inappropriate to presume that the Group

and the Company will continue in

business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping

adequate accounting records that are

sufficient to show and explain the Group’s

and the Company’s transactions and

disclose with reasonable accuracy at any

time the financial position of the Group

and the Company and enable them

to ensure that the financial statements

and the Directors’ Remuneration Report

comply with the Companies Act 2006.

They are also responsible for safeguarding

the assets of the Group and the Company

and hence for taking reasonable steps for

the prevention and detection of fraud and

other irregularities.

Directors’ statement pursuant to

the Disclosure and Transparency

Rules

Each of the Directors, whose names and

functions are listed in pages 78 and 79

confirm that, to the best of each person’s

knowledge:

• the financial statements, prepared in

accordance with the applicable set of

accounting standards, give a true and

fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial

position and profit/loss of the Company

and the undertakings included in the

consolidation taken as a whole; and

• the Strategic Report and the Directors’

Report contained in the Annual Report

includes a fair review of the development

and performance of the business

and the position of the Company

and the undertakings included in the

consolidation taken as a whole, together

with a description of the principal risks

and uncertainties that they face.

The Directors are responsible for the

maintenance and integrity of the corporate

and financial information included on the

Company’s website www.rm.com.

Legislation in the United Kingdom

governing the preparation and

dissemination of financial statements may

differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

This Responsibilty Statement was approved

by the Board of Directors and is signed on

its behalf.

Mark Cook

Chief Executive Officer

4 March 2026

In respect of the Annual Report and Financial Statements

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

120

Statement of Directors’

responsibilities

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

The Company’s Directors, individually and collectively, have acted in a way that they

consider, in good faith, is most likely to promote the success of the Company for the benefit

of all its members as a whole.

As highlighted in the Chair’s statement

on page 16 to 17, 2025 was an eventful

year for the Company and accordingly

the Directors had to focus on a number

of short-term, as well as longer-term,

priorities. The Directors confirm that they

have had appropriate regard to the matters

detailed in section 172 of the Companies

Act 2006 in making their decisions.

RM has a diverse and wide community of

stakeholders, each with its own interests

in and expectations of the Company. The

Board and each Director acknowledge

that the success of RM’s strategy is reliant

on the support and commitment of all

the Company’s stakeholders. During

the year, the Board received reports

from the business on engagement with

stakeholders and took part in discussions

which considered, where relevant, the

impact of the Company’s activities on its

key stakeholders. These activities, together

with direct engagement by the Board and

individual Directors with the Company’s

stakeholders, helped to inform the Board in

its decision-making processes.

In this Annual Report, we provide examples

of how the Directors promote the

success of RM while taking into account

the consequences of decisions in the

long-term, building relationships with

stakeholders, and ensuring that business is

conducted ethically and responsibly.

While there are many parts of this Annual

Report that illustrate how the Directors do

this, with the support of the wider business,

the following sections in particular are

relevant:

• Stakeholder engagement (pages 73 to

75)

which summarises:

• how Directors have engaged with

employees and had regard to

employees’ interests

• how the Directors have had

regard for the need to foster the

Company’s business relationships

with customers, employees,

shareholders, suppliers and

partners, and the community and

environment

• Sustainability (pages 49 to 53) which

outlines:

• The latest steps in the development

of our sustainability strategy and

improvement programme which

outlines three areas of focus:

• Carbon reduction and path to

net zero

• Reduction in waste and the

potential for the circular

economy

• Opportunities to collaborate

with partners, suppliers and

customers to expand our

impact

• How we deliver against our

purpose of enriching the lives of

learners and the role that each

division plays in the learning

life cycle

• RM’s commitment to local

communities and how they have

supported active lives, education

and the environment

A continued understanding of the

key issues affecting stakeholders is an

integral part of the Board’s decision-

making process, and the insights that the

Board gains through the engagement

mechanisms it has in place form an

important part of the context for all the

Board’s discussions and decision-making

processes.

Further information on how the Board

has fulfilled its section 172(1) duties can

be found throughout the Strategic and

Governance Reports and the following

sections are incorporated into this report.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

121

Directors’ duties

statement

In this section

Independent Auditor’s Report

124

Consolidated financial statements

132

Company financial statements

137

Notes to the financial statements

139

Shareholder information

186

Company information

187

Financial

Statements

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

122

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

123

In our opinion:

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the

state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs

as at 30 November 2025 and of the group’s profit for the

year then ended;

the group financial statements have been properly

prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International

Accounting Standards;

the parent company financial statements have been

properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom

Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and

the financial statements have been prepared in

accordance with the requirements of the Companies

Act 2006.

3. Summary of our audit approach

Key audit matters

Group

Revenue recognition

Going concern

Materiality

Group

Overall materiality: £761,000

Performance materiality: £495,000

Parent Company

Overall materiality: £475,000

Performance materiality: £308,000

Scope

Our audit procedures covered 100% of revenue, 99% of total assets and 99% of profit before tax.

2. Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities

under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report.

We are independent of the group and parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the

financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities and we have fulfilled our

other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and

appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

4. Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the group and parent

company financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or

not due to fraud) we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in

the audit and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the group and

parent company financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these

matters.

1. Opinion

We have audited the financial statements of RM PLC (the ‘parent

company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for the year ended

30 November 2025, which comprise the consolidated income

statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income,

the consolidated and parent company balance sheets, the

consolidated and parent company statements of changes in equity,

the consolidated cash flow statement, and notes to the financial

statements, including significant accounting policies.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the

preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law

and UK-adopted International Accounting Standards. The financial

reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the

parent company financial statements is applicable law and United

Kingdom Accounting Standards including Financial Reporting

Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” (United Kingdom

Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

124

Independent Auditor’s

Report to the members of RM plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements

5. Revenue recognition

Key audit matter

description

Management is required to make a number of judgements and estimates in accordance with IFRS

15 “Revenue from contracts with customers” in order to account for long term contracts in the

Assessment business, including:

identifying the distinct performance obligations in the contracts based on the goods and services

being provided;

estimating the total consideration with variable elements including in respect of future script

volumes;

allocating the transaction price between performance obligations including estimating the stand-

alone selling price of each performance obligation, which includes assessing an appropriate

margin for scanning and managed services; and

determining the timing of revenue recognition, specifically for contracts with multiple

performance obligations and where there is a variable transaction price based on the number of

exam scripts.

These judgements, which the Directors have highlighted as critical accounting judgements in note

2 on page 148 of the financial statements, have a direct and material impact on revenue recognised

in FY25 and subsequent periods.

In addition, the contract modification with the IB for the AOS software necessitated a reassessment

of the identified performance obligations, the stand-alone selling prices assigned to performance

obligations and the timing of revenue recognition. This reassessment involved significant

management judgement in determining whether it was appropriate to recognise material revenue

within FY25. Further details are included within the Audit and Risk Committee report on page 96.

The inherent complexity and judgement involved in applying IFRS 15 to the Assessment division’s

contracts creates a risk of material misstatement in the Group’s financial statements. As a result, the

application of IFRS 15 to these contracts is recognised as a key audit matter for FY25.

How the matter was

addressed in the audit

In response to the key audit matter identified, we performed the following procedures:

We obtained an understanding of the key controls relating to the application of IFRS 15 including

review of key judgements and compliance with IFRS 15 requirements and principles;

We examined RM’s revenue recognition accounting policy and whether this was consistent with

IFRS 15;

We assessed management’s analysis of the performance obligations within individual contracts

and of how the five steps in IFRS 15 should be applied;

We audited the revenue recognition calculations for a sample of the most significant contracts

to assess whether the methodology applied was consistent with the group’s revenue recognition

policy and across projects;

We examined a sample of underlying contracts to confirm the relevant contract terms had been

appropriately identified and reflected in management’s revenue calculations;

We performed detailed audit procedures on the stand-alone selling prices determined

by management for the allocation of transaction prices, which included assessing the

reasonableness of the margin applied where the stand-alone selling price was calculated on a

cost-plus margin basis;

We challenged management on the appropriateness of estimates made for variable

consideration for script volumes included in the transaction price;

We challenged management’s accounting for the modified IB AOS contract and corroborated

the terms of the contract modification to signed documentation;and

We evaluated the financial statement disclosures to consider whether they appropriately

described the Group’s revenue recognition policies, critical accounting judgements, and key

estimates related to customer contracts within the Assessment division.

Key observations

We are satisfied that revenue recognised from the Assessment contracts, including modified

contracts, is materially appropriate.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

125

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

6. Going concern

Key audit

matter

description

Management’s assessment of going concern is set out in the Chief Financial Officer’s Report on pages 38-39 and

accounting policy on pages 140-141.

The Group’s and parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern is sensitive to its liquidity position and its

ability to comply with financial covenants.

At 30 November 2025, the Group had net debt of £50.6m (£51.7m at 30 November 2024) and drawn facilities of

£58.0m (£57.0m at 30 November 2024). The group had a £70.0m committed bank facility as at 30 November 2025

which is due to mature on 5 July 2027.

This facility has two financial covenants, being a quarterly LTM EBITDA (excluding discontinued operations) covenant,

replaced from November 2026 by a quarterly EBITDA leverage test and interest cover test, and a ‘hard’ liquidity

covenant which required the group to have liquidity greater than £7.5m on the last business day of the month, and

liquidity not be below £7.5m at the end of the two consecutive weeks within a month. In addition to the financial

covenants, the facility also contains non-financial covenants including the achievement of milestones relating to the

strategy for disposal of certain non-core assets within the going concern period.

For the purpose of assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, while the Board believes that all

reasonable worst-cast downside scenarios occurring is highly unlikely, under the Board’s reasonable worst-case

scenario, the Group would continue to comply with covenants under the facility until November 2026 when the

EBITDA covenant would be breached, Devember 2026 when the hard liquidity covenant would be breached, and

February 2027 when the adjusted leverage and interest cover tests would be breached. The Group’s ability to remain

a going concern is therefore sensitive to downside risks (including failure to deliver the forecast new customer wins)

and dependent on the timely execution of management’s planned mitigations. There is therefore a need to critically

assess the feasibility of these actions, the robustness of the forecast assumptions and the ability to continue to meet

all facility milestones relating to the disposal strategy, and the adequacy of covenant headroom in the near term.

Given the Group’s elevated net debt position, reliance on covenant compliance, and the sensitivity of forecasts

to downside scenarios, we consider going concern to be a significant risk for the audit. The Group’s ability to

continue as a going concern is dependent on the successful execution of mitigating actions in the event of adverse

trading conditions, which introduces operational and execution risk. Furthermore, the Group has undergone recent

restructuring initiatives and cost-saving programmes, which may impact the reliability of forecast assumptions and

increase modelling risk.

The Directors’ consideration of the judgements taken and an explanation of the rationale behind these judgements is

set out in Note 2 on page 148, and the Audit & Risk Committee’s consideration of the judgements taken is set out on

page 98.

How the

matter was

addressed

in the audit

In response to the key audit matter, we have performed the following procedures:

We have obtained a detailed understanding of the process the group has established for compiling cash flow

forecasts, including the modelling of potential risks and mitigations, as well as the review and approval of the

group’s going concern assessment;

We consulted with modelling specialists as part of our audit work to check the mechanical accuracy of the model;

We evaluated the consistency of the Directors’ forecasts with other areas of the audit, including the goodwill and

investment and intangibles impairment reviews and forecasts relating to utilisation of the deferred tax asset;

We challenged the key assumptions within the going concern assessment with reference to historical trading

performance and current trading uncertainty including the launch of new products, the rate of new customer wins

associated with those products and the annualised impact of cost saving initiatives implemented;

We assessed the level of reverse stress that can be applied to the group’s funding position and covenant calculations

before a breach of covenants arises together with an assessment of the likelihood of such circumstances arising;

We assessed and challenged the mitigating actions available to the Directors, which may be required to offset the

impact of the forecast performance not being achieved, including whether these actions remained at the discretion

of the Directors;

We understood the current status and potential impact of any planned divestment of non-core assets on both the

banking facilities and forecast results from operations;

We obtained an understanding of the financing facilities available to the group, including repayment terms and

covenants and made enquiries directly of the banking syndicate to confirm management’s assertions regarding the

continued support of the business and that no non-financial covenants had been breached during the reporting

period or in the period leading up to the approval of the annual report; and

We challenged the sufficiency of the group’s disclosure over the going concern basis with reference to our

knowledge and understanding of the assumptions taken by the Directors and FRC guidance.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

126

Independent Auditor’s

Report to the members of RM plc

continued

7. Our application of materiality

When establishing our overall audit strategy, we set certain thresholds which help us to determine the nature, timing and extent of our audit

procedures. When evaluating whether the effects of misstatements, both individually and on the financial statements as a whole, could

reasonably influence the economic decisions of the users we take into account the qualitative nature and the size of the misstatements.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality as follows:

Group

Parent company

Overall materiality

£761,000

£475,000

Basis for determining

overall materiality

4.6% of Adjusted EBITDA

0.75% of total assets

Rationale for

benchmark applied

We determined materiality based on adjusted EBITDA (earnings

before interest, tax, deprecation and amortisation, excluding share-

based payments and adjusting items as defined in Note 6) for the

period, which is a more stable underlying results metric reflecting

the performance of core assets and, consequently, the focus of the

users of the accounts.

Total assets is considered to be the

most appropriate benchmark for the

parent company as it is primarily a

holding company.

Performance

materiality

£495,000

£308,000

Basis for determining

performance

materiality

65% of overall materiality

65% of overall materiality

Reporting of

misstatements to the

Audit Committee

Misstatements in excess of £38,000 and misstatements below

that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative

grounds.

Misstatements in excess of £23,700

and misstatements below that

threshold that, in our view, warranted

reporting on qualitative grounds.

Key

observations

We are satisfied that the adoption of the going concern basis of accounting and the disclosure in respect of the

group’s ability to continue as a going concern are appropriate.

8. An overview of the scope of our audit

The group consists of 10 components, located in the UK, India, Australia and the United Arab Emirates.

Full scope audits were performed for 3 components, with 2 components subject to specific audit procedures.

The coverage achieved by our audit procedures was:

92%

Full scope audit

Specific audit procedures

8%

Revenue

100%

Total

assets

99%

Profit

before tax

99%

98%

1%

93%

6%

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

127

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

9. Conclusions relating to going

concern

I

n auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that

the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in

the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. For an

explanation of how we evaluated management’s assessment of

the group’s and parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the

going concern basis of accounting and our key observations with

respect to that evaluation, please see the going concern key audit

matter.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified

any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that,

individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the

group’s or the parent company’s ability to continue as a going

concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the

financial statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the entity reporting on how they have applied the

UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to

add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in

the financial statements about whether the directors considered it

appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with

respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of

this report.

10. Other information

The other information comprises the information included in

the annual report other than the financial statements and our

auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other

information contained within the annual report. Our opinion on

the financial statements does not cover the other information and,

except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do

not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so,

consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent

with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the

course of the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material

misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise

to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves.

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that

there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are

required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

11. Opinions on other matters

prescribed by the Companies Act

2006

In our opinion, the part of the directors’ remuneration report to

be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the

Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of

the audit:

the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’

Report for the financial year for which the financial statements

are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been

prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

12. Matters on which we are required

to report by exception

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and

the parent company and their environment obtained in the course

of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the

Strategic Report or the Directors’ Report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in

relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to

you if, in our opinion:

adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been

received from branches not visited by us; or

the parent company financial statements and the part of

the directors’ remuneration report to be audited are not in

agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law

are not made; or

we have not received all the information and explanations we

require for our audit.

13. Corporate governance statement

We have reviewed the directors’ statement in relation to going

concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate

Governance Statement relating to the parent company’s

compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance

Code specified for our review by the Listing Rules.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have

concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate

Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial

statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:

Directors’ statement with regards the appropriateness of

adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any

material uncertainties identified;

Directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the group’s

prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period

is appropriate;

Directors’ statement on whether it has a reasonable expectation

that the group will be able to continue in operation and meets its

liabilities;

Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable;

Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment

of the emerging and principal risks;

Section of the annual report that describes the review of

effectiveness of risk management and internal control

systems; and

Section describing the work of the Audit and Risk Committee.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

128

Independent Auditor’s

Report to the members of RM plc

continued

14. Responsibilities of directors

As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 120, the directors are responsible for the preparation of

the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is

necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue

as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the

directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

15. Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement,

whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,

but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be

expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

16. The extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting

irregularities, including fraud

Irregularities are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations.

The objectives of our audit are to obtain sufficient appropriate

audit evidence regarding compliance with laws and regulations that have a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and

disclosures in the financial statements, to perform audit procedures to help identify instances of non-compliance with other laws and

regulations that may have a material effect on the financial statements, and to respond appropriately to identified or suspected non-

compliance with laws and regulations identified during the audit.

In relation to fraud, the objectives of our audit are to identify and assess the risk of material misstatement of the financial statements due to

fraud, to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the assessed risks of material misstatement due to fraud through designing

and implementing appropriate responses and to respond appropriately to fraud or suspected fraud identified during the audit.

However, it is the primary responsibility of management, with the oversight of those charged with governance, to ensure that the entity’s

operations are conducted in accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations and for the prevention and detection of fraud.

In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud, the group audit engagement team:

obtained an understanding of the nature of the industry and sector, including the legal and regulatory frameworks that the group and

parent company operate in and how the group and parent company are complying with the legal and regulatory frameworks;

inquired of management, and those charged with governance, about their own identification and assessment of the risks of irregularities,

including any known actual, suspected or alleged instances of fraud; and

discussed matters about non-compliance with laws and regulations and how fraud might occur including assessment of how and where

the financial statements may be susceptible to fraud.

The most significant laws and regulations were determined as follows:

Legislation /

Regulation

Additional audit procedures performed by the Group audit engagement team

included:

UK-adopted IAS, FRS

101 and Companies

Act 2006

Review of the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation; and

Completion of disclosure checklists to identify areas of non-compliance.

Tax compliance

regulations

Inspection of advice received from internal / external tax advisors;

Consideration of whether any matter identified during the audit required reporting to an appropriate

authority outside the entity; and

Consultation with a tax specialist regarding the approach taken to the audit of tax.

Pension legislation

Consultation with an auditor’s expert on actuarial valuations and pension legislation, including review of

actuarial disclosures calculated by management’s expert; and

Review of disclosures relating to recent changes, court decisions and appeals relating to pension

legislation in light of advice received by management from pension experts.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

129

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

The areas that we identified as being susceptible to material misstatement due to fraud were:

Risk

Audit procedures performed by the audit engagement team:

Revenue recognition

The audit procedures performed in relation to the Assessment division revenue recognition are documented

in the key audit matter section of our audit report.

We also identified a fraud risk in respect of cut-off for the sales of goods in the Technology and TTS divisions.

Our testing included performing detailed audit procedures on a sample of sales made around the year end,

obtaining evidence to support the period of recognition.

Capitalisation of

internally generated

intangible assets

Interviewing relevant personnel to understand the projects capitalised in the period;

Verifying the amounts capitalised during the year by reference to underlying payroll records and timesheet

data; and

Examining for a sample of projects whether these had been accounted for in line with IAS 38 ‘Intangible

assets’.

Classification of

adjusting items

Examining the appropriateness and consistency of adjustments made to expenses in the calculation of

alternative performance measures.

Management

override of controls

Testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other adjustments;

Assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of a potential

bias; and

Evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal

course of business.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website

at: http://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

17. Other matters which we are required to address

Following the recommendation of the Audit and Risk Committee, we were appointed by the Board in May 2025 to audit the financial

statements for the year ending 30 November 2025 and subsequent financial periods.

The period of total uninterrupted consecutive appointments is 1 year, covering the year ending 30 November 2025.

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or the parent company and we remain

independent of the group and the parent company in conducting our audit.

Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee in accordance with ISAs (UK).

18. Use of our report

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006.

Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in

an auditor’s report and for no other purpose.

To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone

other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

In due course, as required by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, these financial

statements will form part of the Annual Financial Report prepared in Extensible Hypertext Markup Language (XHTML) format and filed on

the National Storage Mechanism of the UK FCA. This auditor’s report provides no assurance over whether the annual financial report has

been prepared in XHTML format.

Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by

Graham Ricketts

Senior Statutory Auditor, For and on behalf of RSM UK Audit LLP, Statutory Auditor

Chartered Accountants

25 Farringdon Street, London, EC4A 4AB

4 March 2026

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

130

Independent Auditor’s

Report to the members of RM plc

continued

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

131

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Year ended 30 November 2025

Year ended 30 November 2024

Note

Adjusted

£000

Adjustments

£000

Total

£000

Adjusted

£000

Adjustments

£000

Total

£000

Continuing operations

Revenue

3

162,069

-

162,069

166,143

-

166,143

Cost of sales

(100,197)

-

(100,197)

(99,490)

-

(99,490)

Gross profit

61,872

-

61,872

66,653

-

66,653

Operating expenses

5

(51,664)

(2,301)

(53,965)

(58,156)

(5,270)

(63,426)

Other operating income

5

1,258

-

1,258

-

-

-

Expected credit loss

(charge)/credit

(16)

-

(16)

98

-

98

Impairment losses

-

-

-

-

(9,286)

(9,286)

Profit/(loss) from operations

11,450

(2,301)

9,149

8,595

(14,556)

(5,961)

Finance income

8

1,084

-

1,084

851

-

851

Finance costs

9

(7,021)

-

(7,021)

(7,007)

-

(7,007)

Profit/(loss) before tax

5,513

(2,301)

3,212

2,439

(14,556)

(12,117)

Tax

10

(1,296)

278

(1,018)

7,366

884

8,250

Profit/(loss) for the year from

continuing operations

4,217

(2,023)

2,194

9,805

(13,672)

(3,867)

(Loss)/profit for the year from

discontinued operations

11

-

-

-

(1,249)

379

(870)

Profit/(loss) for the year

4,217

(2,023)

2,194

8,556

(13,293)

(4,737)

Earnings per ordinary share on

continuing operations

12

– basic

4.9p

-

2.6p

11.8p

-

(4.6)p

– diluted

4.9p

-

2.5p

11.7p

-

(4.6)p

Earnings per ordinary share on

discontinued operations

12

– basic

-

-

-

(1.5)p

-

(1.1)p

– diluted

-

-

-

(1.5)p

-

(1.1)p

Earnings per ordinary share on

total operations

12

– basic

4.9p

-

2.6p

10.3p

-

(5.7)p

– diluted

4.9p

-

2.5p

10.2p

-

(5.7)p

Throughout this statement, adjusted profit and EPS measures are stated after adjusting items which are identified by virtue of their size,

nature and incidence. Adjusted measures are used by the Board to monitor and manage the performance of the Group (see Note 6 for

details). The treatment of adjusted items is applied consistently period on period.

The notes on pages 139 to 185 form an integral part of these Financial Statements.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

132

Consolidated

income statement

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

133

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Note

Year ended

30 November

2025

£000

Year ended

30 November

2024

£000

Profit/(loss) for the year

2,194

(4,737)

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Defined benefit pension scheme remeasurements

1

24

(2,429)

3,760

Tax on items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

1

10

607

(848)

Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Fair value (loss)/gain on hedging instruments

2

(314)

12

Fair value loss on hedging instruments transferred to the income statement

2

252

412

Exchange (loss)/gain on translation of overseas operations

3

(229)

37

Other comprehensive (expense)/income

(2,113)

3,373

Total comprehensive income/(expense)

81

(1,364)

1

Recognised in retained earnings.

2

Recognised in the hedging reserve.

3

Recognised in the translation reserve.

The notes on pages 139 to 185 form an integral part of these Financial Statements.

Consolidated statement

of comprehensive income

Consolidated

balance sheet

Note

At

30 November

2025

£000

At

30 November

2024

£000

Non-current assets

Goodwill

14

29,036

29,172

Other intangible assets

15

14,249

6,818

Property, plant and equipment

16

6,585

7,249

Right-of-use assets

17

12,758

12,014

Defined benefit pension scheme surplus

24

20,093

20,498

Other receivables

20

353

245

Contract fulfilment assets

21

5,262

5,661

Deferred tax assets

10

8,734

8,479

97,070

90,136

Current assets

Inventories

19

12,987

15,190

Trade and other receivables

20

26,050

21,723

Contract fulfilment assets

21

2,720

2,909

Tax assets

121

347

Cash and cash equivalents

6,166

8,196

48,044

48,365

Total assets

145,114

138,501

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

22

(41,895)

(41,897)

Provisions

23

(1,154)

(1,972)

Bank overdraft

-

(4,325)

(43,049)

(48,194)

Net current assets

4,995

171

Non-current liabilities

Lease liabilities

17, 22

(13,393)

(12,816)

Other payables

22

(165)

(3,585)

Provisions

23

(809)

(1,243)

Defined benefit pension scheme obligation

24

(30)

(30)

Borrowings

25

(56,742)

(55,524)

(71,139)

(73,198)

Total liabilities

(114,188)

(121,392)

Net assets

30,926

17,109

Equity attributable to shareholders

Share capital

26

2,242

1,917

Share premium account

26

39,458

27,080

Own shares

27

(444)

(444)

Capital redemption reserve

94

94

Hedging reserve

(31)

31

Translation reserve

(1,060)

(831)

Retained earnings

(9,333)

(10,738)

Total equity

30,926

17,109

The notes on pages 139 to 185 form an integral part of these Financial Statements.

These Financial Statements of RM plc, registered number 01749877, were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on

4 March 2026.

On behalf of the Board of Directors

Simon Goodwin

Director

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

134

Consolidated statement

of changes in equity

Note

Share

capital

£000

Share

premium

£000

Own

shares

£000

Capital

redemption

reserve

1

£000

Hedging

reserve

2

£000

Translation

reserve

3

£000

Retained

earnings

£000

Total

£000

At 1 December 2023

1,917

27,080

(444)

94

(393)

(868)

(9,558)

17,828

Loss for the year

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4,737)

(4,737)

Other comprehensive

income

4

-

-

-

-

424

37

2,912

3,373

Total comprehensive

income/(expense)

-

-

-

-

424

37

(1,825)

(1,364)

Transactions with owners of

the Company:

Share-based payments

28

-

-

-

-

-

-

644

644

Share-based payments - tax

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

At 30 November 2024

1,917

27,080

(444)

94

31

(831)

(10,738)

17,109

Profit for the year

-

-

-

-

-

-

2,194

2,194

Other comprehensive

expense

4

-

-

-

-

(62)

(229)

(1,822)

(2,113)

Total comprehensive

(expense)/income

-

-

-

-

(62)

(229)

372

81

Transactions with owners

of the Company:

Issue of share capital

26

325

12,378

-

-

-

-

-

12,703

Share-based payments

28

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,005

1,005

Share-based payments - tax

-

-

-

-

-

-

28

28

At 30 November 2025

2,242

39,458

(444)

94

(31)

(1,060)

(9,333)

30,926

1

The capital redemption reserve arose from the repurchase of issued share capital. It is not distributable.

2

The Group hedging reserve arises from cash flow hedges entered into by the Group. The reserve is distributable in the entities in which it arises unless it relates to

unrealised gains.

3

The Group translation reserve arises on consolidation from the unrealised movement of foreign exchange on the net assets of overseas entities. This reserve is not

distributable.

4

The footnotes to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income show the reserve in which each item of other comprehensive income is recognised.

The notes on pages 139 to 185 form an integral part of these Financial Statements.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

135

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Consolidated

cash flow statement

Note

At

30 November

2025

£000

At

30 November

2024

£000

Profit/(loss) before tax from continuing operations

3,212

(12,117)

Loss before tax from discontinued operations

11

-

(1,160)

Finance income

8

(1,084)

(851)

Finance costs

9

7,021

7,007

Profit/(loss) from operations, including discontinued operations

9,149

(7,121)

Adjustments for:

Research and development expenditure credits

(74)

(61)

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

14, 15

395

9,729

Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment

16, 17

3,661

5,568

Impairment of inventory and other current assets

5

110

261

Amortisation of contract fulfilment asset

21

6,516

2,470

(Gain)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

5

(4)

72

Loss on foreign exchange derivatives

252

412

Share-based payment charge

28

1,005

644

(Decrease)/increase in provisions

(340)

189

Defined benefit pension scheme past service cost

24

-

300

Defined benefit pension scheme administration cost

24

409

27

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital

21,079

12,490

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

2,093

(1,492)

(Increase)/decrease in receivables

(5,316)

10,627

Increase in contract fulfilment assets

21

(4,757)

(4,394)

Decrease in trade and other payables

(2,705)

(3,471)

Utilisation of provisions

23

(907)

(1,912)

Cash generated from operations

9,487

11,848

Cash paid for settlement of derivative instruments

(252)

(288)

Defined benefit pension scheme cash contributions

24

(1,355)

(4,270)

Tax (paid)/refunded

(336)

1,084

Net cash generated from operating activities

7,544

8,374

Investing activities

Interest received

8

6

100

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

4

-

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

16

(986)

(644)

Purchases of other intangible assets

15

(8,754)

(4,178)

Net cash used by investing activities

(9,730)

(4,722)

Financing activities

Drawdown of borrowings

31

14,000

8,000

Repayment of borrowings

31

(13,000)

(6,000)

Borrowing facilities arrangement and commitment fees

(657)

(1,040)

Interest and other finance costs paid

9

(5,463)

(5,585)

Equity raise - gross proceeds

26

13,500

-

Equity raise - fees incurred

(797)

-

Payment of leasing liabilities - capital element

(2,457)

(3,058)

Payment of leasing liabilities - interest element

9

(403)

(315)

Net cash generated from/(used by) financing activities

4,723

(7,998)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

2,537

(4,346)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

3,871

8,062

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

(242)

155

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

6,166

3,871

Cash at bank

6,166

8,196

Bank overdraft

-

(4,325)

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

6,166

3,871

The notes on pages 139 to 185 form an integral part of these Financial Statements.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

136

Company

balance sheet

Note

At

30 November

2025

£000

At

30 November

2024

£000

Non-current assets

Investments

18

56,402

55,397

Deferred tax assets

10

6,077

5,168

62,479

60,565

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

20

-

111

-

111

Total assets

62,479

60,676

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

22

(32,686)

(38,369)

(32,686)

(38,369)

Net current liabilities

(32,686)

(38,258)

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

25

(56,742)

(55,524)

(56,742)

(55,524)

Total liabilities

(89,428)

(93,893)

Net liabilities

(26,949)

(33,217)

Equity attributable to shareholders

Share capital

26

2,242

1,917

Share premium account

26

39,458

27,080

Own shares

27

(444)

(444)

Capital redemption reserve

94

94

Retained earnings

(68,299)

(61,864)

Total equity

(26,949)

(33,217)

The notes on pages 139 to 185

form an integral part of these Financial Statements.

The Company has taken the exemption under s408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to produce an income statement. The loss for the

year was £7,440,000 (2024: £7,302,000 loss) and includes an impairment charge of £nil (2024: £3,199,000) in respect of the Company’s

investment in RM Educational Resources Limited (see Note 18) and a reversal of impairment of £1,007,000 (2024: £276,000 impairment

charge) in respect of an amount owed by a Group undertaking (see Note 20).

These Financial Statements of RM plc, registered number 01749877, were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on

4 March 2026.

On behalf of the Board of Directors

Simon Goodwin

Director

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

137

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Company statement

of changes in equity

Note

Share

capital

£000

Share

premium

£000

Own

shares

£000

Capital

redemption

reserve

1

£000

Retained

earnings

£000

Total

£000

At 1 December 2023

1,917

27,080

(444)

94

(55,206)

(26,559)

Loss for the year

-

-

-

-

(7,302)

(7,302)

Total comprehensive expense

-

-

-

-

(7,302)

(7,302)

Transactions with owners of the

Company

Share-based payments

28

-

-

-

-

644

644

At 30 November 2024

1,917

27,080

(444)

94

(61,864)

(33,217)

Loss for the year

-

-

-

-

(7,440)

(7,440)

Total comprehensive expense

-

-

-

-

(7,440)

(7,440)

Transactions with owners of the

Company

Issue of share capital

26

325

12,378

-

-

-

12,703

Share-based payments

28

-

-

-

-

1,005

1,005

At 30 November 2025

2,242

39,458

(444)

94

(68,299)

(26,949)

1

The capital redemption reserve arose from the repurchase of issued share capital. It is not distributable.

The notes on pages 139 to 185 form an integral part of these Financial Statements.

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

138

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

139

Notes to the

financial statements

1. General information

RM plc (the Company) is a public company, limited by shares,

incorporated in England and Wales and listed on the London Stock

Exchange. It is the parent company and ultimate parent of a group

of companies (the Group) whose business activities and financial

position are presented in the Strategic Report and the Directors’

Report. The registered address is: 142B Park Drive, Milton Park,

Abingdon, Oxfordshire OX14 4SE.

2. Accounting policies

The accounting policies set out below have been consistently

applied to the years presented.

The Financial Statements are prepared on a going concern basis.

The Directors’ reasons for continuing to adopt this basis are set out

below and in the Going Concern section of the Strategic Report.

Basis of preparation

The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with

UK-adopted international accounting standards in conformity with

the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. They are prepared

on a historical cost basis except for certain financial instruments,

share-based payments, and pension assets and liabilities which are

measured at fair value. In addition, assets held for sale are stated at

the lower of previous carrying amount and the fair value less costs

to sell.

The preparation of Financial Statements, in conformity with

generally accepted accounting principles, requires the use of

estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts

of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and

liabilities at the date of the Financial Statements and affect the

reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting

period. Although these estimates are based on the Directors’ best

knowledge of current events and actions, actual results ultimately

may differ from the estimates.

The separate Financial Statements of the Company are drawn up in

accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and Financial Reporting

Standard 101 ‘Reduced disclosure framework’ (FRS 101). The

following exemptions available under FRS 101 have been applied:

• A cash flow statement and related notes;

• Comparative period reconciliations for share capital and tangible

fixed assets;

• Disclosures in respect of transactions with wholly-owned

subsidiaries;

• Disclosures in respect of capital management;

The effects of new but not yet effective IFRSs; and

Disclosures in respect of the compensation of Key Management

Personnel.

As the consolidated Financial Statements of the Company include

the equivalent disclosures, the Company has also taken the

exemptions under FRS 101 available in respect of the following

disclosures:

IFRS 2 Share-Based Payments in respect of Group settled share-

based payments;

The requirements in IAS 24 ‘Related party disclosures’ to disclose

related party transactions entered into between two or more

members of a group; and

The disclosures required by IFRS 7 and IFRS 13 regarding financial

instrument disclosures have not been provided.

As permitted by s408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company

has elected not to present its own income statement or statement

of comprehensive income for the year. The loss attributable to

the Company is disclosed in the footnote to the Company’s

balance sheet.

New accounting standards adopted

The Group has applied the following standards and amendments

for the first time in the financial year:

Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback – Amendments to IFRS 16

Leases;

• Classification of liabilities as Current or Non-Current and

Non-current Liabilities with Covenants – Amendments to IAS 1

Presentation of Financial Statements; and

Amendments to IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows and IFRS

7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures – Supplier Finance

Arrangements.

None of these standards or amendments had a material impact on

the Financial Statements of the Group.

New accounting standards in issue but not

yet effective

At the date of authorisation of these Financial Statements, the

Group has not applied the following new and revised International

Financial Reporting Standards that have been issued but are not yet

effective:

• IFRS 18: Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements;

• IFRS 19: Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures;

• Amendments to IAS 21: Lack of Exchangeability;

Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7: Amendments to the

Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments;

• Annual Improvements to IFRS Accounting Standards Volume

11; and

Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7: Power purchase

arrangements.

IFRS 18 introduces new requirements to present specified

categories and defined subtotals in the income statement, provide

disclosures on management-defined performance measures

(MPMs) in the notes to the Financial Statements and improve

aggregation and disaggregation. IFRS 18 was endorsed by the

UK Endorsement Board on 10 December 2025 and will apply for

annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027. The

Directors anticipate that the application of IFRS 18 may have an

impact on the Group’s consolidated Financial Statements.

The Directors do not expect that the adoption of the other

standards and amendments listed above will have a material impact

on the Financial Statements of the Group in future periods.

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

continued

2. Accounting policies

140

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

Going concern

The Financial Statements have been prepared on a going concern

basis. In reaching the conclusion that the going concern basis

of accounting was appropriate the Directors made significant

judgements which are set out below.

The Directors have prepared cash flow forecasts for the period to

the end of March 2027 which indicate that, taking into account

reasonably plausible downsides and associated mitigations as

discussed below, the Company is expected to comply with all debt

covenants in place and will have sufficient funds to meet its liabilities

as they fall due for at least 12 months from the date of this report.

In assessing the going concern position, the Directors have

considered the balance sheet position as included on page 134,

the headroom to the hard liquidity covenant within the banking

agreement, and compliance with the quarterly rolling last twelve

months Adjusted EBITDA (“LTM EBITDA”) covenant, which applies

quarterly to 30 November 2026, and the interest cover and adjusted

leverage covenants that apply quarterly thereafter.

Exceeding any of

the covenants would constitute a material breach of the agreement

and consequently the facility would be repayable on demand.

At 30 November 2025, the Group had net debt of £50.6m

(30 November 2024: £51.7m) and drawn facilities of £58.0m

(30 November 2024: £57.0m). Average Group net debt over the year

to 30 November 2025 was £57.8m (year to 30 November 2024:

£53.8m) with a maximum borrowings position of £63.3m (year to

30 November 2024: £60.7m). The drawn facilities are expected to

fluctuate over the period considered for going concern, but remain

within the covenants, and are not anticipated to be fully repaid in this

period.

As set out in Note 25, the Group has a £70.0m (2024: £70.0m)

committed bank facility (“the facility”) at 30 November 2025. The

facility is due to mature on 5 July 2027. The Directors have assessed

the liquidity risk associated with the facility maturing within the

Principal Risks and Uncertainties on page 42 and the Financial

Viability report on pages 46 to 48, and have concluded that the

uncertainties associated with refinancing are not material to the

going concern assessment and therefore it remains appropriate to

assess going concern over a period of 12 months to March 2027.

The facility agreement provides lenders a fixed and floating charge

over the shares of all obligor companies (except for RM plc), and

it also reset the covenants under the facility. For going concern

purposes the Board has assessed the Group’s forecast performance

against the following covenants:

A quarterly LTM (last twelve months) EBITDA covenant test to

November 2026, which is then replaced by a quarterly EBITDA

leverage test and interest cover test, which are required to be

below 4.5x and above 4x respectively from February 2027; and

A hard liquidity covenant test requiring the Group to have

liquidity greater than £7.5m on the last business day of the

month, and liquidity not be below £7.5m at the end of two

consecutive weeks within a month. This liquidity limit is the

minimum amount the Group must have available under the

facility, taking into account cash and the amount left to draw.

In addition to the financial covenants, the facility also contains non-

financial covenants including the achievement of milestones relating

to the strategy for disposal of certain non-core assets within the

going concern assessment period.

For going concern purposes, the Group has assessed a base case

scenario that assumes no significant downturn in UK or international

markets from that experienced in the year to 30 November 2025

and assumes a broadly similar macroeconomic environment to that

currently being experienced.

The Group is assuming revenue growth across all businesses in the

base case, driven from the following key areas:

Growth from existing customers and new customer wins in the

RM Assessment division;

Increased revenues principally derived from hardware and

software sales in the RM Technology division; and

Growth from UK and international sales in the RM TTS division.

Operating profit margin growth in the base case includes annualised

savings from restructuring programmes undertaken in the period.

Net debt is not expected to materially reduce organically within the

assessment period, as the conversion of operating profits will be

offset by further capital investment and debt interest payments.

As part of the Group’s business planning process, the Board has

closely monitored the Group’s financial forecasts, key uncertainties

and sensitivities. As part of this exercise, the Board reviewed a

number of scenarios, including the base case and reasonable worst-

case downside scenarios.

The aggregate impact of reasonably plausible downsides has been

taken together to form a reasonable worst-case scenario that

includes:

In the RM Assessment division, reduced new and existing

customer growth;

In the RM Technology division, reductions in revenue growth

and operating margin improvement targets; and

In the RM TTS division, reductions in growth in markets and of

market share.

The reasonable worst-case scenario has the following impact on

the base-case forecast for the Group:

FY26: A revenue reduction of £12.2m, an EBITDA reduction of

£7.0m and cash reduction of £8.2m.

FY27: A revenue reduction of £15.3m, an EBITDA reduction of

£8.4m and cash reduction of £8.7m.

While the Board believes that all reasonable worst-case downside

scenarios occurring together is highly unlikely, the Group

would continue to comply with covenants under the facility

until November 2026 when the EBITDA covenant would be

breached, December 2026 when the hard liquidity covenant

would be breached, and February 2027 when the adjusted

leverage and interest cover tests would be breached. The Board’s

assessment of the likelihood of a further downside scenario is

remote. Management have undertaken reverse stress testing that

demonstrates that sales could reduce in RM TTS by £13.1m in April

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

continued

2. Accounting policies

(continued)

Going concern

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

141

2026 or RM Technology by £23.3m in June 2026 in isolation, and

the covenants would still be complied with for that quarter if none

of the other downside scenarios were to occur.

The timing of this reverse stress test is aligned with the greatest

seasonality for those businesses and tightest headroom.

The Board has also considered a number of mitigating actions

which could be enacted, if necessary, to ensure that reasonable

headroom against the facility and associated covenants is

maintained in all cases. These are actions the Group has taken

before and therefore the Board are confident of their ability to

deliver these mitigating actions if required. Modelling indicates that

the enactment of these mitigations against the reasonable worst-

case downside scenario would avoid a breach of all covenants

during the going concern review period.

Management have also met all milestones relating to disposal

strategy to the date of signature of this report, and expect to

continue to meet these through the remainder of the going

concern period.

Therefore, the Board has a reasonable expectation that the

Company has adequate resources to continue in operational

existence and meet its liabilities as they fall due for a period of not

less than 12 months from the date of approval of these Financial

Statements, having considered both the availability of financial

facilities and the forecast liquidity and expected future covenant

compliance. For this reason, the Company continues to adopt

the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual

Financial Statements.

Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)

In response to the Guidelines on APMs issued by the European

Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) and the Financial Reporting

Council (FRC), additional information on the APMs used by the Group

is provided below. The following APMs are used by the Group:

• Divisional contribution

• Divisional contribution margin

• Adjusted profit from operations

• Adjusted operating margin

• Adjusted profit before tax

• Adjusted tax

• Adjusted profit after tax

• Adjusted basic earnings per share

• Adjusted diluted earnings per share

• Adjusted cash conversion

• Adjusted EBITDA

• Adjusted EBITDA excluding share-based payments

• Adjusted net debt

Further explanation of what each APM comprises and reconciliations

between Statutory reported measures and adjusted measures are

shown in Note 6. Divisional contribution is explained in Note 4.

The Board believes that presentation of the Group results in

this way is relevant to an understanding of the Group’s financial

performance (and that of each segment). Adjusted items are

identified by virtue of their size, nature and incidence. The

treatment of adjusted items is applied consistently period on

period. This presentation is consistent with the way that financial

performance is measured by management, reported to the

Board, the basis of financial measures for senior management’s

compensation schemes and provides supplementary information

that assists the user to understand the financial performance,

position and trends of the Group.

The APMs used by the Group are not defined terms under IFRS and

may therefore not be comparable with similarly titled measures

reported by other companies. They are not intended to be a

substitute for, or superior to, GAAP measures. All APMs relate to the

current year results and comparative periods where provided.

Consolidation

The Group Financial Statements incorporate the Financial

Statements of the Company and all its subsidiaries for the periods

during which they were members of the Group.

Inter-company balances and transactions between Group

companies are eliminated on consolidation. On acquisition, assets

and liabilities of subsidiaries are measured at their fair values at the

date of acquisition, with any excess of the cost of acquisition over

this value being capitalised as goodwill.

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group

controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable

returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to

affect those returns through its power over the entity. In assessing

control, the Group takes into consideration potential voting rights.

The acquisition date is the date on which control is transferred to

the acquirer. The Financial Statements of subsidiaries are included

in the consolidated Financial Statements from the date that control

commences until the date that control ceases.

Investment in subsidiaries

In the Company accounts, investments in subsidiaries are stated at

cost less any provision for impairment where appropriate.

Business combinations

The Group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as:

• The fair value of the consideration transferred; less

The net recognised amount (generally fair value) of the

identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase gain is recognised

immediately in profit or loss.

Costs related to the acquisition, other than those associated with

the issue of debt or equity securities, are expensed as incurred.

Discontinued operations

When the Group has disposed of, has classified as held for sale, or

has abandoned a business component that represents a separate

major line of business or geographical area of operations, it

classifies such operations as discontinued operations. The post-tax

profit or loss of the discontinued operations is shown as a single

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

continued

2. Accounting policies

(continued)

Discontinued operations

142

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

line on the face of the income statement, separate from the other

results of the Group. The income statement for the comparative

periods is restated to show the discontinued operations.

Revenue

The Group operates a number of diverse businesses and

accordingly applies a variety of methods for revenue recognition,

based on the principles set out in IFRS 15.

The revenue and profits recognised in any period are based on the

delivery of performance obligations and an assessment of when

control is transferred to the customer.

RM TTS provides educational supplies and curriculum products for

schools and nurseries, and revenues are recognised when products

are delivered to customers, i.e. point-in-time basis for each product

delivered.

RM Technology provides software, services and technology to UK

schools and colleges. Hardware, right-to-use licences and related

installation revenues are recognised on delivery to customers at a

point in time. Provision of services and right-to-access software are

recognised over time.

RM Assessment provides digital assessment solutions that support

lifelong learning. Revenues are recognised at points in time, or over

time, based on the delivery of performance obligations. In certain

contracts there are judgements in determining the basis of revenue

recognition, particularly for long-term and complex contracts.

RM Assessment revenue judgements

In respect of certain contracts in the RM Assessment division,

management is required to form several judgements and

assumptions. These include judgements that determine the

amount of revenue and profits to record, and related balance

sheet items (such as contract fulfilment assets, trade receivables,

accrued income and deferred income) to recognise in the period.

Judgements and assumptions include:

• The identification of performance obligations included within the

contract;

• The allocation of the transaction price to performance

obligations including the impact of variable consideration;

The combination of goods and services into a single

performance obligation;

• The measurement of progress for performance obligations

satisfied over time;

The timing of revenue recognition based on the implied start

date of new and renewed contracts; and

The estimation of a standalone selling price using the expected

cost plus a margin approach.

The impact on revenue recognition of these judgements and

assumptions is set out below.

The most significant judgements relate to contracts with multiple

performance obligations and where there is a variable transaction

price based on the number of exam scripts. An estimate is made

for scanning and script volumes at contract inception which

is updated at the end of each accounting period. There is also

judgement in the determination that the provision of software is a

right-to-access arrangement and therefore should be recognised

over time, and the basis on which the transaction price is allocated

to separate performance obligations.

These are explained in critical accounting judgements below.

Basis of revenue recognition

Revenue is recognised either when the performance obligation

in the contract has been performed (either ‘point-in-time’

recognition or ‘over-time’ as control of the performance

obligation is transferred to the customer). For all contracts, the

Group determines if the arrangement with a customer creates

enforceable rights and obligations.

For contracts with multiple components to be delivered,

management applies judgement to consider whether these

promised goods or services are; (i) distinct – to be accounted for as

separate performance obligations; (ii) not distinct – to be combined

with other promised goods or services until a bundle is identified

that is distinct; or (iii) part of a series of goods and services that are

substantially the same and have the same pattern of transfer to the

customer.

At contract inception the total transaction price is estimated, being

the amount to which the Group expects to be entitled and has

rights to under the present contract. This includes an assessment

of any variable consideration where the performance obligation is

satisfied over time.

Such amounts are only included based on the expected value or

the most likely outcome method, and only to the extent it is highly

probable that no revenue reversal will occur. The transaction price

does not include estimates of consideration resulting from change

orders for additional goods and services until these are agreed.

Once the total transaction price is determined, the Group allocates

this to the identified performance obligations in proportion to their

relative stand-alone selling prices and recognises revenue when

those performance obligations are satisfied. In the RM Assessment

division the Group may sell customer bespoke solutions, and in

these cases the Group typically uses the expected cost plus a

margin approach to estimate the stand-alone selling price of each

performance obligation. Any remaining performance obligations

for which the stand-alone selling price is highly variable or

uncertain, due to not having previously been sold on a stand-alone

basis, is allocated applying the residual approach. Performance

obligations may also take the form of the delivery of bespoke

software or bespoke software as a service.

For each performance obligation, the Group determines if revenue

will be recognised over time or at a point in time. Where the

Group recognises revenue over time for long-term contracts,

this is generally due to the Group performing and the customer

simultaneously receiving and consuming the benefits provided

over the life of the contract.

For each performance obligation to be recognised over time, the

Group applies a revenue recognition method that faithfully depicts

the Group’s performance in transferring controls of the goods or

services to the customer. This decision requires assessment of the

real nature of the goods or services that the Group has promised

to transfer to the customer. The Group applies the relevant input or

output method consistently to similar performance obligations in

other contracts.

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

continued

2. Accounting policies

(continued)

Basis of revenue recognition

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

143

When using the output method, the Group may recognise revenue

on the basis of direct measurements of the value to the customer

of the goods and services transferred to the date relative to the

remaining goods and services under the contract. Where the

output method is used and where the series guidance is applied

(see below for further details), the Group often uses a method of

time elapsed which requires minimal estimation. Certain long-term

contracts use an output method based on estimation of number

of scripts, or level of service activity. There is variable consideration

relating to the number of scripts.

There is judgement in determining whether a contract has onerous

conditions. Any expected loss is provided for at the time identified.

Revenue: Transactional (point-in-time) contracts

The Group delivers goods and services in the RM Technology

and RM TTS divisions that are transactional, for which revenue is

recognised at the point in time when the control of the goods or

services has transferred to the customer. This may be at the point

of physical delivery of goods and acceptance by a customer, or

when the customer obtains control of an asset or service in a

contract with customer-specified acceptance criteria.

The nature of contracts or performance obligations categorised

within this revenue type includes provision of curriculum and

educational resources for schools and nurseries, provision of IT

hardware goods and installation of IT hardware goods.

Revenue: Over-time contracts

In the RM Technology and RM Assessment divisions, the nature of

contracts and performance obligations is diverse and includes: (i)

outsourced service arrangements in the public and private sectors;

and (ii) right-to-access licences (see below).

The Group considers that the services provided meet the definition

of a series of distinct goods and services as they are: (i) substantially

the same; (ii) have the same pattern of transfer (as the series

constitutes services provided in distinct time increments (e.g. daily,

monthly, quarterly, exam session or annual service) and therefore

treats the series as one performance obligation.

Even if the underlying activities performed by the Group to satisfy

a promise can vary significantly throughout the day and on a day-

by-day basis, that fact, by itself, does not mean the distinct goods

or services are not substantially the same. For the majority of the

over-time contracts with customers in this category, the Group

recognises revenues using the output method as it best reflects the

nature in which the Group is transferring control of the goods or

services to the customer.

Right-to-access licences are those where the Group has a

continuing involvement after the sale or transfer of control to

the customer, which significantly affects the intellectual property

to which the customer has rights. The Group is responsible for

maintenance, continuing support, updates and upgrades and

accordingly the sale of the initial software is not distinct. The

Group’s accounting policy for licences is discussed in more

detail below.

Revenue: Licences

Software licences delivered by the Group can be either

‘right-to-access’ or ‘right-to-use’ licences.

Right-to-access licences require continuous upgrade and updates

for the software to remain useful; all other licences are treated as

right-to-use licences.

The key determinant of whether a licence is right-to-access

is whether the Group is required to undertake activities that

significantly affect the licence intellectual property (or the

customer has a reasonable expectation that it will do so) and the

customer is, therefore, exposed to positive or negative impacts

resulting from those changes.

The Group considers for each contract that includes a separate

licence performance obligation all the facts and circumstances in

determining whether the licence revenue is recognised over time,

or at a point in time from the go-live date of the licence.

Revenue: Contract modifications

The Group’s over-time contracts are often amended for changes in

contract specifications and requirements. Contract modifications

exist when the amendment either creates new, or changes the

existing, enforceable rights and obligations. Material modifications

are predominantly extensions to contracts and cancellation of

exam sessions. The Group considers whether each contract

modification is part of the original contract or is a separate contract

and allocates the transaction price accordingly.

Revenue: Contract fulfilment costs

Contract fulfilment costs are divided into costs that give rise to an

asset, and costs that are expensed as incurred.

If the costs incurred are not within the scope of another standard,

the Group applies the following criteria which, if met, result in

capitalisation: (i) the costs directly relate to a contract or to a

specifically identifiable anticipated contract; (ii) the costs generate

or enhance resources of the entity that will be used in satisfying (or

continuing to satisfy) performance obligations in the future; and

(iii) the costs are expected to be recovered. The assessment of this

criteria requires the application of judgement, in particular at which

point the capitalisation ceases and the performance obligation

begins.

Revenue: Amortisation, de-recognition and impairment

of contract fulfilment assets

The Group amortises contract fulfilment assets over the expected

contract period using a systematic basis that mirrors the pattern in

which the Group transfers control of the service to the customer.

The amortisation charge is included within cost of sales. A contract

fulfilment asset is derecognised either when it is disposed of, or

when no further economic benefits are expected to flow from its

use or disposal.

Management is required to determine the recoverability of contract

fulfilment assets, accrued income and trade receivables. At each

reporting date, the Group determines whether or not the contract

fulfilment assets are impaired by comparing the carrying amount

of the asset to the remaining amount of consideration that the

Group expects to receive, less costs that relate to providing

services under the relevant contract. In determining the estimated

amount of consideration, the Group uses the same principles as it

does to determine the contract transaction price, except that any

constraints used to reduce the transaction price required by IFRS 15

will be removed for the impairment test.

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

continued

2. Accounting policies

144

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

Revenue: Deferred and accrued income

The Group’s customer contracts include a diverse range of

payment schedules dependent upon the nature and type of goods

and services being provided. The Group often agrees payment

schedules at the inception of long-term contracts under which it

receives payments throughout the term of the contracts. These

payment schedules may include progress payments as well as

regular monthly or quarterly payments for ongoing service delivery.

Payments for transactional goods or services may be at delivery

date, in arrears or part payment in advance. There are no material

financing arrangements. Where payments made are greater

than the revenue recognised at the period end date, the Group

recognises a deferred income contract liability for this difference.

Where payments made are less than the revenue recognised at

the period end date, the Group recognises an accrued income

contract asset for this difference. Where accrued income and

deferred income exist on the same contract, these balances are

shown net.

Intangible assets

All intangible assets, except goodwill, are stated at cost less

accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment

losses.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the amount by which the fair value of the

cost of a business combination exceeds the fair value of net assets

acquired. Goodwill is not amortised and is stated at cost less any

accumulated impairment losses.

The recoverable amount of goodwill is tested for impairment

biannually or when events or changes in circumstance indicate

that it might be impaired. Impairment charges are deducted from

the carrying value and recognised immediately in profit or loss. For

the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of

the Group’s cash generating units. If the recoverable amount of the

cash generating unit is less than the carrying amount of the unit,

the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount

of any goodwill allocated to the unit, and then to the other assets

of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each

asset in the unit. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not

reversed in a subsequent period.

Research and development costs

Research and development costs associated with the development

of software products or enhancements and their related intellectual

property rights are expensed as incurred until all of the following

criteria can be demonstrated, in which case they are capitalised as

an intangible asset:

a. the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that

it will be available for use or sale;

b. an intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;

c. ability to use or sell the intangible asset;

d. how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic

benefits. Among other things, the Group can demonstrate the

existence of a market for the output of the intangible asset or

the intangible asset itself or, if it is to be used internally, the

usefulness of the intangible asset;

e. the availability of adequate technical, financial and other

resources to complete the development and to use or sell the

intangible asset;

f. an ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the

intangible asset during its development; and

g. the Group has the ability to control the asset and it is separately

identifiable. Configuration costs of development activity on a

third-party software as a service (SaaS) solution are not deemed

to be controlled by the Group unless it has the contractual rights

to control that software. Any configuration activity provided by

the SaaS supplier is expensed as incurred. Customisation costs

of development activity on a third-party SaaS solution will only

be capitalised where the Group has a contractual right to control

the asset and it is separately identifiable. Any customisation

activity provided by the SaaS supplier is expensed as incurred. In

the majority of instances where configuration or customisation

on a third-party SaaS solution is performed, the development

work does not meet the criteria of ability to control the asset nor

is it separately identifiable, so is expensed.

The technological feasibility of the Group’s software products

is assessed periodically on an individual basis. Capitalised

development costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over

their useful lives, once the product is available for use. Useful

lives are assessed on a project-by-project basis, within the range

disclosed in the “Amortisation” section below. Amortisation does

not commence until the assets are in use, and there is periodic

assessment for impairment of capitalised development costs that

have not yet commenced amortisation, as explained further below.

Other intangible assets

Expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands is

recognised in the income statement as incurred. Other intangible

assets that are acquired by the Group are stated at cost less

accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.

Amortisation

Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line

basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets unless such

lives are indefinite. Goodwill is not amortised, but is systematically

tested for impairment at each balance sheet date.

Other intangible

assets are amortised from the date they are available for use. The

estimated useful lives are as follows:

Customer relationships 3 – 5 years
Brands 15 years
Intellectual property and database assets 3 – 10 years
Other software assets 2 – 8 years

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment assets are stated at cost less

accumulated depreciation, and any accumulated impairment

losses where appropriate.

Property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line

basis to write down the assets to their estimated disposal value at

the end of their useful lives as follows:

Short leasehold improvements The term of the lease
Plant, equipment and fixtures 3 – 10 years
Computer equipment 2 – 5 years
Vehicles 2 – 4 years

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

continued

2. Accounting policies

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

145

Impairment of tangible and intangible assets

excluding goodwill

At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts

of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is

any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss.

If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is

estimated in order to determine the extent of any impairment loss.

Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are independent

from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of

the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs.

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell

and value in use. If fair value is not directly observable, valuation

techniques will be applied using relevant observable inputs.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are

discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that

reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and

the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash

flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash generating unit)

is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying

amount of the asset (or cash generating unit) is reduced to its

recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised as an expense

immediately.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying

amount of the asset (or cash generating unit) is increased to the

revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased

carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would

have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for

the asset (or cash generating unit) in prior periods. A reversal of an

impairment loss is recognised as income immediately.

Financial instruments

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and

subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost

using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.

The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit

losses associated with its receivables carried at amortised cost. The

impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has

been a significant increase in credit risk. For trade receivables, the

Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, resulting

in trade receivables recognised and carried at original invoice amount

less an allowance for any uncollectible amounts based on expected

credit losses.

Accrued income is recognised when services are performed and

revenue recognised in advance of an invoice being raised, and is

reviewed for impairment at each balance sheet date.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash comprises cash at bank and in hand and deposits with a

maturity of three months or less from initial investment. Bank

overdrafts are included in cash only to the extent that the Group

has the unconditional right of set-off and intention to net settle or

realise simultaneously. Cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow

statement include overdrafts where they form an integral part of

the Group’s cash management.

Borrowings

Borrowings relate to an unsecured revolving cash facility, detailed

in Note 25. All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at their

fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. After initial

recognition, loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at

amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Trade and other payables

Trade payables on normal terms are not interest bearing. Trade and

other payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequent

to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost using the

effective interest method.

Derivative financial instruments

The Group holds derivative financial instruments to hedge its

foreign currency exposure.

On initial designation of the derivative as the hedging instrument,

the Group formally documents the relationship between

the hedging instrument and hedged item, including the risk

management objectives and strategy in undertaking the hedge

transaction and the hedged risk, together with the methods that

will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship.

The Group makes an assessment, both at the inception of the

hedge relationship as well as on an ongoing basis, as to whether

the hedging instruments are expected to be ‘highly effective’

in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the

respective hedged items attributable to the hedged risk. For a

cash flow hedge of a forecast transaction, the transaction should

be highly probable to occur and should present an exposure to

variations in cash flows that could ultimately affect reported profit

or loss.

Derivatives are recognised initially at fair value and attributable

transaction costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred.

Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives are measured at fair

value, and changes therein are accounted for as described below.

Fair value measurements are classified using a fair value hierarchy.

Cash flow hedges

When a derivative is designated as the hedging instrument in a

hedge of the variability in cash flows attributable to a particular risk

associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable

forecast transaction that could affect profit or loss, the effective

portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognised

in other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging

reserve in equity. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair

value of the derivative is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

For all hedging of forecast financial transactions, the associated

cumulative gain or loss is removed from equity and recognised in

the income statement in the same period or periods during which

the hedged expected future cash flows affect profit or loss.

When the hedging instrument is sold, expires, is terminated

or exercised, or the entity revokes designation of the hedge

relationship but the hedged forecast transaction is still expected to

occur, the cumulative gain or loss at that point remains in equity

and is recognised in accordance with the above policy when the

transaction occurs.

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

continued

2. Accounting policies

(continued)

Cash flow hedges

146

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

If the hedged transaction is no longer expected to take place,

the cumulative unrealised gain or loss recognised in equity

is recognised in the income statement immediately. When a

derivative financial instrument is not designated in a hedge

relationship that qualifies for hedge accounting, all changes in its

fair value are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Inventories

Finished goods are valued at cost on a first in first out basis,

including appropriate labour costs and other overheads.

Inventories are recognised when the Group has the rights and

obligations of ownership, which in the case of supply from certain

overseas territories may be from the point of production or the

point of shipment. All inventories are reduced to net realisable

value where lower than cost. Provision is made for obsolete, slow

moving and defective items where appropriate.

Provisions

A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the Group

has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated

reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will

be required to settle the obligation.

Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash

flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of

the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The

unwinding of the discount is recognised as a finance cost.

Restructuring

Restructuring provisions are recognised only when the Group has a

constructive obligation, which is when (i) there is a detailed formal

plan that identifies the business or part of the business concerned,

the location and number of employees affected, the detailed

estimate of the associated costs, and the timeline; and (ii) the

employees affected have been notified of the plan’s main features.

Onerous contracts

A provision for onerous contracts is recognised when the expected

benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract are lower than

the unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under the contract.

The provision is measured at the present value of the lower of

the expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected

net cost of continuing with the contract. Before a provision is

established, the Group recognises any impairment loss on the

assets associated with that contract.

Dilapidations provision

A dilapidations provision is recognised when the Group has an

obligation to rectify, repair or reinstate a leased premises to a

certain condition in accordance with the lease agreement.

The

provision is measured at the present value of the estimated cost of

rectifying, repairing or reinstating the leased premises at a specified

future date.

Leases

A right of use asset and corresponding lease liability are recognised

at commencement of the lease.

The lease liability is measured at the present value of the lease

payments, discounted at the rate implicit in the lease. Where this

rate is not determinable, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate

is used, which is the interest rate the Group would have to pay to

borrow the amount necessary to obtain an asset of similar value, in

a similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions.

The lease liability is subsequently measured at amortised cost

increased for interest charges (using the effective interest rate

method) and reduced for payments. Amendment to lease terms

resulting in a change in payments or the length of the lease results

in an adjustment to the right-of-use asset and liability.

The right of use asset is initially measured at cost, comprising the

initial lease liability, any lease payments already made less any

lease incentives received, initial direct costs, and any dilapidation

or restoration costs. The right of use asset is subsequently

depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease

term or the useful life of the underlying asset.

Right-of-use assets are reviewed for impairment when events or

changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be

fully recoverable.

Payments in respect of short-term leases and low-value leases are

charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the

lease term.

Share-based payments

The Group operates a number of executive and employee share

schemes. For all grants of share-based payments, the fair value

as at the date of grant is calculated using a pricing model and the

corresponding expense is recognised over the vesting period.

Where the vesting period is shortened after the date of grant,

the remaining expense is recognised over the shortened vesting

period. Over the vesting period and at vesting, the cumulative

expense is adjusted to take into account the number of awards

expected to vest, or actually vesting as a result of the effect of

non-market-based performance conditions. Share-based payment

charges which are incurred by a subsidiary undertaking are

included as an increase in investments in subsidiary undertakings

within the parent company, and a capital contribution in the

subsidiary.

Employee benefits

Defined benefit pension schemes

The Group has both defined benefit and defined contribution

pension schemes. There are four defined benefit pension

schemes, the Research Machines plc 1988 Pension Scheme (the

RM Scheme), the Consortium CARE Scheme (the CARE Scheme),

and the Platinum Scheme, and a number of Local Government

Pension Schemes which the Group has members within. The RM

Scheme and the CARE Scheme are both operated for employees

and former employees of the Group only. The Platinum Scheme

is a multi-employer scheme, with the Group being just one of

a number of employers. The number of the Group’s former

employees in that Scheme is small and so the impact/risk to the

Group from that Scheme is limited.

For all defined benefit pension schemes, based on the advice of

a qualified independent actuary at each balance sheet date and

using the projected unit method, the administrative expenses

and current service costs are charged to operating profit, with

the interest cost, net of interest on scheme assets, reported as a

financing item.

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

continued

2. Accounting policies

(continued)

Defined benefit pension schemes

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

147

Defined benefit pension scheme remeasurements are recognised

as a component of other comprehensive income such that the

balance sheet reflects the scheme’s surplus or deficit as at the

balance sheet date. Contributions to defined contribution plans are

charged to operating profit as they become payable.

Scheme assets are measured at bid-price, where available, at

30 November 2025. Please see note 24 for details of the valuation

measurements for liability-driven investments and insurance assets.

The present value of the defined benefit obligation was measured

using the projected unit method.

At 30 November 2025, the RM, CARE and Platinum defined benefit

schemes show a surplus. Under the guidance of IFRIC 14, the

Group are able to recognise a pension surplus on the balance

sheet for all three schemes.

Employee Share Trust

The Employee Share Trust, which holds ordinary shares of

the Company in connection with certain share schemes, is

consolidated into the Financial Statements. Any consideration

paid to the Trust for the purchase of the Company’s own shares

is shown as a movement in shareholders’ equity. The Employee

Share Trust is treated as a branch in the consolidated Financial

Statements.

Own shares held

The ‘Own Shares Reserve’ figure is calculated based on the

number of shares held by the Employee Share Trust (EST) as

at 30 November 2025 (being 618,796 shares) multiplied by the

weighted average cost of those shares.

Translation reserve

The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences

from the translation of the Financial Statements of foreign

operations. This is not distributable.

Cash flow hedging reserve

The hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of the

cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging

instruments related to hedged transactions that have not yet

occurred. Only realised gains are distributable.

Taxation

Current tax, including UK corporation tax and foreign tax, is

provided at amounts expected to be paid or recovered using

the tax rates and laws that have been enacted (or substantively

enacted) by the balance sheet date.

Deferred taxation is accounted for using the balance sheet

liability method in respect of temporary differences arising from

differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities

in the Financial Statements and the corresponding tax bases

used in computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities are

recognised for all taxable temporary differences except in respect

of investments in subsidiaries where the Group is able to control

the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the

temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Current tax balances are offset when there is a legally enforceable

right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable

that future taxable profit will be available against which the

temporary difference can be utilised. Their carrying amount is

reviewed at each balance sheet date on the same basis.

Deferred tax is measured on an undiscounted basis, and at the tax

rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which the asset or

liability is settled. It is recognised in the income statement except

when it relates to items credited or charged directly to equity or

other comprehensive income, in which case the deferred tax is

also dealt with in equity or other comprehensive income. Deferred

tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate to income taxes

levied by the same taxation authority and when the Group intends

to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Foreign currencies

The Group presents its Financial Statements in pounds sterling

because this is the currency in its primary operating environment.

Balance sheet items of subsidiary undertakings whose functional

currency is not pounds sterling are translated into pounds sterling

at the period-end rates of exchange. Income statement items

and the cash flows of subsidiary undertakings are translated at

the average rates for the period. Foreign exchange differences on

the translation of subsidiary opening net assets at closing rates

of exchange and the differences arising between the translation

of profits at average and closing exchange rates are recorded as

movements in the currency translation reserve.

Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated into

pounds sterling at rates prevailing at the dates of the individual

transactions. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities

are translated at the rates prevailing at the balance sheet date.

Exchange gains and losses arising are charged or credited to the

income statement. Foreign currency non-monetary amounts are

translated at rates prevailing at the time of establishing the fair value

of the asset or liability.

Foreign exchange differences arising on a specific intercompany

loan with a foreign subsidiary are treated as finance income or

finance costs in line with the underlying asset.

Foreign exchange

differences arising from intercompany loans that are part of a

net investment in a foreign operation are recognised in other

comprehensive income.

The functional currency of the Company is pounds sterling.

Dividends

Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which the

shareholders’ right to receive payment has been established.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

In applying the Group’s accounting policies, the Directors are

required to make estimates and assumptions. Actual results may

differ from these estimates. The Group’s key risks are set out in the

Strategic Report and give rise to the following estimations which

are disclosed within the relevant note to the Financial Statements.

Retirement benefit scheme valuation

– The present value

of post-employment benefit obligations is determined on an

actuarial basis using various assumptions, including the discount

rate, inflation rate and mortality assumptions. The latter includes,

within the Continuous Mortality Investigation future mortality

projections model (CMI_2024), a half-life parameter to set how

quickly the influence of the modelled impact of the COVID-19

pandemic falls away. Any changes in these assumptions,

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

continued

2. Accounting policies

(continued)

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

148

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

including an assessment of an appropriate half-life parameter by

the Group’s pension advisors, will impact the carrying amount as

well as the net pension finance cost or income. Key assumptions

and sensitivities for post-employment benefit obligations are

disclosed in Note 24.

Impairment reviews

– As part of the impairment review of

goodwill and investments in subsidiary undertakings, calculating

the net present value of the future cash flows requires

estimates to be made in respect of highly uncertain matters

including future cash flows (including revenue growth, margin

assumptions and corporate costs allocated to the RM TTS

cash-generating unit), discount rates and long-term growth

rates. Changes in the assumptions could significantly affect

the impairment of the RM TTS cash-generating unit and hence

reported assets, profits or losses. Further details, including a

sensitivity analysis, are set out in Notes 14 and 18.

Inventory provision

– A provision is made for obsolete, slow

moving and defective items where appropriate. Estimates are

made in respect of the provision percentages, based upon

historic net realisable values for similar product lines. These

provision percentages are applied to inventory quantities based

upon an expectation of utilisation of that inventory in the

future, taken from sales of those lines in the last twelve months.

Changes in future sales volumes or recoverable amounts could

impact the future carrying value of inventory.

Deferred tax asset

– As noted above, deferred tax assets are

recognised to the extent it is probable that future taxable profit

will be available against which the temporary difference will be

utilised.

Within short-term timing differences (see Note 10) an

asset in respect of disallowed tax-interest expense has been

recognised on the basis of the expectation of divestment of non-

core assets from the Group in the foreseeable future.

Critical accounting judgements

Going concern

– In concluding the going concern assessment

was appropriate, the Directors have made a number of

significant judgements as set out above.

Revenue from RM Assessment contracts

– A number of

contracts were entered into or renewed in the year, which

together contributed £3.2m of revenue. Judgements have been

made which impact on the quantum and timing of revenue

recognition. These include: 1) determining the implied start date

of the contract when services commence prior to a contract

being signed, this judgement being based on the point at which

the Group has an enforceable right to payment for goods or

services provided; 2) identifying the term of the contract and

specifically whether this period is reduced based on the ability

of the customer to terminate without incurring a substantive

cost; 3) identifying the distinct performance obligations in the

contracts based on the goods and services being provided,

specifically whether programme management, integration,

development, enhanced software and hosting services are

distinct; 4) allocating the transaction price between performance

obligations based on the customer’s ability to benefit from

the services provided at the inception of contract, including

estimating the stand-alone selling price of each performance

obligation; and 5) determining the timing of revenue recognition,

specifically for contracts with multiple performance obligations

and where there is a variable transaction price based on the

number of exam scripts, there is judgement in the determination

that the provision of technology is a right-to-access arrangement

and therefore should be recognised over time. The factors

considered in making these judgements were the nature of

services provided, including hosting, ongoing maintenance and

system support.

International Baccalaureate AOS

– On 30 November 2025, a

contract modification was signed that allowed management to

revisit performance obligations identified in the previous contract.

Management concluded that a performance obligation had been

met during the year ended 30 November 2025, that enabled

the IB to consume the benefits of the developed software via a

perpetual licence, leading to £6.8m of revenue being recognised,

which includes an amount based on the margin attributed to

services provided of 25%. If the margin was 5% higher, revenue

would be £0.05m lower. If the margin was 10% higher, revenue

would be £0.1m lower. The recognition of this revenue was

made on the basis that the development of the software was the

dominant component of the contract and the economic benefits

from the asset have been realised through the transfer of licensed

materials to the IB, who can now determine its future use.

Recognition of pension surplus

– The Group has determined

that when all members leave the RM, CARE and Platinum defined

benefit pension schemes, any surplus remaining would be

returned to the Group in accordance with the trust deed. As such,

the full economic benefit of any surplus under IAS 19 is deemed

available to the Group and is recognised in the balance sheet. The

net pension surplus at 30 November 2025 of £20.1m is set out in

Note 24.

Classification of adjusting items

– A number of judgements are

made in identifying costs and income as adjusting items. The

factors considered in making this judgement are the size or nature

of the adjustment and their impact on the segment. These are

fully set out in Note 6.

Recognition of internally generated intangible assets

– The

Group applies judgement in determining whether research and

development costs incurred in the year meet the qualifying criteria

set out in IAS 38 for the capitalisation of development costs. Only

when these criteria are considered to have been met does the

Group recognise the related internally generated intangible assets.

Particular uncertainty concerns whether the asset will generate

probable future economic benefits. This judgement is based on

budgets and forecasts produced by management, and historic

take up of contract extensions or additional scope work with

current customers. The Group recognised £8.1m of internally

generated intangible assets in the year as shown in Note 15.

Deferred tax liability on pension surplus

– The Group has chosen

to classify the deferred tax liability arising from its pension surplus

within the net deferred tax balance (see Note 10) rather than

showing it net of the pension surplus (see Note 24). The Group

does not plan to withdraw any of the surplus and therefore

considers separation of the related deferred tax liability from the

pension surplus to be appropriate.

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

149

3. Revenue

Revenue by reportable segment for continuing operations

RM RM RM RM
TTS Technology Technology Assessment
Transactional Transactional Over Time Over Time Total
Year ended 30 November 2025 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Supply of products and software licences 67,221 16,504 1,449 - 85,174
Rendering of services - 3,104 21,941 17,966 43,011
Delivery of Own Platform solutions - 42 4,181 29,661 33,884
67,221 19,650 27,571 47,627 162,069
RM RM RM RM
TTS Technology Technology Assessment
Transactional Transactional Over Time Over Time Total
Year ended 30 November 2024 (re-presented1) £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Supply of products and software licences 72,440 16,284 1,865 - 90,589
Rendering of services - 6,689 24,726 14,411 45,826
Delivery of Own Platform solutions - 97 4,334 25,297 29,728
72,440 23,070 30,925 39,708 166,143

1

The classes of revenue by product type have been revised in FY25 to align with the classes used by management to assess performance of the business and the

comparatives have been re-presented.

Revenue for RM Consortium for the year ended 30 November 2024 is shown in Note 11 Discontinued operations.

Each contract is analysed separately to identify the performance obligations and judgements made as to whether, for example, goods

and services should be combined. For some contracts judgement is also required to allocate the transaction price to each performance

obligation based on the standalone selling price or, for licences, the residual amount. Judgements include determination of performance

obligations and allocation of the transaction price to performance obligations. Within RM Assessment scanning revenues of £7.4m (2024:

£6.8m) are judged to be delivered over time. The associated transaction price will be dependent on over-time variables (such as volumes).

The over-time period for scanning related revenues is over exam sessions, but this relatively short time span may fall into different external

reporting periods.

Revenue is then recognised based on these judgements which are set out in more detail in Note 2. There is estimation relating to total

script volumes to determine the transaction price over the life of the contract. The revenue recognised in 2025 is not materially sensitive

to these assumptions due to the timing of contract start and end dates. The sensitivity analysis related to future script volumes shows that

if UK and International exams increased by 5% against assumed volumes from 2026 onwards, then revenue in 2025 would be increased by

c.£0.3m (2024: 5% against assumed volumes from 2025 onwards, then revenue in 2024 would be increased by c.£0.1m).

The table below shows the time bands of the expected timing of revenue to be recognised on over-time contracts at 30 November 2025.

RM RM
Technology Assessment Total
Over Time Over Time Over Time
Year ended 30 November 2025 £000 £000 £000
< 1 year 1,648 37,583 39,231
1-2 years 3,323 26,004 29,327
2-5 years 5,302 31,680 36,982
> 5 years 1,547 250 1,797
Total 11,820 95,517 107,337

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

continued

3. Revenue

150

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

| | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | RM | RM | |
| | Technology | Assessment | Total |
| | Over Time | Over Time | Over Time |
| Year ended 30 November 2024 | £000 | £000 | £000 |
| < 1 year | 3,842 | 30,935 | 34,777 |
| 1-2 years | - | 26,757 | 26,757 |
| 2-5 years | - | 23,863 | 23,863 |
| > 5 years | - | 14,147 | 14,147 |
| Total | 3,842 | 95,702 | 99,544 |

The order book represents the consideration the Group will be entitled to receive from customers when the Group satisfies the remaining

performance obligations that are not yet met from contracts in place at the balance sheet date. However, the total revenue that will be

earned from the order book in future may change through non-contracted volumetric revenue, scope changes and contract extensions.

These elements have been excluded from the figures in the table above as they are not contracted.

4. Operating segments

The Group’s business is supplying products, services and solutions to the UK and international education markets. The Chief Executive is

the Chief Operating Decision Maker. Information reported to the Chief Executive for the purposes of resource allocation and assessment

of segmental performance is by division.

The Group is structured into three operating divisions: RM TTS, RM Assessment and RM Technology. RM Consortium was classified as

discontinued operations in 2024 and therefore ceased to be a reportable segment.

The Chief Operating Decision Maker reviews segments at an adjusted operating profit level. Adjustments are not allocated to segments.

A full description of each revenue-generating division, together with comments on its performance and outlook, is given in the

Strategic Report. Corporate Services consists of central business costs associated with being a listed company and non-division-specific

pension costs.

The segmental analysis below shows the result and assets by division. Revenue is that earned by the Group from third parties. Net

financing costs and tax are not allocated to segments as the funding, cash and tax management of the Group are activities carried out by

the central treasury and tax functions.

Segment results from continuing operations

RM RM RM Corporate
TTS

1
Assessment Technology Services Total
Year ended 30 November 2025 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Revenue
UK 50,437 19,638 46,875 - 116,950
Europe 9,555 19,839 28 - 29,422
North America 1,843 - 318 - 2,161
Asia 622 2,279 - - 2,901
Middle East 3,658 570 - - 4,228
Rest of the world 1,106 5,301 - - 6,407
67,221 47,627 47,221 - 162,069
Divisional contribution 7,387 16,594 8,359 (20,890) 11,450
Corporate cost allocation (3,199) (5,705) (4,820) 13,724 -
Adjusted profit/(loss) from operations 4,188 10,889 3,539 (7,166) 11,450
Finance income 1,084
Finance costs (7,021)
Adjusted profit before tax 5,513
Adjustments (see Note 6) (2,301)
Profit before tax 3,212

1

Included in UK are International Sales via UK Distributors of £0.6m.

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

continued

4. Operating segments

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

151

| | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | RM | RM | RM | Corporate | |
| | TTS

2 | Assessment | Technology | Services | Total |
| Year ended 30 November 2024 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 |
| Revenue | | | | | |
| UK | 53,691 | 21,787 | 53,870 | - | 129,348 |
| Europe | 11,086 | 10,957 | 82 | - | 22,125 |
| North America | 2,653 | 11 | 43 | - | 2,707 |
| Asia | 865 | 1,303 | - | - | 2,168 |
| Middle East | 3,047 | 250 | - | - | 3,297 |
| Rest of the world | 1,098 | 5,400 | - | - | 6,498 |
| | 72,440 | 39,708 | 53,995 | - | 166,143 |
| Divisional contribution | 8,865 | 14,436 | 9,526 | (24,232) | 8,595 |
| Corporate cost allocation | (3,509) | (7,492) | (5,976) | 16,977 | - |
| Adjusted profit/(loss) from operations | 5,356 | 6,944 | 3,550 | (7,255) | 8,595 |
| Finance income | | | | | 851 |
| Finance costs | | | | | (7,007) |
| Adjusted profit before tax | | | | | 2,439 |
| Adjustments (see Note 6) | | | | | (14,556) |
| Loss before tax | | | | | (12,117) |

1

Included in UK are International Sales via UK Distributors of £0.9m.

Segmental assets

RM RM RM Corporate
TTS Assessment Technology Services Total
At 30 November 2025 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Segmental 37,503 31,503 11,046 29,948 110,000
Other 35,114
Total assets 145,114
RM RM RM Corporate
TTS Assessment Technology Services Total
At 30 November 2024 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Segmental 40,328 20,985 8,783 30,885 100,981
Other 37,520
Total assets 138,501

Included within the disclosed segmental assets are non-current assets (excluding defined benefit pension surplus and deferred tax assets)

of £62.7m (2024: £54.9m) located in the United Kingdom, £4.8m (2024: £5.2m) located in Australia and £0.8m (2024: £1.0m) located

in India. Other non-segmented assets include defined benefit pension surplus, tax assets, and cash and short-term deposits. Goodwill is

included within the Corporate Services segment.

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

152

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

5. Profit/(loss) from operations

Operating expenses of continuing operations comprise:

| | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | | Year ended | Year ended |
| | | 30 November | 30 November |
| | | 2025 | 2024 |
| | Note | £000 | £000 |
| Operating expenses | | 53,965 | 63,426 |
| Other operating income

1 | | (1,258) | - |
| Expected credit loss charge/(credit) | | 16 | (98) |
| Impairment losses | 6 | - | 9,286 |
| | | 52,723 | 72,614 |
| Analysed by function: | | | |
| Selling and distribution costs | | 18,697 | 19,965 |
| Research and development costs | | 2,747 | 3,075 |
| Administrative expenses | | 28,978 | 35,018 |
| Adjusted operating expenses | | 50,422 | 58,058 |
| Adjustments to administrative expenses | 6 | 2,301 | 14,556 |
| Total operating expenses | | 52,723 | 72,614 |

1

Other operating income is derived from the sale of surplus Internet Protocol v4 licences within the RM Technology division. While these sales are expected to be

periodic, they are not classified as revenue as they are not derived from the Group’s ordinary course of business.

Profit/(loss) from operations is stated after charging/(crediting):

Year ended Year ended
30 November 30 November
2025 2024
Note £000 £000
Impairment of goodwill – charged in operating expenses 6, 14 - 9,286
Impairment of property, plant and equipment – charged in operating expenses 16 - 186
(Impairment reversal)/impairment of right-of-use assets – charged in operating expenses 17 (81) 638
Amortisation of other intangible assets – charged in cost of sales 15 112 21
Amortisation of other intangible assets – charged in operating expenses 15 283 422
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment – charged in cost of sales 16 762 649
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment – charged in operating expenses 16 773 1,056
Depreciation of right-of-use assets – charged in operating expenses 17 2,316 2,708
Depreciation of right-of-use assets – charged in discontinued operations 17 - 331
For continuing operations:
(Gain)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment (4) 72
Cost of inventories recognised as expense 50,239 54,419
Staff costs 7 63,127 63,617
Short-term and low value lease expense 34 35
Foreign exchange loss 401 612
Inventory write-offs 110 261
Decrease in inventory obsolescence provision (54) (44)

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

continued

5. Profit/(loss) from operations

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

153

| | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | Year ended | Year ended |
| | 30 November | 30 November |
| | 2025 | 2024 |
| | £000 | £000 |
| Fees payable to the Company’s previous auditor for the audit of these Financial Statements: | | |
| – the audit of the Company’s Financial Statements | - | 60 |
| – the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation | 492 | 886 |
| Fees payable to the Company’s current auditor for the audit of these Financial Statements: | | |
| – the audit of the Company’s Financial Statements | 48 | - |
| – the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation | 722 | - |
| Other fees payable to the Company’s current auditor: | | |
| – other services

1 | 10 | 10 |
| | 1,272 | 956 |

¹

Fees for other services comprises a review of compliance with the banking facility covenants.

6. Alternative performance measures

As set out in Note 2, the Group uses alternative performance measures that the Board believes reflect the trading performance of the

Group, and it is these adjusted measures that the Board use as the primary measures of performance measurement during the year.

Adjustments

Adjustments are items which are identified by virtue of their size, nature and incidence to be important to understanding the performance

of the business including the comparability of the results year-on-year. These items can include (but are not restricted to) impairments,

restructuring and acquisition costs, the gain/loss on sale of assets and related transaction costs, and the gain/loss on sale of operations.

Year ended 30 November 2025 Year ended 30 November 2024
Continuing Discontinued Continuing Discontinued
operations operations Total operations operations Total
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Adjustments to administrative expenses
Amortisation of acquisition-related
intangible assets (a) (237) - (237) (369) - (369)
Impairment of RM TTS goodwill (b) - - - (9,286) - (9,286)
Impairment reversal of
RM Consortium assets (c) - - - - 505 505
Restructuring costs (d) (1,830) - (1,830) (4,591) - (4,591)
Consortium pension costs (e) (234) - (234) - - -
Independent business review
related costs (f) - - - (10) - (10)
Cost of GMP conversion (see Note 24) (g) - - - (300) - (300)
Total adjustments to administrative
expenses (2,301) - (2,301) (14,556) 505 (14,051)
Total adjustments (2,301) - (2,301) (14,556) 505 (14,051)
Tax impact (see Note 10) 278 - 278 884 (126) 758
Total adjustments after tax (2,023) - (2,023) (13,672) 379 (13,293)

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

continued

6. Alternative performance measures

154

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

The following costs and income were identified as adjusted items:

(a)

Amortisation of acquired intangibles is included within adjustments because it relates to historical business combinations and does not

reflect the Group’s ongoing trading performance. This practice is common among peer companies across the technology sector. The

income generated from the use of these intangible assets is, however, part of ongoing trading performance and so is included in the

adjusted profit measures.

(b) An impairment of the goodwill allocated to the RM TTS cash generating unit was recognised in 2024 (see Note 14).

(c)

Following the announcement of the closure of the Consortium business and the subsequent termination of the ERP replacement

programme in 2023, management performed an impairment review resulting in the Group recognising a total impairment charge of

£38.9m, including £2.8m for inventory write-downs to expected net realisable value. During 2024, the Group wrote back £0.5m of

inventory provisions previously recognised in 2023.

(d) Restructuring costs of £1.8m (2024: £4.6m) relating to the implementation of the Group’s new Target Operating Model announced

in 2023, and the legal and operational separation of the divisions announced in the HY25 interim results. These include £0.9m of

redundancy costs (of which £0.9m were paid during the year), £0.8m of professional fees and contractor costs, and £0.5m of staff

costs, offset by a £0.1m reversal of impairments and provisions for properties exited in FY24 following termination of leases, and a

£0.3m reversal of other costs.

(e)

Ongoing costs for the CARE pension scheme are presented as an adjusting item within continuing operations as they are not related

to the underlying trading operations of the Group, following the discontinuation of the Consortium business.

(f)

Independent Business Review related costs undertaken on behalf of the lenders and pension scheme.

(g) Pension past service cost of Guaranteed Minimum Pension (GMP) conversion relating to the RM Scheme.

Adjusted profit measures

Adjusted operating profit is defined as the profit from continuing operations before excluding the adjustments referred to above. Operating

margin is defined as the operating profit as a percentage of revenue.

The above adjustments have the following impact on key metrics:

Year ended 30 November 2025 Year ended 30 November 2024
Statutory Adjusted Statutory Adjusted
measure Adjustment measure measure Adjustment measure
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Revenue 162,069 - 162,069 166,143 - 166,143
Profit/(loss) from operations 9,149 (2,301) 11,450 (5,961) (14,556) 8,595
Operating margin (%) 6% 7% (4)% 5%
Profit/(loss) before tax 3,212 (2,301) 5,513 (12,117) (14,556) 2,439
Tax (1,018) 278 (1,296) 8,250 884 7,366
Profit/(loss) after tax 2,194 (2,023) 4,217 (3,867) (13,672) 9,805
Profit/(loss) from operations 9,149 (2,301) 11,450 (5,961) (14,556) 8,595
Amortisation and impairment of
intangible assets 395 237 158 9,729 9,655 74
Depreciation and impairment of property,
plant and equipment 3,770 (81) 3,851 5,237 824 4,413
EBITDA 13,314 (2,145) 15,459 9,005 (4,077) 13,082
Share-based payments 1,005 - 1,005 644 - 644
EBITDA excluding share-based payments¹ 14,319 (2,145) 16,464 9,649 (4,077

)
13,726
Earnings per share from continuing
operations (see Note 12)
Basic (Pence) 2.6 - 4.9 (4.6) - 11.8
Diluted (Pence) 2.5 - 4.9 (4.6) - 11.7

¹Adjusted EBITDA has been amended to exclude share-based payment charges or credits on the basis they are non-cash. The comparative has accordingly been restated.

The impact of tax is set out in Note 10.

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

continued

6. Alternative performance measures

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

155

Cash conversion (adjusted)

Cash conversion (adjusted) is defined as adjusted cash flows from operating activities1 divided by adjusted operating profit.

Year ended 30 November 2025 Year ended 30 November 2024
Statutory Adjusted Statutory Adjusted
Measure Adjustment measure Measure Adjustment measure
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Net cash generated from/(used by)
operating activities 7,544 (2,325) 9,869 8,374 (5,242) 13,616
Profit/(loss) from operations 9,149 (2,301) 11,450 (5,961) (14,556) 8,595
Cash conversion (%) 82% 86% (140)% 158%

1

Adjusted cash flows from operating activities is determined by removing any non-cash adjusting items included in the adjustments identified at the start of Note 6.

Adjusted net debt

Adjusted net debt is the total of borrowings less capitalised fees, cash and cash equivalents and overdrafts. Lease liabilities of £15.4m (2024:

£15.0m) are excluded from this measure as they are not included in the measurement of adjusted net debt for the purpose of covenant

calculations. Adjusted net debt is a key metric measured by management as it is used in covenant calculations. The details of the covenant

calculations are set out in Note 31.

2025 2024
Note £000 £000
Bank loan 58,000 57,000
Less capitalised fees (1,258) (1,476)
Borrowings 25 56,742 55,524
Add: bank overdraft - 4,325
Less: cash and cash equivalents (6,166) (8,196)
Adjusted net debt 50,576 51,653

7. Staff numbers and costs

The average number of persons (including Directors) employed by the Group during the year was as follows:

Year ended Year ended
30 November 30 November
2025 2024
Number Number
Research and development, products and services 1,041 1,189
Marketing and sales 218 192
Corporate Services 284 263
1,543 1,644

Aggregate emoluments of persons employed by the Group comprised:

Year ended 30 November 2025 Year ended 30 November 2024
Continuing Discontinued Continuing Discontinued
operations operations Total operations operations Total
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Wages and salaries 54,178 - 54,178 55,228 588 55,816
Termination costs 340 - 340 1,094 - 1,094
Social security costs 5,361 - 5,361 4,610 - 4,610
Pension costs (Note 24) 2,243 - 2,243 2,041 - 2,041
Share-based payments expense (Note 28) 1,005 - 1,005 644 - 644
63,127 - 63,127 63,617 588 64,205

Information regarding the remuneration of the Directors is shown in the Remuneration Report.

The Company had no employees during the year (2024: nil).

Information regarding the remuneration of key management personnel, which consisted of the Group’s Directors and members of the

Executive management team, is set out in Note 32.

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

156

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

8. Finance income

| | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | Year ended | Year ended |
| | | 30 November | 30 November |
| | | 2025 | 2024 |
| | Note | £000 | £000 |
| Bank interest | | 6 | 18 |
| Other finance income | | - | 86 |
| Total income from financial assets measured at amortised cost | | 6 | 104 |
| Net interest income on defined benefit pension schemes | 24 | 1,078 | 747 |
| | | 1,084 | 851 |

9. Finance costs

| | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | Year ended | Year ended |
| | | 30 November | 30 November |
| | | 2025 | 2024 |
| | Note | £000 | £000 |
| Borrowing facilities arrangement fees and commitment fees | | 875 | 1,209 |
| Unwinding of discount on provisions | 23 | 58 | 78 |
| Foreign exchange losses | | 222 | 187 |
| Interest on lease of liabilities | | 403 | 315 |
| Interest on bank loans and overdrafts | | 5,463 | 5,218 |
| | | 7,021 | 7,007 |

10. Tax

Analysis of tax charge/(credit) in the consolidated income statement

| | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | Year ended | Year ended |
| | 30 November | 30 November |
| | 2025 | 2024 |
| | £000 | £000 |
| Current taxation | | |
| UK corporation tax | 75 | 71 |
| Adjustment in respect of prior years | (55) | 58 |
| Foreign tax | 618 | 487 |
| Total current tax charge | 638 | 616 |
| Deferred taxation | | |
| Temporary differences | 352 | (9,218) |
| Adjustment in respect of prior years | 42 | 48 |
| Overseas tax | (14) | 14 |
| Total deferred tax charge/(credit) | 380 | (9,156) |
| Total consolidated income statement tax charge/(credit) | 1,018 | (8,540) |
| Included in continuing operations | 1,018 | (8,250) |
| Included in discontinued operations | - | (290) |
| | 1,018 | (8,540) |

The tax impact of a transaction or item can be uncertain until a conclusion is reached with the relevant tax authority or through a legal

process. The Group uses in-house and external professional advisors, where appropriate, to assess uncertain tax positions. The most

significant judgement concerns transactions with non-UK entities. The Group recognises an uncertain tax provision if it is considered

probable that there will be a future outflow of funds to a tax authority.

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

continued

10. Tax

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

157

Analysis of tax (credit)/charge in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Year ended Year ended
30 November 30 November
2025 2024
£000 £000
Deferred tax
Defined benefit pension scheme movements (607) 848
Total consolidated statement of comprehensive income tax (credit)/charge (607) 848

Analysis of tax credit in the consolidated statement of changes in equity

Year ended Year ended
30 November 30 November
2025 2024
£000 £000
Deferred tax
Share-based payments (28) (1)
Total consolidated statement of changes in equity tax credit (28) (1)

Reconciliation of consolidated income statement tax charge/(credit)

Year ended 30 November 2025

Continuing operations Discontinued operations Total
Adjusted Adjustment Total Adjusted Adjustment Total
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Profit on ordinary activities
before tax 5,513 (2,301) 3,212 - - - 3,212
Tax at 25% thereon 1,378 (575) 803 - - - 803
Effects of:
– Expenses not deductible for tax
purposes 417 322 739 - - - 739
– Non-taxable income (4) - (4) - - - (4)
– Other temporary timing
differences: UK (365) - (365) - - - (365)
– Other temporary timing
differences: Overseas (239) (25) (264) - - - (264)
– Effect of (profits)/losses in various
overseas tax jurisdictions 58 - 58 - - - 58
– Prior period adjustments - UK 28 - 28 - - - 28
– Prior period adjustments - overseas (41) - (41) - - - (41)
– Other 64 - 64 - - - 64
Tax charge/(credit) in the
consolidated income statement 1,296 (278) 1,018 - - - 1,018

The tax impact on the adjustments set out in Note 6 is as follows:

Continuing operations Discontinued operations
Charge Tax credit Income Tax charge
£000 £000 £000 £000
Amortisation of acquisition-related intangible assets (237) (84) - -
Restructuring costs (1,830) (135) - -
Consortium pension costs (234) (59) - -
(2,301) (278) - -

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

continued

10. Tax

Year ended 30 November 2024

158

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

Continuing operations Discontinued operations Total
Adjusted Adjustment Total Adjusted Adjustment Total
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Loss on ordinary activities before tax 2,439 (14,556) (12,117) (1,665) 505 (1,160) (13,277)
Tax at 25% thereon 610 (3,640) (3,030) (416) 126 (290) (3,320)
Effects of:
– Expenses not deductible for tax
purposes 323 2,714 3,037 - - - 3,037
– Non-taxable income (4) - (4) - - - (4)
– Other temporary timing
differences: UK (146) (6) (152) - - - (152)
– Other temporary timing
differences: overseas 564 58 622 - - - 622
– Effect of (profits)/losses in various
overseas tax jurisdictions (59) (10) (69) - - - (69)
– Previously recognised deferred tax
now unrecognised (9,032) - (9,032) - - - (9,032)
– Prior period adjustments: UK 176 - 176 - - - 176
– Prior period adjustments: overseas (60) - (60) - - - (60)
– Other 262 - 262 - - - 262
Tax (credit)/charge in the
consolidated income statement (7,366) (884) (8,250) (416) 126 (290) (8,540)

The tax impact on the adjustments set out in Note 6 is as follows:

Continuing operations Discontinued operations
Charge Tax credit Income Tax charge
£000 £000 £000 £000
Amortisation of acquisition-related intangible assets (369) (92) - -
Impairment of RM TTS goodwill (9,286) - - -
Impairment reversal of RM Consortium assets - - 505 126
Restructuring costs (4,591) (715) - -
Independent business review related costs (10) (2) - -
Cost of GMP conversion (300) (75) - -
(14,556) (884) 505 126

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

continued

10. Tax

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

159

Deferred tax

The Group has recognised deferred tax assets as these are anticipated to be realised in future periods based on profit forecasts. The major

deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised by the Group and the movements thereon are as follows:

Defined-benefit Short-term Acquisition-
Accelerated pension scheme Share-based timing related
depreciation obligation payments differences Losses intangible assets Total
Group £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
At 1 December 2023 609 (2,958) 86 166 2,734 (467) 170
Charge/(credit) to income
statement 10 (1,196) 62 (63) 10,224 119 9,156
Charge to other
comprehensive income - (848) - - - - (848)
Credit to equity - - 1 - - - 1
At 30 November 2024 619 (5,002) 149 103 12,958 (348) 8,479
Transfer between
categories1 - - - 1,730 (1,730) - -
(Charge)/credit to income
statement (235) (507) 214 1,303 (1,239) 84 (380)
Credit to other
comprehensive income - 607 - - - - 607
Credit to equity - - 28 - - - 28
At 30 November 2025 384 (4,902) 391 3,136 9,989 (264) 8,734

Analysed on the balance sheet as:

2025 2024
£000 £000
Deferred tax assets 8,734 8,479
At 30 November 8,734 8,479
Short-term timing differences Losses Total asset
Company £000 £000 £000
At 1 December 2023 - - -
Credit to income statement - 5,168 5,168
At 30 November 2024 - 5,168 5,168
Transfer between categories1 900 (900) -
Credit to income statement 715 194 909
At 30 November 2025 1,615 4,462 6,077

1

During the year, for the Group and Company, deferred tax assets arising from corporate interest restrictions were reclassified from losses to short-term timing differences

as this is considered a more appropriate classification.

All deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset above.

The UK companies operate a group relief payment policy which provides for the receipt of a tax credit/(charge) for losses surrendered/(claimed)

between UK Group companies. A deferred tax asset has been recognised by the Company, based on the group relief payment policy and also

the budgets and forecasts.

Both the Group and Company deferred tax assets have been classified as long-term assets. The deferred tax assets which primarily relate to UK

losses do not expire and in assessing the recognition position of these losses, the Group expects to fully utilise the trade losses beyond the three-

year forecast period.

The Group has recognised deferred tax assets in jurisdictions where these are expected to be recoverable against profits in future periods, based

upon budgets and forecasts approved by the Board and on the basis of the Group having materially achieved its budgeted adjusted operating

profit for the financial year. Deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset where the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off current

tax assets against current tax liabilities and where the deferred tax assets and the deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same

tax authority on the same taxable entity.

Deferred tax not recognised

No deferred tax liability is recognised on temporary differences of £559,000 (2024: £481,000) relating to the unremitted earnings of overseas

subsidiaries as the Group is able to control the timings of the reversal of these temporary differences and it is probable that they will not reverse

in the foreseeable future. A deferred tax asset of £1,129,000 (2024: £1,459,000) has not been recognised due to uncertainty that the asset will

be utilised in the foreseeable future. The deferred tax asset relates only to the Australian companies and is in respect of tax credits and loss

carry forwards.

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

160

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

11. Discontinued operations

On 24 November 2023, the Group announced its decision to close the RM Consortium business. By 30 November 2024, the RM Consortium

business had completely ceased operations, and the results of the business are therefore presented within discontinued operations.

Results of discontinued operations

RM
Consortium Total
Year ended 30 November 2024 £000 £000
Revenue 996 996
Cost of sales (1,212) (1,212)
Gross loss (216) (216)
Operating expenses (1,449) (1,449)
Impairment write-backs 505 505
Loss before tax (1,160) (1,160)
Tax 290 290
Loss for the year from discontinued operations

1
(870) (870)

¹

Attributable to owners of the parent company.

Cash flows from discontinued operations

Year ended Year ended
30 November 2025 30 November 2024
£000 £000
Net cash used in operating activities - (419)
Net cash used in investing activities - -
Net cash used in financing activities - -
- (419)

12. Earnings per share

| | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | Year ended | Year ended |
| | 30 November 2025 | 30 November 2024 |
| | Number 000s | Number 000s |
| Weighted average number of shares in issue | 85,281 | 83,256 |
| Potentially dilutive shares (weighted average) | 1,092 | 213 |
| Diluted number of shares (weighted average) | 86,373 | 83,469 |

Year ended 30 November 2025 Year ended 30 November 2024
Adjusted Adjustments Total Adjusted Adjustments Total
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Profit/(loss) for the year
Continuing operations 4,217 (2,023) 2,194 9,805 (13,672) (3,867)
Discontinued operations - - - (1,249) 379 (870)
Total 4,217 (2,023) 2,194 8,556 (13,293) (4,737)
Adjusted Total Adjusted Total
Pence Pence Pence Pence
Basic earnings per share
Continuing operations 4.9 2.6 11.8 (4.6)
Discontinued operations - - (1.5) (1.1)
Total 4.9 2.6 10.3 (5.7)
Diluted earnings per share
Continuing operations 4.9 2.5 11.7 (4.6)
Discontinued operations - - (1.5) (1.1)
Total 4.9 2.5 10.2 (5.7)

Potentially dilutive shares consist of shares that could be issued on exercise of outstanding share options (see Note 28).

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

161

13. Dividends

No dividends were paid in either the year ended 30 November 2025 or the year ended 30 November 2024. The Directors do not propose a

final dividend for the year ended 30 November 2025 (2024: £nil).

14. Goodwill

| | |
| --- | --- |
| | |
| Group | £000 |
| Cost | |
| At 1 December 2023 | 58,807 |
| Foreign exchange translation | (80) |
| At 30 November 2024 | 58,727 |
| Foreign currency translation | (136) |
| At 30 November 2025 | 58,591 |
| Accumulated impairment | |
| At 1 December 2023 | 20,269 |
| Impairment charge | 9,286 |
| At 30 November 2024 | 29,555 |
| At 30 November 2025 | 29,555 |
| Carrying amount | |
| At 30 November 2025 | 29,036 |
| At 30 November 2024 | 29,172 |

At 30 November 2025, the carrying amount of goodwill was allocated to two cash-generating units: RM TTS and RM Assessment as set

out in the table below.

2025 2024
Year ended 30 Pre-tax Headroom/ Year ended 30 Pre-tax Headroom/
November discount rate (impairment) November discount rate (impairment)
Group £000 % £000 £000 % £000
RM TTS 22,347 14.2% 9,515 22,347 14.6% (9,286)
RM Assessment 6,689 13.2% 87,486 6,825 14.5% 112,219

Further information pertaining to the performance and future strategy of the divisions can be found within the Strategic Report.

The recoverable amounts of the Cash Generating Units (CGU) are determined from value-in-use calculations. The key assumptions for the value-

in-use calculations are those regarding the cash flows, the discount rates and the growth rates. The Group has taken cash flow forecasts derived

from the most recent annual financial budget approved by the Board, which also contains forecasts for the two years following, and extrapolates

cash flows based on terminal rates which align to market growth and inflation expectations. There is estimation uncertainty regarding the impact

of climate change in the medium to long-term. Based on the analysis that has been undertaken to date, on pages 57 to 59

of this report, the

cash flow forecasts used for impairment calculations incorporate the medium to long-term impact of climate change.

The Group monitors its post-tax Weighted Average Cost of Capital and those of its competitors using market data. In considering the discount

rates applied to CGUs, the Directors have considered the relative sizes and risks of its CGUs and their relatively narrow operation within the

education products and services market. The impairment reviews use a discount rate adjusted for pre-tax cash flows. This discount rate was

reduced in the year ended 30 November 2025 by utilising a more comparable peer group of competitors that are division-specific.

Year ended 30 November 2025

The table below shows key assumptions used in the value-in-use calculations for the year ended 30 November 2025:

RM TTS RM Assessment
Pre-tax discount rate 14.2% 13.2%
Long-term growth rate 2.3% 1.8%

The assumptions underlying the cash flow forecasts used in the value-in-use calculations are consistent with those used in the going concern

base case scenario set out in Note 2.

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

continued

14. Goodwill

162

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

RM TTS

The cash flow forecasts have been risk adjusted, discounted for the first three years and extrapolated based on terminal rates that align to market

growth and inflation expectations.

The cash flows, long-term growth rates and pre-tax discount rates represent key sources of estimation uncertainty. The FY26 cash flow

assumption used in the impairment model is £5.1m, which includes an allocation of central costs of £4.1m.

An impairment would be recorded if the forecast cash flows reduced by £1.2m per year, the long-term growth rate reduced by 4.3%, or the pre-

tax discount rate increased by 3.2%.

If the cash flows in RM TTS were to reduce as set out within the reasonable worst-case scenario approved by the Board for inclusion in the going

concern review, no impairment would be required.

RM Assessment

The sensitivity of the RM Assessment carrying values to reasonably possible changes in key assumptions, including the reasonably possible

downside risks applied as part of the going concern review, has been performed and would not cause the carrying value to exceed its

recoverable amount. No reasonably possible change in the pre-tax discount rate or long-term growth rate would lead to an impairment and

accordingly these sensitivities have not been provided.

Year ended 30 November 2024

The table below shows key assumptions used in the value-in-use calculations for the year ended 30 November 2024:

RM
RM TTS Assessment
Pre-tax discount rate 14.6% 14.5%
Long-term growth rate 2.2% 2.2%

RM TTS

The cash flow forecasts have been risk adjusted, discounted for the first three years and extrapolated based on terminal rates that align to

market growth and inflation expectations.

The cash flows, long-term growth rates and pre-tax discount rates represent key sources of estimation uncertainty. The FY25 cash flow

assumption used in the impairment model is £3.8m, which includes an allocation of central costs of £4.5m.

An additional £1.0m impairment would be recorded if the forecast cash flows reduced by £0.1m per year, the long-term growth rate fell to

1.8%, or the pre-tax discount rate increased to 15.0%.

If the cash flows in RM TTS were to reduce as set out within the reasonable worst-case scenario approved by the Board for inclusion in

the going concern review, then a further charge impairing the carrying value of the CGU of £38.2m would be required to be recorded.

The additional impairment charge in a mitigated reasonable worst-case scenario would be £33.3m. This would result in the write-off of

goodwill and a partial impairment of the other assets of the CGU.

The impairment in the prior period arose as a result of reductions in estimated future cash flows caused by increasing uncertainty in UK

and international schools budgets, together with economic movements driving higher discount rates and lower long-term growth rates.

RM Assessment

The sensitivity of the RM Assessment carrying values to reasonably possible changes in key assumptions, including the reasonably possible

downside risks applied as part of the going concern review, has been performed and would not cause the carrying value to exceed its

recoverable amount. No reasonably possible change in the pre-tax discount rate or long-term growth rate would lead to an impairment

and accordingly these sensitivities have not been provided.

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

163

15. Other intangible assets

| | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | | | Intellectual | | |
| | | | property and | Other | |
| | Customer | | database | software | |
| | relationships | Brands | assets | assets | Total |
| | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 |
| Cost | | | | | |
| At 1 December 2023 | 1,491 | 18,210 | 2,536 | 18,055 | 40,292 |
| Additions | - | - | - | 4,992 | 4,992 |
| Transfers from contract assets (Note 21) | - | - | - | 952 | 952 |
| Transfers to contract assets (Note 21) | - | - | - | (3,882) | (3,882) |
| Foreign currency translation | (13) | - | (52) | (1) | (66) |
| Disposals | (410) | (18,210) | - | (8,458) | (27,078) |
| At 30 November 2024 | 1,068 | - | 2,484 | 11,658 | 15,210 |
| Additions | - | - | - | 8,141 | 8,141 |
| Transfers to contract assets (Note 21) | - | - | - | (272) | (272) |
| Foreign currency translation | (37) | - | (87) | (17) | (141) |
| Disposals | - | - | - | (200) | (200) |
| At 30 November 2025 | 1,031 | - | 2,397 | 19,310 | 22,738 |
| Accumulated amortisation and impairment | | | | | |
| At 1 December 2023 | 1,350 | 18,210 | 1,129 | 14,379 | 35,068 |
| Charge for the year | 118 | - | 251 | 74 | 443 |
| Foreign currency translation | 10 | - | (52) | 1 | (41) |
| Disposals | (410) | (18,210) | - | (8,458) | (27,078) |
| At 30 November 2024 | 1,068 | - | 1,328 | 5,996 | 8,392 |
| Charge for the year | - | - | 237 | 158 | 395 |
| Foreign currency translation | (37) | - | (47) | (14) | (98) |
| Disposals | - | - | - | (200) | (200) |
| At 30 November 2025 | 1,031 | - | 1,518 | 5,940 | 8,489 |
| Carrying amount | | | | | |
| At 30 November 2025 | - | - | 879 | 13,370 | 14,249 |
| At 30 November 2024 | - | - | 1,156 | 5,662 | 6,818 |

All of the additions to other software assets in the year relate to internally generated intangibles. The total amortisation in year from

internally generated intangibles amounts to £0.1m (2024: £0.1m). Substantially all of the carrying value of other software assets relates to

the RM Ava platform (formerly the Global Accreditation Platform) which is under construction and therefore has not begun amortisation.

Following a review, no impairment of this balance has been required.

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

164

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

16. Property, plant and equipment

| | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | | Plant, | | | |
| | Short leasehold | equipment | Computer | | |
| | improvements | and fixtures | equipment | Vehicles | Total |
| Group | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 |
| Cost | | | | | |
| At 1 December 2023 | 11,377 | 13,279 | 9,347 | 91 | 34,094 |
| Additions | 246 | 365 | 334 | - | 945 |
| Foreign currency translation | (8) | (9) | (26) | (1) | (44) |
| Disposals | - | (72) | (95) | (18) | (185) |
| At 30 November 2024 | 11,615 | 13,563 | 9,560 | 72 | 34,810 |
| Additions | - | 845 | 75 | - | 920 |
| Remeasurements | (42) | - | - | - | (42) |
| Foreign currency translation | (38) | (43) | (109) | (3) | (193) |
| Disposals | (2,829) | (2,947) | (5,324) | (38) | (11,138) |
| At 30 November 2025 | 8,706 | 11,418 | 4,202 | 31 | 24,357 |
| Accumulated depreciation | | | | | |
| At 1 December 2023 | 5,353 | 11,837 | 8,542 | 91 | 25,823 |
| Charge for the year | 663 | 649 | 393 | - | 1,705 |
| Impairment charge | 58 | 128 | - | - | 186 |
| Foreign currency translation | (8) | (9) | (22) | (1) | (40) |
| Disposals | - | (52) | (43) | (18) | (113) |
| At 30 November 2024 | 6,066 | 12,553 | 8,870 | 72 | 27,561 |
| Charge for the year | 583 | 623 | 329 | - | 1,535 |
| Foreign currency translation | (36) | (42) | (105) | (3) | (186) |
| Disposals | (2,829) | (2,947) | (5,324) | (38) | (11,138) |
| At 30 November 2025 | 3,784 | 10,187 | 3,770 | 31 | 17,772 |
| Carrying amount | | | | | |
| At 30 November 2025 | 4,922 | 1,231 | 432 | - | 6,585 |
| At 30 November 2024 | 5,549 | 1,010 | 690 | - | 7,249 |

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

165

17. Right-of-use assets and leases

| | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | Land and | Plant and | | |
| | buildings | equipment | Vehicles | Total |
| Group | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 |
| Cost | | | | |
| At 1 December 2023 | 21,429 | 2,062 | 151 | 23,642 |
| Remeasurements | 969 | 447 | - | 1,416 |
| Disposals | (2,151) | - | (117) | (2,268) |
| At 30 November 2024 | 20,247 | 2,509 | 34 | 22,790 |
| Additions | 18 | 1,627 | - | 1,645 |
| Remeasurements | 947 | 278 | - | 1,225 |
| Disposals | (480) | (1,326) | (9) | (1,815) |
| At 30 November 2025 | 20,732 | 3,088 | 25 | 23,845 |
| Accumulated depreciation and impairment | | | | |
| At 1 December 2023 | 8,024 | 1,198 | 145 | 9,367 |
| Charge for the year | 2,410 | 624 | 5 | 3,039 |
| Impairment charge | 638 | - | - | 638 |
| Disposals | (2,151) | - | (117) | (2,268) |
| At 30 November 2024 | 8,921 | 1,822 | 33 | 10,776 |
| Charge for the year

1 | 1,486 | 720 | 1 | 2,207 |
| Reversal of impairment charge | (81) | - | - | (81) |
| Disposals | (480) | (1,326) | (9) | (1,815) |
| At 30 November 2025 | 9,846 | 1,216 | 25 | 11,087 |
| Carrying amount | | | | |
| At 30 November 2025 | 10,886 | 1,872 | - | 12,758 |
| At 30 November 2024 | 11,326 | 687 | 1 | 12,014 |

¹

Included within depreciation charge for the year is a credit of £109,000 relating to the shortening of a lease term and reduction in the lease liability. As the related right-

of-use asset was already fully depreciated, the required adjustment reverses previously recognised depreciation on the asset charged to cost of sales.

The most significant right-of-use asset is the Harrier Park warehouse which has a cost of £13.6m and a net book value at 30 November 2025

of £9.0m (2024: £10.0m). The warehouse is used by RM TTS.

The lease liabilities included on the Group balance sheet are:

2025 2024
Group £000 £000
Current 1,972 2,152
Non-current 13,393 12,816
15,365 14,968

The Company has no leases.

The movements in the lease liability and the maturity analysis of lease liabilities are set out in Note 31 Financial risk management.

The expense relating to short-term and low-value leases is set out in Note 5 Profit/(loss) from operations.

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

166

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

18. Investments in subsidiary undertakings

The subsidiary undertakings of the Company at 30 November 2025 were:

Country of
Name Principal activity incorporation Class of share % Held
RM Education Limited Software, services & systems England Ordinary 100%
RM Educational Resources Limited Resource supply England Ordinary 100%
R M T T S Trading LLC¹ Sales and marketing agent United Arab Emirates Ordinary 100%
RM Education Solutions India Private Limited¹ Software and corporate services India Ordinary 100%
RM Pension Scheme Trustee Limited Corporate Trustee England Ordinary 100%
RM PLC Australia Pty Limited Holding company Australia Ordinary 100%
SONET Systems Pty Limited¹ Software Australia Ordinary 100%
RM Education Research Machines Limited¹ Holding company England Ordinary 100%
RM Education Holdings Limited Dormant England Ordinary 100%
TTS Group Limited Dormant England Ordinary 100%

1

Held through subsidiary undertaking.

All UK subsidiary companies are registered at 142B Park Drive, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire OX14 4SE.

R M T T S Trading LLC is registered at The One Tower, 23rd floor, Office 22, Sheikh Zayed Road, Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

RM Education Solutions India Private Limited is registered at 2nd Floor, Ganga Building, Technopark Phase III, Trivandrum, Kerala,

695583, India.

RM PLC Australia Pty Limited and SoNET Systems Pty Limited are registered at 179 Queen Street, Melbourne, Victoria, VIC 3000, Australia.

The investment in subsidiary undertakings comprises:

Capital
contribution
Investment in share-based
share capital payments Total
Company £000 £000 £000
Cost
At 1 December 2023 112,470 13,635 126,105
Share based payments - 644 644
At 30 November 2024 112,470 14,279 126,749
Share based payments - 1,005 1,005
At 30 November 2025 112,470 15,284 127,754
Accumulated impairment
At 1 December 2023 68,153 - 68,153
Impairment charge 1,911 1,288 3,199
At 30 November 2024 70,064 1,288 71,352
At 30 November 2025 70,064 1,288 71,352
Carrying value
At 30 November 2025 42,406 13,996 56,402
At 30 November 2024 42,406 12,991 55,397

Following an impairment review at 30 November 2024, the Company recognised a £3,199,000 impairment charge to fully write-off the

carrying value of its investment in RM Educational Resources Limited, comprising the RM TTS division and formerly the RM Consortium

division.

The remaining carrying value at 30 November 2025 and 2024 entirely relates to the Company’s investment in RM Education Limited

(comprising the RM Assessment and RM Technology divisions).

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

continued

18. Investments in subsidiary undertakings

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

167

The recoverable amounts of the investments in subsidiary undertakings are determined from value-in-use calculations. The value in use

calculations include payments for pensions contributions and subsidiary loan repayments. The key assumptions for the value-in-use

calculations are those regarding the cash flows, the discount rates and the growth rates. The Group prepares cash flow forecasts derived

from the most recent annual financial budget approved by the Board, which also contains forecasts for the two years following, and

extrapolates cash flows based on internal forecasts with terminal rates which align to market growth and inflation expectations. For 2025,

the assumptions used to calculate the discount rates and long-term growth rates have been adjusted to better reflect current market

conditions. The discount rates and growth rates are the same as used in the goodwill impairment review as set out in Note 14.

For the Company’s investment in RM Educational Resources Limited, the value in use has been derived on the same basis as the TTS

CGU impairment review set out in Note 14. The impairment review is sensitive to a change in key assumptions used in the value in use

calculations relating to the discount rate and future growth rates.

The investment carrying value is sensitive to changes in forecast cash flows, and the assumed discount rate and future growth rate. A

£0.5m reversal of the impairment would be caused by a 0.1% reduction in the discount rate, or a 0.2% increase in the annual growth rate.

No reasonably possible change in assumptions would give rise to an impairment of the investment in RM Education Limited.

19. Inventories

| | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | 2025 | 2024 |
| Group | £000 | £000 |
| Finished goods | 12,987 | 15,190 |

Any inventory that is not expected to be turned over within 24 months has been provided for. Inventories are stated net of write-downs of

£323,000 (2024: £377,000).

20. Trade and other receivables

| | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | Group | | Company | |
| | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 |
| | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 |
| Current assets | | | | |
| Financial assets | | | | |
| Trade receivables | 13,481 | 12,045 | - | - |
| Other receivables | 744 | 766 | - | - |
| Derivative financial assets | - | 22 | - | - |
| Accrued income from customer contracts | 7,585 | 3,563 | - | - |
| | 21,810 | 16,396 | - | - |
| Non-financial assets | | | | |
| Prepayments | 4,240 | 5,327 | - | 111 |
| | 26,050 | 21,723 | - | 111 |
| Non-current assets | | | | |
| Financial assets | | | | |
| Other receivables | 353 | 245 | - | - |
| Total non-current assets | 353 | 245 | - | - |
| Total trade and other receivables | 26,403 | 21,968 | - | 111 |
| Currency profile of receivables | | | | |
| Pounds sterling | 20,372 | 18,279 | - | 111 |
| US dollar | 4,286 | 2,099 | - | - |
| Australian dollar | 54 | 150 | - | - |
| Euro | 101 | 34 | - | - |
| Indian rupee | 523 | 642 | - | - |
| Singapore dollar | 748 | 415 | - | - |
| Other | 319 | 349 | - | - |
| | 26,403 | 21,968 | - | 111 |

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

continued

20. Trade and other receivables

168

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of trade and other receivables approximates their fair values.

The Group’s accrued income from customer contracts balances solely relate to revenue from contracts with customers.

Movements in the accrued income balances were driven by transactions entered into by the Group within the normal course of business

in the year.

Analysis of trade receivables and customer contracts by type of customer

2025 2024
Group £000 £000
Government 8,701 8,188
Commercial 12,365 7,420
At 30 November 21,066 15,608

Trade receivables included an allowance for expected credit loss at 30 November 2025 of £338,000 (2024: £429,000), based on

management’s knowledge of the customer base, externally available information and expected payment likelihood. New customers are

subject to credit checks where available, using third-party databases, prior to being accepted. The Group applies the simplified approach

and records lifetime expected credit losses for trade receivables. Expected credit losses are measured using historical cash collection data

for periods of at least 12 months wherever possible and grouped into various customer segments based on product or customer type.

The historical loss rates are adjusted where macroeconomic factors (for example changes in interest rates or other commercial factors)

are expected to have a significant impact when determining future expected credit loss rates. The amounts presented in the balance

sheet are net of allowances for expected credit losses. The expected credit loss provision is calculated using a provision matrix, in which

the provision increases as balances age. Trade receivables and contract assets are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of

recovery and enforcement activity has ceased.

Allowance for estimated credit losses

2025 2024
Group £000 £000
At 1 December 429 1,424
Expected credit losses provided 16 147
Amounts written off in the year (107) (1,142)
At 30 November 338 429

No expected credit losses have been recognised on accrued income as the probability of default is considered insignificant.

Ageing of customer contract balances

2025 2024
Trade Trade
receivables Allowance Net receivables Allowance Net
Group £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Not past due 10,964 (29) 10,935 8,481 (74) 8,407
Overdue by less than 60 days 2,042 (1) 2,041 2,635 - 2,635
Overdue by between 60 and 90 days 359 (255) 104 628 (99) 529
Overdue by between 90 and 180 days 422 (21) 401 513 (187) 326
Overdue by more than 180 days 32 (32) - 217 (69) 148
13,819 (338) 13,481 12,474 (429) 12,045

The following table shows the movements in trade receivables in the year:

2025 2024
Group £000 £000
At 1 December 12,045 21,207
Amounts billed to customers in the period:
Net 155,767 167,509
Sales tax 22,778 25,562
Cash received (177,200) (203,228)
Movement in provision (16) (147)
Written off 107 1,142
At 30 November 13,481 12,045

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

continued

20. Trade and other receivables

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

169

Impairment of intercompany receivables – Company accounts

At 30 November 2025, amounts owed by group undertakings amounted to £7,079,000 and were fully impaired (2024: £8,086,000 fully

impaired).

Movements in customer contract balances

The following table shows the movements in customer contract balances and the performance obligations satisfied in the year:

Total customer Contract
Accrued Deferred contract fulfilment
income income balance asset
Group £000 £000 £000 £000
At 1 December 2023 2,860 (14,755) (11,895) 3,908
Amounts subsequently billed to customers in the period (2,631) - (2,631) -
Performance obligations satisfied (invoiced and deferred in prior periods) - 10,374 10,374 -
Revenue recognised but not invoiced in the period 3,334 - 3,334 -
Amounts billed to customers for which revenue will be recognised in later
periods - (11,491) (11,491) -
Transfer from other intangible assets - - - 3,882
Transfer to other intangible assets - - - (952)
New contract fulfilment costs incurred - - - 4,394
New contract fulfilment assets amortised in line with performance
obligations satisfied - - - (2,470)
Written off - 45 45 -
Impact of foreign exchange - 15 15 (192)
At 30 November 2024 3,563 (15,812) (12,249) 8,570
Amounts subsequently billed to customers in the period (3,098) - (3,098) -
Performance obligations satisfied (invoiced and deferred in prior periods) - 15,379 15,379 -
Revenue recognised but not invoiced in the period 7,118 - 7,118 -
Amounts billed to customers for which revenue will be recognised in later
periods - (9,086) (9,086) -
Transfer from other intangible assets - - - 272
Transfer from prepayments - - - 859
New contract fulfilment costs incurred - - - 4,811
New contract fulfilment assets amortised in line with performance
obligations satisfied - - - (6,516)
Impact of foreign exchange 2 15 17 (14)
At 30 November 2025 7,585 (9,504) (1,919) 7,982

Revenue recognised in the year from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods was £nil (2024: £nil).

Customer contract invoices are raised on the following basis:

For point-in-time revenue streams – invoicing raised on delivery of performance obligations;

For over-time revenue streams in RM Technology – the majority of contract invoicing is either in advance (monthly, quarterly, or

annually) or quarterly in arrears; and

For over-time revenue streams in RM Assessment – invoicing varies contract to contract and between performance obligations and can

be materially different to the satisfaction of the related performance obligations in timing.

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

170

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

21. Contract fulfilment assets

| | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | | 2025 | 2024 |
| Group | Note | £000 | £000 |
| At 1 December | | 8,570 | 3,908 |
| Additions | | 4,811 | 4,394 |
| Transfer from intangible assets | 15 | 272 | 3,882 |
| Transfer to intangible assets | 15 | - | (952) |
| Transfer from prepayments | | 859 | - |
| Amortised in the period | | (6,516) | (2,470) |
| Foreign exchange | | (14) | (192) |
| At 30 November | | 7,982 | 8,570 |
| Analysed by | | | |
| Current | | 2,720 | 2,909 |
| Non-current | | 5,262 | 5,661 |
| At 30 November | | 7,982 | 8,570 |

Contract fulfilment assets represent investment in contracts which are recoverable and are expected to provide benefits over the life of the

contract.

22. Trade and other payables

| | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | Group | | Company | |
| | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 |
| | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 |
| Current liabilities | | | | |
| Financial liabilities | | | | |
| Trade payables | 17,672 | 13,748 | - | - |
| Lease liabilities | 1,972 | 2,152 | - | - |
| Other payables | 3,894 | 3,224 | - | - |
| Derivative financial liabilities | 40 | - | - | - |
| Accruals | 6,302 | 7,340 | 136 | 109 |
| Amounts owed to Group undertakings | - | - | 32,550 | 38,260 |
| | 29,880 | 26,464 | 32,686 | 38,369 |
| Non-financial liabilities | | | | |
| Other taxation and social security | 2,676 | 3,206 | - | - |
| Deferred income from customer contracts | 9,339 | 12,227 | - | - |
| | 41,895 | 41,897 | 32,686 | 38,369 |
| Non-current liabilities | | | | |
| Financial liabilities | | | | |
| Lease liabilities | | | | |
| – due after one year but within two years | 1,964 | 1,676 | - | - |
| – due after two years but within five years | 5,108 | 3,849 | - | - |
| – after five years | 6,321 | 7,291 | - | - |
| | 13,393 | 12,816 | - | - |
| Non-financial liabilities | | | | |
| Deferred income from customer contracts | | | | |
| – due after one year but within two years | 141 | 1,447 | - | - |
| – due after two years but within five years | 24 | 2,138 | - | - |
| | 13,558 | 16,401 | - | - |
| | 55,453 | 58,298 | 32,686 | 38,369 |

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

continued

22. Trade and other payables

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

171

The amounts owed to Group undertakings by the Company are unsecured, payable on demand and bear interest at SONIA plus 2%. Other

payables mainly comprise overpayments and rebates due to customers. The Group’s deferred revenue balances solely relate to revenue

from contracts with customers. Movements in the deferred revenue balances were driven by transactions entered into by the Group within

the normal course of business in the year.

Currency profile of trade and other payables

Group Company
2025 2024 2025 2024
£000 £000 £000 £000
Pounds sterling 49,323 47,525 32,686 38,369
US dollar 1,048 5,254 - -
Australian dollar 351 775 - -
Indian rupee 1,649 2,134 - -
Other 3,082 2,610 - -
55,453 58,298 32,686 38,369

23. Provisions

| | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | | Employee- | | |
| | | related | Contract risk | |
| | Dilapidations | restructuring | provisions | Total |
| Group | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 |
| At 1 December 2023 | 2,292 | 816 | 1,634 | 4,742 |
| Increase in provisions | 876 | 81 | - | 957 |
| Utilisation of provisions | (287) | (740) | (885) | (1,912) |
| Release of provisions | (323) | (76) | (251) | (650) |
| Unwinding of discount on provisions | 78 | - | - | 78 |
| At 30 November 2024 | 2,636 | 81 | 498 | 3,215 |
| Increase in provisions | 65 | 50 | 15 | 130 |
| Utilisation of provisions | (436) | (101) | (370) | (907) |
| Remeasurement of provisions | (63) | - | - | (63) |
| Release of provisions | (424) | - | (46) | (470) |
| Unwinding of discount on provisions (see Note 9) | 58 | - | - | 58 |
| At 30 November 2025 | 1,836 | 30 | 97 | 1,963 |

Dilapidations provisions are based on reports from appropriately qualified third-party experts. Of the £1.8m total dilapidations provisions at

30 November 2025, £1.0m is expected to be utilised in 2026 and the remaining £0.8m between 2027 and 2035.

Employee-related restructuring provisions refer to costs arising from restructuring to meet the future needs of the Group. All these

restructuring activities are expected to be completed during 2026.

Contract risk provisions include items not covered by any other category of which the majority relates to provisions for onerous IT licence

contracts, which decreased as provisions recognised following the Group’s decision to cease trading in the RM Consortium business were

utilised.

Disclosure of provisions

2025 2024
Group £000 £000
Current liabilities 1,154 1,972
Non-current liabilities 809 1,243
1,963 3,215

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

172

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

24. Pension schemes

a. Defined contribution schemes

The Group operates or contributes to a number of defined contribution schemes for the benefit of qualifying employees. The assets

of these schemes are held separately from those of the Company. The total cost charged to income of £2,243,000 (2024: £2,041,000)

represents contributions payable to these schemes by the Group at rates specified in employment contracts.

b. Defined benefit pension schemes

As described in Note 2, the Group has both defined benefit and defined contribution pension schemes. There are four defined benefit

pension schemes.

The Research Machines plc 1988 Pension Scheme (RM Scheme)

The Scheme provides benefits to qualifying employees and former employees of RM Education Limited but was closed to new members

with effect from 1 January 2003 and closed to future accrual of benefits from 31 October 2012. The assets of the Scheme are held

separately from RM Education Limited’s assets in a trustee-administered fund. The Trustee is an external company. The Scheme is a funded

scheme.

Under the Scheme, employees were entitled to retirement benefits of 1/60th of final salary for each qualifying year on attainment of

retirement age of 60 or 65 years and additional benefits based on the value of individual accounts. No other post-retirement benefits were

provided by the Scheme.

The most recent actuarial valuation of Scheme assets and the present value of the defined benefit obligation was carried out for statutory

funding purposes at 31 May 2024 by a qualified independent actuary. IAS 19 Employee Benefits (revised) liabilities at 30 November 2025

have been rolled forward based on this valuation’s base data.

As at 31 May 2024, the triennial valuation for statutory funding purposes showed a surplus of £10,393,000. No additional contribution

payments are required.

The Company has entered into a pension protection fund compliant guarantee in respect of Scheme liabilities. No liability has been

recognised for this within the Company as the Directors consider that the likelihood of it being called upon is remote.

The Consortium CARE Scheme (CARE Scheme)

Until 31 December 2005, The Consortium for Purchasing and Distribution Limited (The Consortium, acquired by the Company on

30 June 2017 and subsequently became a part of RM Educational Resources Limited) operated a pension scheme (the Consortium CARE

scheme) providing benefits on both a defined benefit (final salary-linked) and a defined contribution basis. From 1 January 2006, the

defined benefit (final salary-linked) and defined contribution sections were closed and all employees, subject to the eligibility conditions

set out in the Trust Deed and Rules, joined a new defined benefit (Career Average Revalued Earnings) section. From 28 February 2011 the

Scheme was closed to future accruals.

The Consortium division became a discontinued operation during the year ended 30 November 2024. Costs relating to administration of

the Scheme subsequent to this date are disclosed as an adjusting item (see Note 6).

The most recent actuarial valuation of Scheme assets and the present value of the defined benefit obligation was carried out for statutory

funding purposes at 31 May 2024 by a qualified independent actuary. IAS 19 Employee Benefits (revised) liabilities at 30 November 2025

have been rolled forward based on this valuation’s base data.

As at 31 May 2024, the triennial valuation for statutory funding purposes showed a surplus of £112,000. No further deficit catch-

up payments, beyond those agreed in the prior valuation (dated 31 May 2021) of £1,200,000 per annum until 31 December 2026,

were required. Subsequent to agreeing the 31 May 2024 triennial valuation, the Company and trustee of the CARE Scheme signed a

memorandum of understanding that ceased contributions to the scheme with effect from 1 June 2025, but with the requirement to

reinstate (at the level of £50,000 per month) should the funding level fall below a specified threshold, as measured at each actuarial report

anniversary.

Prudential Platinum Pension (Platinum Scheme)

The Consortium acquired West Mercia Supplies in April 2012 (prior to the Company acquiring The Consortium). Upon acquisition by The

Consortium of West Mercia Supplies, a pension scheme (the Platinum scheme) was set up providing benefits on both a defined benefit

(final salary-linked) and a defined contribution basis for West Mercia employees. The most recent full actuarial valuation was carried out by

the independent actuaries on 31 December 2024. The Scheme is administered within a legally separate trust from The Consortium and

the Trustees are responsible for ensuring that the correct benefits are paid, that the Scheme is appropriately funded and that the Scheme

assets are appropriately invested. The triennial valuation of the Scheme for statutory funding purposes at 31 December 2024 was a surplus

of £391,300. No contribution payments are required until 31 December 2030.

Local Government Pension Schemes

The Group has TUPE employees who retain membership of Local Government Pension Schemes. The Group is required to pay regular

contributions as decided by the relevant Scheme actuary and as detailed in each Scheme’s schedule of contributions, which are calculated

every three years as part of a triennial valuation. Many of these Schemes have a customer contractual guarantee whereby the Group

reimburses any deficit when it ceases to be a participating employer.

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

continued

24. Pension schemes

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

173

The Group is not the main sponsoring employer in these local government pension schemes and therefore does not have an

unconditional right to recover surpluses, either during the life of the Scheme, when all the members have left the plan, or on a plan wind-

up. Similarly, the Group is not liable for other entities’ obligations in these Schemes.

The Group makes payments to these Schemes for current service costs in accordance with its contractual obligations. The amount due in

respect of these schemes at 30 November 2025 was £80,522 (2024: £50,000).

Amounts recognised in the income statement and in the statement of comprehensive income

Year ended Year ended
30 November 30 November
2025 2024
Group Note £000 £000
Past service cost (see Note 6) - (300)
Administrative expenses (409) (27)
Operating expense (409) (327)
Interest cost (8,876) (8,763)
Interest on scheme assets 9,954 9,510
Net interest income 8 1,078 747
Income recognised in the income statement 669 420
Effect of changes in demographic assumptions (366) 354
Effect of changes in financial assumptions 13,134 (73)
Effect of experience adjustments (2,419) 1,673
Total actuarial gains 10,349 1,954
Return on scheme assets excluding interest on scheme assets (12,778) 1,439
Reversal of historical payment accrual - 367
(Expense)/income recognised in the statement of comprehensive income (2,429) 3,760

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

continued

24. Pension schemes

174

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

Reconciliation of the scheme assets and obligations through the year

Local
Government
RM CARE Platinum Pension
Scheme Scheme

1
Scheme Schemes Total
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Assets:
At 1 December 2023 170,546 12,665 1,874 - 185,085
Interest on scheme assets 8,748 666 96 - 9,510
Return on scheme assets, excluding interest on
scheme assets 1,064 391 (16) - 1,439
Administrative expenses - - (27) - (27)
Contributions from Group 3,027 1,215 28 - 4,270
Benefits paid (4,405) (657) (18) - (5,080)
At 30 November 2024 178,980 14,280 1,937 - 195,197
Interest on scheme assets 9,131 724 99 - 9,954
Return on scheme assets, excluding interest on
scheme assets (11,841) (813) (124) - (12,778)
Administrative expenses (298) (80) (31) - (409)
Contributions from Group 707 619 29 - 1,355
Benefits paid (4,913) (715) (19) - (5,647)
At 30 November 2025 171,766 14,015 1,891 - 187,672
Obligations:
At 1 December 2023 (158,387) (13,046) (1,237) (30) (172,700)
Past service cost (300) - - - (300)
Interest cost (8,045) (655) (63) - (8,763)
Actuarial gains/(losses) 2,064 (129) 19 - 1,954
Benefits paid 4,405 657 18 - 5,080
At 30 November 2024 (160,263) (13,173) (1,263) (30) (174,729)
Interest cost (8,157) (654) (65) - (8,876)
Actuarial gains 9,490 685 174 - 10,349
Benefits paid 4,913 715 19 - 5,647
At 30 November 2025 (154,017) (12,427) (1,135) (30) (167,609)
Net pension surplus/(deficit)
At 30 November 2025
Pension deficit - - - (30) (30)
Pension surplus 17,749 1,588 756 - 20,093
Net pension surplus/(deficit) 17,749 1,588 756 (30) 20,063
At 30 November 2024
Pension deficit - - - (30) (30)
Pension surplus 18,717 1,107 674 - 20,498
Net pension surplus/(deficit) 18,717 1,107 674 (30) 20,468

1

Included within the CARE Scheme obligations at 30 November 2025 is an unfunded liability of £72,000 (2024: £85,000) which is a liability of the Group and not the

Scheme.

Surplus recognition

The RM, CARE and Platinum Schemes are in an accounting surplus position. In each case, any surplus remaining after all members have

left the Scheme would be returned to the Group in accordance with the trust deed. The full economic benefit of any surplus is therefore

available to the Group and is recognised on the balance sheet.

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

continued

24. Pension schemes

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

175

Reconciliation of net defined benefit obligation

Year ended Year ended
30 November 30 November
2025 2024
Group £000 £000
Net pension surplus at 1 December 20,468 12,385
Past service cost - (300)
Net interest income included in the income statement 1,078 747
Administrative expenses included in the income statement (409) (27)
Scheme remeasurements included in the statement of comprehensive income

1
(2,429) 3,393
Cash contribution 1,355 4,270
Net pension surplus at 30 November 20,063 20,468

1

The prior year figure of £3,393,000 excludes a historical adjustment of £367,000.

Obligation by participant status

At At
30 November 30 November
2025 2024
Group £000 £000
Vested deferreds 120,511 124,879
Retirees 47,068 49,820
Local Government Pension Schemes obligations 30 30
167,609 174,729

Value of scheme assets

At At
30 November 30 November
2025 2024
Group Fair value hierarchy £000 £000
Cash and cash equivalents, including escrow Level 1 1,882 1,408
Equity instruments Level 2 42,136 68,206
Equity instruments - pooled investment vehicle Level 3 1,342 2,132
Debt instruments Level 2 1,891 2,019
Liability driven investments Level 2 124,198 104,415
Insurance contract Level 3 16,223 17,017
187,672 195,197

Liability driven investments (LDI)

The RM Scheme and the CARE Scheme assets include an LDI portfolio. The portfolio is valued at market value as no bid valuation is

available. The components of the LDI portfolio are determined by the Trustee’s investment advisor with the aim to provide a good match

to the Scheme’s exposure to interest rate and inflation risks within the value of its liabilities.

Liability driven investments are expected to move broadly in line with the rise and fall in liability values, thus providing a degree of

protection to the Scheme’s funding position.

Insurance assets

The RM Scheme also holds insurance policies covering benefits for some pensions in payment. The value of these annuities is £16.2m

at 30 November 2025 (2024: £17.0m). This value has been calculated using the same assumptions as used to value the liabilities. The

method of determining the value of the insurance annuities is determined by projecting the expected benefit payments using the agreed

assumptions and then discounting the resulting cash flows back to 30 November 2025.

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

continued

24. Pension schemes

176

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

Significant actuarial assumptions

Year ended Year ended
Group 30 November 2025 30 November 2024
Discount rate (RM Scheme) 5.55% 5.15%
Discount rate (CARE Scheme) 5.45% 5.10%
Discount rate (Platinum Scheme) 5.60% 5.15%
Rate of RPI price inflation (RM Scheme) 2.85% 3.10%
Rate of RPI price inflation (CARE Scheme) 2.85% 3.15%
Rate of RPI price inflation (Platinum Scheme) 2.85% 3.05%
Rate of CPI price inflation - period before 1 January 2030 2.05% 2.20%
Rate of CPI price inflation - period after 1 January 2030 2.90% 3.10%
Rate of pensions increases based on RPI with 5% cap (RM Scheme) 2.75% 2.90%
Rate of pensions increases based on RPI with 5% cap (CARE Scheme) 2.75% 2.95%
Rate of pensions increases based on RPI with 2.5% cap 1.90% 1.95%
Mortality base table (RM and CARE schemes) S4PA S4PA
Mortality base table (Platinum scheme) S3PA S3PA
Future longevity improvements CMI 2024 with 1.00% long- CMI 2023 with 1.00% long-
term improvement, COVID term improvement, 2020 and
half-life parameter of 0.5

1
2021 weight parameters of
0%, 2022 and 2023 of 100%
Weighted average duration of defined benefit obligation 16 years 16 years
Assumed life expectancy on retirement at age 65 for the RM scheme:
Retiring at the accounting date (male member aged 65) 21.1 20.7
Retiring 20 years after the accounting date (male member aged 45) 22.0 21.6

1

The half-life parameter (‘H’) is a new addition for the CMI 2024 mortality improvements model. This parameter controls the rate of decay of the newly introduced

‘overlay’. The overlay covers the mortality experience shock from the COVID-19 pandemic, specifically how much of it remains versus the initial 2020 shock. The

longer the half-life, the slower the overlay reduces and therefore the longer the effects of the pandemic are assumed to persist. The defined benefit obligation has been

calculated using a half-life parameter of 0.5, which means that the overlay halves every 0.5 years and is largely removed by 2024. Due to the way the mortality rates have

fallen in the last few years, a shorter half-life currently results in higher projected long-term mortality and therefore lower life expectancies.

Expected cash flows

Year ended Year ended
Group 30 November 2025 30 November 2024
Expected employer contributions for the following year ended
30 November - 1,907
Expected total benefit payments
Year 1 5,788 5,208
Year 2 5,953 5,359
Year 3 6,122 5,514
Year 4 6,297 5,674
Year 5 6,476 5,839
Years 6 - 10 35,256 31,835

The Group has agreed with the Trustee of the RM and CARE Schemes to provide the Schemes with a second ranking fixed and floating

charge over the shares of all obligor companies (except for RM plc) and a payment of £0.5m each at bi-annual intervals starting on August

2023 which is contingent upon the adjusted debt leverage ratio being less than 3.2x at that date. The definition of adjusted leverage

is aligned to the banking facility as set out in Note 25. No such payments were made during the years ended 30 November 2025 or

30 November 2024, because the Group remained above the threshold for the adjusted debt leverage ratio.

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

continued

24. Pension schemes

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

177

Key risks

The schemes expose the Group to a number of risks:

Investment risk: The scheme holds investments in asset classes, such as equities, which have volatile market values and, while these

assets are expected to provide real returns over the long-term, the short-term volatility can cause additional funding to be required if a

deficit emerges.

Interest rate risk: The scheme’s liabilities are assessed using market yields on high quality corporate bonds to discount the liabilities.

As the scheme holds assets such as equities and diversified growth funds the value of the assets and liabilities may not move in the

same way.

Inflation risk: A significant proportion of the benefits under the scheme are linked to inflation. Although the scheme’s assets are expected

to provide a good hedge against inflation over the long-term, movements over the short-term could lead to deficits emerging.

Mortality risk: In the event that members live longer than assumed a deficit will emerge in the scheme.

Sensitivities to assumptions – one item changed with all others held constant

The significant actuarial assumptions are the discount rate applied to pension liabilities, the inflation rate and mortality. The table below

shows the sensitivity of the scheme obligations and net surplus to a COVID half-life parameter of 1.0, 0.1% movement in discount rate, a

0.1% movement in RPI and a one-year increase in life expectancy.

At 30 November 2025
COVID
half-life Discount rate Discount rate RPI RPI Life
Base parameter -0.1% +0.1% -0.1% +0.1% +1year
Group £m 1.0 £m £m £m £m £m
Analysis of net balance sheet
position
Fair value of scheme assets 187.7 187.7 187.7 187.7 187.7 187.7 187.7
Present value of scheme
obligations (167.6) (168.1) (169.9) (165.3) (165.9) (169.3) (171.2)
Net pension surplus 20.1 19.6 17.8 22.4 21.8 18.4 16.5
Actuarial assumptions
COVID half-life parameter 0.5 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Discount rate (RM Scheme) 5.55% 5.55% 5.45% 5.65% 5.55% 5.55% 5.55%
Discount rate (CARE Scheme) 5.45% 5.45% 5.35% 5.55% 5.45% 5.45% 5.45%
Discount rate (Platinum Scheme) 5.60% 5.60% 5.50% 5.70% 5.60% 5.60% 5.60%
Rate of RPI 2.85% 2.85% 2.85% 2.85% 2.75% 2.95% 2.85%
Rate of CPI 2.05% 2.05% 2.05% 2.05% 1.95% 2.15% 2.05%

Implications of Court of Appeal ruling of Virgin Media Ltd versus NTL Pension Trustees II Ltd case

On 16 June 2023, the High Court handed down its decision in the Virgin Media Ltd versus NTL Pension Trustees II Ltd case, which

concerned the correct interpretation of section 37 of the Pension Schemes Act 1993. Subsequently Virgin Media Ltd filed an appeal, the

hearing for which took place on 26 and 27 June 2024 and on 25 July 2024, it was announced that the Court of Appeal upheld the High

Court ruling. The Court of Appeal’s ruling confirms that a section 37 confirmation was required where an alteration to a scheme’s rules

affected pension benefits attributable to past or future service benefits related to section 9(2B) rights between 6 April 1997 until the end of

contracting-out on 5 April 2016.

For the RM and CARE schemes the trustees undertook an initial review of amendments to the schemes within the relevant time period.

This identified a number of amendments which required section 37 confirmations. On 1 September 2025 the UK government published

amendments to the Pension Schemes Bill which allow trustees to request scheme actuaries to provide retrospective validation of any

historic alternations where certification was not originally requested, or evidence of this cannot be located. The final position will only be

certain once the Pension Schemes Bill is finalised and any associated guidance for scheme actuaries is published. Accordingly, at this stage

there remains no quantification of the potential impact, if any, on the schemes and hence no provision has been made in the Financial

Statements.

In respect of the Platinum Pension Scheme, as the Company has one small sub-section of a much larger scheme, with fewer than 50

members in the sub-section, the risk of implications from the ruling are deemed immaterial.

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

178

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

25. Borrowings

| | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | 2025 | 2024 |
| Group and Company | £000 | £000 |
| Bank loan | 58,000 | 57,000 |
| Less capitalised fees | (1,258) | (1,476) |
| Borrowings | 56,742 | 55,524 |

The borrowings in the year and details of the facility are detailed in Note 31.

At 30 November 2025, the Group had drawn down £58.0m (2024: £57.0m) of the facility.

Bank and professional service fees relating to securing the loan have been capitalised and are amortised over the length of the loan of

which £738,000 (2024: £1,476,000) relates to the unamortised previous facility agreements and £520,000 is the unamortised arrangement

fee relating to the extension during the current year.

During the year the Group secured an agreement with Lenders which extended its existing £70.0m facility to July 2027. The fixed charge

over the shares of each of the obligor companies (except for RM plc), and the fixed and floating charge over all assets of the obligor

companies granted previously to Lenders remain in place. Under the amended facility covenants have been reset as follows:

A quarterly LTM (last twelve months) EBITDA covenant test to November 2026, which is then replaced by a quarterly EBITDA leverage

test and interest cover, which are required to be below 4.5x and above 4x respectively from February 2027; and

A hard liquidity covenant test requiring the Group to have liquidity greater than £7.5m on the last business day of the month, and liquidity

not be below £7.5m at the end of two consecutive weeks within a month. This liquidity limit is the minimum amount the Group must

have available under the facility, taking into account cash and the amount left to draw.

The Group operated within its existing financial covenants during 2025. At the end of November 2025, the minimum EBITDA covenant

required was £9.7m versus EBITDA of £15.5m. During 2025, the Group remained over the soft liquidity covenant limit which requires

liquidity to be greater than £12.5m during the cash flow forecast period. No further meetings were however requested by the lenders.

26. Share capital and share premium

| | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | Ordinary shares of par value

2

2

/

7

p | | |
| | | | Share |
| | | Share capital | premium |
| Group and Company | Number 000 | £000 | £000 |
| Authorised, allotted, called up and fully paid: | | | |
| At 1 December 2023 and 30 November 202

4 | 83,875 | 1,917 | 27,080 |
| Issued in the year | 14,211 | 325 | 12,378 |
| At 30 November 2025 | 98,086 | 2,242 | 39,458 |

Ordinary shareholders are entitled to one vote per share at the general meetings of the Company and carry no right to fixed income.

On 14 October 2025, the Company issued 14,210,527 ordinary shares at a price of £0.95 per share, for total gross proceeds of £13,500,001.

The share premium recognised is net of directly attributable share issue costs.

27. Own shares

The RM plc Employee Share Trust (EST) was established in March 2003 to hedge the future obligations of the Group in respect of

shares awarded under the RM plc Co-Investment Plan, RM plc Performance Share Plan and Deferred Bonus Plan. The EST has waived

any entitlement to the receipt of normal dividends in respect of all of its holding of the Company’s ordinary shares. The EST’s waiver of

dividends may be revoked or varied at any time.

Ordinary shares of 2

2

/

7

p
Group and Company Number 000 £000
At 1 December 2023, 30 November 2024 and 30 November 2025 619 444

The valuation of the shares is weighted average cost.

The maximum number of own shares held in the year was 618,796 (2024: 618,796).

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

179

28. Share-based payments

The Group operates an equity-settled share-based payment scheme known as the RM plc Performance Share Plan 2019 (the PSP Scheme)

for the remuneration of senior employees. Details of Directors’ awards are contained within the Remuneration Report.

Participants are granted nil-cost options which are subject to performance conditions and remaining employed up to the vesting date.

The performance conditions are measured over a three-year performance period and are based on a mix of total shareholder return and

total shareholder return relative to a comparator group of FTSE Small Cap Index companies. For all options granted since January 2023,

the performance conditions have been based on 60% total shareholder return and 40% relative return, and the metrics applied will vary

depending on the grant date.

During the year ended 30 November 2025, one award was made under the PSP Scheme (2024: three awards). The total share-based

payments charge was:

Year ended Year ended
30 November 2025 30 November 2024
£000 £000
Equity-settled share-based payment charge 1,005 644

The movements in the number of share options are:

Year ended Year ended
30 November 2025 30 November 2024
Number Number
Outstanding at the start of the year 5,442,788 2,467,388
Granted during the year 1,940,802 3,285,777
Forfeited during the year (809,840) (310,377)
Outstanding at the end of the year 6,573,750 5,442,788
Exercisable at the end of the year Nil Nil
Weighted average remaining contractual life 8.4 years 8.9 years
Weighted average fair value of options granted £0.57 £0.47

All awards are in the form of nil cost options and so have an exercise price of £nil (2024: £nil).

The options granted in the year ended 30 November 2025 are valued using a Monte-Carlo model. The expected TSR volatilities are based

on the historical daily TSR over a period commensurate with the remaining performance period. For further information on the TSR metric

input included in the share-based payment fair value calculation for grants in the year, please refer to footnote 3 within the Long-term

Incentive Plans awards during FY25 section of the Remuneration Committee Report on page 106. The principal assumptions used in these

valuations were:

Year ended Year ended
30 November 2025 30 November 2024
Range of share price at date of grant £1.13 £0.54 to £0.86
Volatility 76% 74% to 76%
Risk-free rate 4.0% 4.1% to 4.2%
Dividend yield Nil Nil

29. Guarantees and contingent liabilities

a) Guarantees

The Company has entered into guarantees relating to the performance and liabilities of certain major contracts of its subsidiaries. In

addition, as set out in Note 24, some of the local government pension schemes have a customer contractual guarantee whereby the

Group reimburses the schemes for any deficit when the Group ceases to be a participating employer. The Directors are not aware of any

circumstances that have given rise to any liability under such guarantees and consider the possibility of any arising to be remote.

The Group has provided first ranking security to the bank facility lenders (see Note 31) and provided second ranking security to the

Research Machines 1988 Defined Benefit Pension Scheme and the CARE Pension Scheme (see Note 24).

b) Contingent liabilities

The Group has provided performance guarantees and indemnities relating to performance bonds and letters of credit issued by its banks

on its behalf, in the ordinary course of business. The Directors are not aware of any circumstances that have given rise to any liability under

such guarantees and indemnities and consider the possibility of any arising to be remote.

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

180

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

30. Capital commitments

At 30 November 2025, capital expenditure contracted for but not recognised as a liability amounted to £nil (2024: £nil).

31. Financial risk management

| | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | Group | | Company | |
| | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 |
| | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 |
| Financial assets | | | | |
| Trade and other receivables - current | 21,810 | 16,396 | - | - |
| Trade and other receivables - non-current | 353 | 245 | - | - |
| Cash and short-term deposits | 6,166 | 8,196 | - | - |
| | 28,329 | 24,837 | - | - |
| Financial liabilities | | | | |
| Trade and other payables - current | (29,880) | (26,464) | (32,686) | (38,369) |
| Trade and other payables - non-current | (13,393) | (12,816) | - | - |
| Bank overdrafts | - | (4,325) | - | - |
| Bank loans | (56,742) | (55,524) | (56,742) | (55,524) |
| | (100,015) | (99,129) | (89,428) | (93,893) |

All assets and liabilities classified as financial assets and financial liabilities are held at amortised cost except for forward foreign exchange

contracts of £40,000 liability (2024: £22,000 asset) which are measured at fair value.

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of all financial assets and financial liabilities approximates their fair value.

It is, and has been throughout the period under review, the Group’s policy that no trading in financial instruments shall be undertaken,

and the Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. The main risks arising from the Company’s

financial assets and liabilities are market risk (foreign currency risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Board reviews and

agrees policies on a regular basis for managing the risks associated with these assets and liabilities.

Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

2025 2024
Borrowings Lease liabilities Borrowings Lease liabilities
£000 £000 £000 £000
At 1 December 55,524 14,968 53,651 16,491
Cash movements
Drawdown of borrowings 14,000 - 8,000 -
Repayment of borrowings (13,000) - (6,000) -
Borrowing facilities arrangement and commitment fees (657) - (1,040) -
Interest paid (5,166) - (5,165) -
Payment of leasing liabilities - (2,860) - (3,373)
Non-cash movements
Interest and other finance costs 6,041 403 6,078 315
New leases - 1,645 - 1,173
Lease modifications - 1,209 - 362
56,742 15,365 55,524 14,968

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

continued

31. Financial risk management

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

181

Foreign currency risk

a) Translation

The Group is exposed to the translation risk of assets and liabilities held in overseas subsidiaries being translated in the Group’s results at

rates of exchange effective at the balance sheet date. The Group also maintains foreign currency denominated cash accounts, but only

holds balances required to settle its payables.

b) Transaction

Operations are also subject to foreign exchange risk from transactions in currencies other than their functional currency and, once

recognised, the revaluation of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. Principally, this relates to transactions arising in US

dollars and Indian rupees. Specifically, the Group purchases a proportion of its inventory in US dollars and operating costs in the Group’s

subsidiary RM Education Solutions India Private Limited are in Indian rupees. The Group also receives US dollars from certain customers.

In order to manage the Indian rupee risk, the Group enters into derivative transactions in the form of forward foreign currency contracts.

To manage the Indian rupee to pounds sterling risk, the contracts purchased are designed to cover 25% to 90% of forecast rupee costs and

are renewed on a revolving quarterly basis, looking out up to 12 months.

The Group matches the inflows and outflows of US dollars as

much as possible to manage the US dollar risk.

Hedge accounting was achieved for the year, and the effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives was recognised in other

comprehensive income. Hedging was transacted in Indian rupee for the whole year.

The total amount of outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts to which the Group was committed was:

At 30 November 2025
Forward Forward Mark-to-
contract value contract value market value Fair value
Currency Contract type Currency ‘000 £000 £000 £000
Indian rupee Buy 75,000 (674) (634) (40)
(674) (634) (40)
At 30 November 2024
Forward Forward Mark-to-
contract value contract value market value Fair value
Currency Contract type Currency ‘000 £000 £000 £000
Indian rupee Buy 721,000 (6,640) (6,662) 22
(6,640) (6,662) 22

Derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value at the balance sheet date and are included within trade and other receivables and

trade and other payables. The fair value of the derivative financial instruments is estimated by discounting the future contracted cash flow,

using readily available market data and represents a level 2 measurement in the fair value hierarchy under IFRS 7.

Of these, forward foreign currency exchange contracts with a contract value of £674,000 (2024: £6,640,000) and fair value of £40,000

liability (2024: £22,000 asset) have been designated as effective hedges in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments: Recognition and

Measurement. The movement in fair value of hedging derivative financial instruments during the year was a net charge of £62,000 (2024:

credit of £424,000) which has been recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity.

The Group has established a hedge ratio of 1:1 as the underlying risk of the forward foreign currency exchange contracts are identical to

the hedged risk. Hedge ineffectiveness can arise from changes to the forecasted amount of cash flows in Indian rupee. No ineffectiveness

was identified in the forward foreign currency exchange contracts that have been designated hedges in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial

Instruments: Recognition and Measurement at 30 November 2025 or at 30 November 2024.

All rupee forward contracts are non-deliverable and are settled on a net basis.

c) Foreign exchange rate sensitivity

The following table details how the Group’s income and equity would increase/(decrease) if there were a 10% increase in the amount

of the respective currency that could be purchased with pounds sterling at the balance sheet date (assuming all other variables remain

constant) (for example from $1.27: £1 to $1.40: £1). The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency denominated

monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a 10% change in foreign currency. A reasonably possible 10% weakening

of pounds sterling against the relevant currency would be estimated to have a comparable but opposite impact on income and equity.

The total amount of outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts to which the Group was committed was:

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

continued

31. Financial risk management

182

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

| | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | At 30 November 2025 | | At 30 November 2024 | |
| | Nominal value | Fair value | Nominal value | Fair value |
| Group | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 |
| Forward foreign exchange contracts | 674 | (40) | 6,640 | 22 |

Sensitivity

At 30 November 2025 At 30 November 2024
Income Equity Income Equity
Group £000 £000 £000 £000
10% increase in foreign exchange rates against pounds sterling:
US dollar (294) - 287 -
Australian dollar 27 - 2 -
Indian rupee 102 4 71 (2)

All the forward exchange contracts mature within one year.

In management’s opinion, the sensitivity analysis is unrepresentative of the inherent foreign exchange risk, as the analysis does not reflect

management’s proactive monitoring methods and processes for exchange risk.

Interest rate risk

The only significant interest-bearing financial assets or liabilities relate to the Group’s borrowings referred to below. During the year,

adjusted average net debt was £57.8m (2024: £53.8m) and the maximum borrowings position was £63.3m (2024: £60.7m).

At 30 November 2025 the Group had a £70.0m committed revolving credit facility with HSBC Bank plc and Barclays Bank plc to July

2027, which was originally signed on 5 July 2019. During the year, the Group secured an agreement with Lenders, which extended the

existing £70.0m facility to July 2027. The fixed charge over the shares of each of the obligor companies (except for RM plc), and the fixed

and floating charge over all assets of the obligor companies granted previously to Lenders remains in place. Under the amended facility

covenants have been reset as follows:

A quarterly LTM (last twelve months) EBITDA covenant test to November 2026, which is then replaced by a quarterly EBITDA leverage

test and interest cover, which are required to be below 4.5x and above 4x respectively from February 2027; and

A hard liquidity covenant test requiring the Group to have liquidity greater than £7.5m on the last business day of the month, and liquidity

not be below £7.5m at the end of two consecutive weeks within a month. This liquidity limit is the minimum amount the Group must

have available under the facility, taking into account cash and the amount left to draw.

Separate to this, the Group has a number of performance bonds relating to potential liabilities arising in connection with any Local

Government Pension Scheme that the Company participates in as a result of its managed services contracts in the RM Technology

division (which are included in the net pension surplus). The Group also has financial guarantees covering payments to suppliers and other

performance guarantees for the RM Assessment, Technology and Resources businesses.

Interest is payable either weekly, monthly or quarterly based on the drawdown frequency. The interest payable on loans under the

revolving credit facility is between 3.35% and 4.25% (the Margin) above SONIA for the remainder of the committed term subject to certain

financial ratios. A commitment fee of 40% of the Margin was payable on the unutilised balance and an arrangement fee of £472,404 (2024:

£473,000) and independent business review fees and costs of £185,015 (2024: £566,000) were paid in 2025. The fees are recognised in

the consolidated income statement on an effective interest rate basis over the duration of the facility.

Financial covenants during the year were on a rolling 12-months minimum EBITDA basis. At 30 November 2025 the minimum EBITDA

covenant required was £9.7m versus actual EBITDA of £15.5m. The £58.0m drawn down at 30 November 2025 is not contractually due for

repayment until July 2027.

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

continued

31. Financial risk management

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

183

The interest and currency profile of bank loans and cash and cash equivalents is shown below:

2025 2024
Floating rate Interest free Total Floating rate Interest free Total
Group £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Pounds sterling cash and cash equivalents - 4,642 4,642 - 5,830 5,830
US dollar - 717 717 - 471 471
Euro - 120 120 - 185 185
Indian rupee 296 - 296 535 - 535
Singapore dollar - 304 304 - 148 148
Australian dollar - 10 10 - 810 810
New Zealand dollar - 76 76 - 50 50
Swedish krona - 1 1 - 167 167
Cash and cash equivalents 296 5,870 6,166 535 7,661 8,196
Bank loan – pounds sterling 58,000 - 58,000 57,000 - 57,000

The weighted average effective interest rates at the balance sheet date on interest bearing financial assets and liabilities were as follows:

2025 2024
Weighted Weighted
average average
Floating rate interest rate Floating rate interest rate
Group £000 % £000 %
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 296 0.00 535 0.00
Financial liabilities
Overdrafts - 0.00 4,325 9.62
Bank loans 58,000 8.46 57,000 9.23

Interest rate sensitivity (assuming all other variables remain constant):

2025 2024
Income Equity Income Equity
sensitivity sensitivity sensitivity sensitivity
Group £000 £000 £000 £000
1% increase in interest rates (580) (580) (570) (570)
1% decrease in interest rates 580 580 570 570

Credit risk

The Group’s principal financial assets are bank balances and trade and other receivables. The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable

to its trade receivables and accrued income. Credit checks are performed on new customers and before credit limits are increased. The

amounts presented in the balance sheet are net of allowances for expected credit losses. Note 20 includes an analysis of trade receivables

by type of customer and of the ageing of unimpaired trade receivables.

The credit risk on cash and cash equivalents (the geographic risk profile of which is set out above), liquid funds and derivative financial

instruments is limited because the counterparties are investment grade banks rated BBB+ and above. The Group has no significant

concentration of credit risk, with exposure spread over a large number of counterparties and customers and a large proportion are schools

and educational institutions which are ultimately backed by the UK Government.

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The Group does not hold any collateral to cover its risks

associated with financial assets.

Notes to the

continued

financial statements

continued

31. Financial risk management

184

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

Liquidity risk

Cash is managed to ensure that sufficient liquid funds are available with a variety of counterparties to meet short, medium and long-term

cash flow forecasting requirements. The Group has access to overdraft and borrowing facilities (see Interest rate risk section) which mean

that the Group can continue to meet its liabilities as they fall due.

The Group has approached its maximum borrowing limits during the year with borrowings under the facility of £58.0m at year end and has

worked with its lenders to maintain liquidity. The Group has prepared cash flow forecasts for the period to the end of March 2027 which

indicate that the Group is expected to comply with all debt covenants in place and will have sufficient funds to meet its liabilities as they fall

due for at least 12 months from the date of this report.

Full details of the terms of the Group’s facility, including financial covenants and the Group’s performance under those financial covenants

during the year are set out in Note 25.

Maturity profile of financial liabilities

The table below highlights the maturity profile of the financial liabilities:

Derivative
Trade Lease Other financial
At 30 November 2025 payables liabilities payables instruments Accruals Borrowings

1
Total
Group £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Within one year 17,672 2,413 3,894 40 6,302 4,768 35,089
Between one and two years - 2,333 - - - 61,178 63,511
Between two and five years - 5,853 - - - - 7,190
More than five years - 6,468 - - - - 5,131
Total contractual cash flows 17,672 17,067 3,894 40 6,302 65,946 110,921
Carrying amount 17,672 15,365 3,894 40 6,302 56,742 100,015

1

Borrowings are detailed in Note 25, the profile for the year ended 30 November 2025 reflects the cash flows to the facility extension date of 5 July 2027.

Borrowings
Trade Lease Other and
At 30 November 2024 payables liabilities payables Accruals overdrafts

1
Total
Group £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Within one year 13,748 2,430 3,224 7,340 9,341 36,083
Between one and two years - 1,919 - - 60,344 62,263
Between two and five years - 4,356 - - - 4,356
More than five years - 7,668 - - - 7,668
Total contractual cash flows 13,748 16,373 3,224 7,340 69,685 110,370
Carrying amount 13,748 14,968 3,224 7,340 59,849 99,129

1

Borrowings are detailed in Note 25, the profile for the year ended 30 November 2024 reflects the cash flows to the facility extension date of 5 July 2026.

Capital management

The Group’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence so as to sustain future

development of the business. Management monitors the return on capital, as well as the level of dividends to ordinary shareholders and

contributions to the defined benefit pension schemes.

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Overview

Strategic Report

rm.com

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

185

32. Related party transactions

a) Key management personnel

The remuneration of the Group’s key management personnel during the year, which consisted of the Group’s Directors and members of

the Executive management team, was as follows:

Year ended Year ended
30 November 30 November
2025 2024
Group £000 £000
Short-term employee benefits 3,787 2,349
Post-employment benefits 103 68
Termination benefits 330 230
Share-based payment expense 954 605
5,174 3,252

Share-based payments above include fair value charges for Executive Directors of £406,315 (2024: £200,529) in respect of awards to Mark

Cook and £164,489 (2024: £81,073) in respect of awards to Simon Goodwin.

Further information about the remuneration of individual Directors is provided in the audited section of the Remuneration Report.

b) Transactions between the Company and its subsidiary undertakings

During the year, the Company entered into the following transactions with its subsidiary undertakings:

Year ended Year ended
30 November 30 November
2025 2024
Company £000 £000
Payments:
Management recharges 1,339 1,382
Net intercompany interest payable 3,189 2,052

Total amounts owed between the Company and its subsidiary undertakings are disclosed in Notes 20 and 22 respectively.

c) Other related party transactions

The Group encourages its Directors and employees to be governors, trustees or equivalent of educational establishments. The Group

trades with these establishments in the normal course of its business.

Searchlight Business Services Limited

Mark Cook, an Executive Director, is the Non-Executive Chair of Searchlight Business Services Ltd. The Group has purchased services of

£135,191 (2024: £465,212) relating to recruitment and executive search fees. Mark was not involved in the commercial discussions relating

to this supply. At the year end, there was £57,910 payable (2024: £nil), which was unsecured.

33. Post balance sheet events

On 30 December 2025 RM Pension Scheme Trustee Limited, a dormant subsidiary of the Company, was dissolved.

On 8 January 2026 ownership of the Company’s direct dormant subsidiary, TTS Group Limited, was transferred to RM Educational

Resources Limited.

On 29 January 2026 the Company’s indirect dormant subsidiary RM Education Research Machines Limited was renamed RM Education

Assessment Limited, and on 6 February 2026 ownership of this entity was transferred from RM Education Limited to the Company.

On 17 February 2026 ownership of the Company’s indirect subsidiary, RM T T S Trading LLC, was transferred from RM Education Holdings

Limited to RM Educational Resources Limited.

Glossary

The use of Company refers to RM plc. The use of Group refers to

RM plc and its subsidiary undertakings covered by the consolidated

accounts.

Investor information

Information for investors is available on the RM website. Enquiries

can be directed to Daniel Fattal, Company Secretary, at the Group

head office address or at [email protected].

Registrars and shareholding information

Shareholders can access the details of their holdings in RM plc

via the Shareholder Services option within the investor section of

the corporate website. Shareholders can also make changes to

their address details and dividend mandates online. All enquiries

about individual shareholder matters should be made to the

Company’s registrar, MUFG Corporate Markets, either via email

at [email protected] or by telephone

to 0371 664 0300. Calls are charged at the standard geographic

rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom

will be charged at the applicable international rate. Lines are open

between 09:00 - 17:30, Monday to Friday excluding public holidays

in England and Wales.

To help shareholders, the MUFG Corporate Markets’ Share Portal

at www.signalshares.com contains a frequently asked questions

section for shareholders.

Electronic communication

Shareholders are able to receive Company communication via

email. By registering your email address, you will receive emails

with a web link to information posted on our website. This can

include our report and accounts, notice of meetings and other

information we communicate to our shareholders.

Electronic communication brings numerous benefits, which

include helping us reduce our impact on the environment,

increased security (your documents cannot be lost in the post or

read by others) and faster notification of information and updates.

To sign up to receive e-communications go to MUFG Corporate

Markets’ Investor Centre at https://uk.investorcentre.mpms.mufg.

com. All you need to register is your investor code, which can be

found on your share certificate or your dividend tax voucher. The

Investor Centre is a secure online site where you can manage your

shareholding quickly and easily. You can check your shareholding

and account transactions, change your name, address or dividend

mandate details online at any time and vote online via the the

Investor Centre.

Beneficial shareholders with ‘information rights’

Please note that beneficial owners of shares who have been

nominated by the registered holders of those shares to receive

information rights under section 146 of the Companies Act 2006

are required to direct all communications to the registered holder

of their shares rather than to MUFG Corporate Markets, or to the

Company directly.

Multiple accounts on the shareholder register

If you have received two or more copies of this document, it may

be because there is more than one account in your name on

the shareholder register. This may be due to either your name or

address appearing on each account in a slightly different way. You

can portfolio your accounts on MUFG Corporate Markets’ Investor

Centre at https://uk.investorcentre.mpms.mufg.com.

Shareholder

information

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

186

Company

information

Company Secretary

Daniel Fattal RM plc

142B Park Drive

Milton Park

Abingdon

Oxfordshire OX14 4SE

Group head office and registered office

142B Park Drive

Milton Park

Abingdon

Oxfordshire OX14 4SE

Telephone: +44 (0)1235 645 316

Registered number

RM plc’s registered number is 01749877

Corporate website

Information about the Group’s activities is available from

www.rmplc.com.

Auditor

RSM UK Audit LLP

25 Farringdon Street

London EC4A 4AB

Financial advisors and stockbrokers

Singer Capital Markets

1 Bartholomew Lane

London EC2N 2AX

Financial Public Relations

Headland PR Consultancy LLP

1 Suffolk Lane

London EC4R 0AX

Registrar

MUFG Corporate Markets

Central Square

29 Wellington Street

Leeds LS1 4DL

Legal advisor

Osborne Clarke

One London Wall

London EC2Y 5EB

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

187

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

188

RM plc

|

Annual report and financial statements 2025

rm.com

189

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

142B Park Drive

Milton Park

Milton

Abingdon

Oxfordshire

OX14 4SE

RM plc’s registered number is 01749877

Telephone: +44 (0)1235 645 316

www.rm.com